This is a modern-English version of The Prairie Traveler: A Hand-book for Overland Expeditions, originally written by Marcy, Randolph B. (Randolph Barnes). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


Transcriber's Note:

Transcriber's Note:

Minor typographical errors have been corrected without note. Dialect spellings, contractions and discrepancies have been retained.

Minor typos have been fixed without mention. Dialect spellings, contractions, and inconsistencies have been kept the same.

FORT SMITH, ARKANSAS.

Fort Smith, Arkansas.


THE

PRAIRIE TRAVELER.

A Guide for Overland Trips.

 

WITH MAPS, ILLUSTRATIONS, AND ITINERARIES OF
THE PRINCIPAL ROUTES BETWEEN THE
MISSISSIPPI AND THE PACIFIC.

WITH MAPS, ILLUSTRATIONS, AND ITINERARIES OF
THE MAIN ROUTES BETWEEN THE
MISSISSIPPI AND THE PACIFIC.

 

By

RANDOLPH B. MARCY,
CAPTAIN, U.S. ARMY.

 

PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF THE WAR DEPARTMENT.

 

NEW YORK:
HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS,
FRANKLIN SQUARE.

1859.

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year
one thousand eight hundred and fifty-nine, by
HARPER & BROTHERS,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of
the Southern District of New York.

CONTENTS.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

 

CHAPTER I.
Page 15

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Page 15

The different Routes to California and Oregon. Their respective Advantages. Organization of Companies. Elections of Captains. Wagons and Teams. Relative Merits of Mules and Oxen. Stores and Provisions. How packed. Desiccated and canned Vegetables. Pemmican. Antiscorbutics. Cold Flour. Substitutes in case of Necessity. Amount of Supplies. Clothing. Camp Equipage. Arms.

The different routes to California and Oregon. Their respective advantages. Organization of companies. Election of captains. Wagons and teams. Relative merits of mules and oxen. Stores and provisions. How packed. Dried and canned vegetables. Pemmican. Antiscorbutics. Cold flour. Substitutes in case of necessity. Amount of supplies. Clothing. Camp gear. Weapons.

CHAPTER II.
Page 44

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Page 44

Marching. Treatment of Animals. Water. Different methods of finding and purifying it. Journadas. Methods of crossing them. Advance and Rear Guards. Selection of Camp. Sanitary Considerations. Dr. Jackson's Report. Picket Guards. Stampedes. How to prevent them. Corraling Wagons.

Marching. Animal Care. Water. Various ways to locate and purify it. Journeys. Techniques for crossing them. Advance and Rear Guards. Choosing a Camp. Health Considerations. Dr. Jackson's Report. Picket Guards. Stampedes. How to avoid them. Corraling Wagons.

CHAPTER III.
Page 71

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Page 71

Repairing broken Wagons. Fording Rivers. Quicksand. Wagon Boats. Bull Boats. Crossing Packs. Swimming Animals. Marching with loose Horses. Herding Mules. Best Methods of Marching. Herding and guarding Animals. Descending Mountains. Storms. Northers.

Repairing broken wagons. Fording rivers. Quicksand. Wagon boats. Bull boats. Packing across. Swimming animals. Marching with loose horses. Herding mules. Best practices for marching. Herding and guarding animals. Descending mountains. Storms. North winds.

CHAPTER IV.
Page 98

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Page 98

Packing. Saddles. Mexican Method. Madrina, or Bell-mare. Attachment of the Mule illustrated. Best Method of Packing. Hoppling Animals. Selecting Horses and Mules. Grama and bunch Grass. European Saddles. California Saddle. Saddle Wounds. Alkali. Flies. Colic. Rattlesnake Bites. Cures for the Bite.

Packing. Saddles. Mexican Method. Madrina, or Bell-mare. Attachment of the Mule illustrated. Best Method of Packing. Hoppling Animals. Selecting Horses and Mules. Grama and bunch Grass. European Saddles. California Saddle. Saddle Wounds. Alkali. Flies. Colic. Rattlesnake Bites. Cures for the Bite.

CHAPTER V.
Page 132

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Page 132

Bivouacs. Tente d'Abri. Gutta-percha Knapsack Tent. Comanche Lodge. Sibley Tent. Camp Furniture. Litters. Rapid Traveling. Fuel. Making Fires. Fires on the Prairies. Jerking Meat. Making Lariats. Making Caches. Disposition of Fire-arms. Colt's Revolvers. Gun Accidents. Trailing. Indian Sagacity.

Bivouacs. Shelter Tent. Rubber Backpack Tent. Comanche Lodge. Sibley Tent. Camping Gear. Stretchers. Quick Travel. Fuel. Starting Fires. Fires on the Plains. Drying Meat. Making Ropes. Storing Supplies. Handling Firearms. Colt's Revolvers. Gun Mishaps. Tracking. Native American Wisdom.

CHAPTER VI.
Page 183

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Page 183

Guides and Hunters. Delawares and Shawnees. Khebirs. Black Beaver. Anecdotes. Domestic Troubles. Lodges. Similarity of Prairie Tribes to the Arabs. Method of making War. Tracking and pursuing Indians. Method of attacking them. Telegraphing by Smokes.

Guides and Hunters. Delawares and Shawnees. Khebirs. Black Beaver. Stories. Family Issues. Camps. Similarities Between Prairie Tribes and Arabs. Warfare Tactics. Tracking and Chasing Indians. Strategies for Attacking Them. Communicating with Smoke Signals.

CHAPTER VII.
Page 230

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Page 230

Hunting. Its Benefits to the Soldier. Buffalo. Deer. Antelope. Bear. Big-horn, or Mountain Sheep. Their Habits, and Hints upon the best Methods of hunting them.

Hunting. Its Benefits to the Soldier. Buffalo. Deer. Antelope. Bear. Big-horn, or Mountain Sheep. Their Behaviors, and Tips on the best Ways to Hunt Them.

Itineraries.
Page 253

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Page 253

Appendix.
Page 335

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Page 335

 

 

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

ILLUSTRATION LIST.

  • Page
  •  
  • Map of Overland routesat the end of the volume.
  • Fort Smith, ArkansasFront Cover.
  • Swimming a Horse78
  • Diagram for Measurements81
  • Crossing a Stream87
  • Grimsley's Pack-saddle99
  • California Saddle119
  • Half-faced Camp134
  • Conical Bivouac135
  • Tent Knapsack137
  • Comanche Lodge140
  • Sibley Tent143
  • Camp Chairs145
  • Camp Table—Field Cot146
  • Field Cot—Camp Bureau148
  • Mess-chest149
  • Horse-litter151
  • Hand-litter154
  • The Grizzly167
  • Horse-tracks178
  • Keep away!209
  • Calling up Antelopes245
  • The Needles254
  • Chimney Rock269
  • Devil's Gate271
  • Well in the Desert292
  • Map of the Pike's Peak Gold Region296
  • Sangre de Cristo Pass300
  • San Francisco Mountain309
  • Cañon on Bill Williams's Fork312
  • Artillery Peak313

PREFACE.

PREFACE.

A quarter of a century's experience in frontier life, a great portion of which has been occupied in exploring the interior of our continent, and in long marches where I have been thrown exclusively upon my own resources, far beyond the bounds of the populated districts, and where the traveler must vary his expedients to surmount the numerous obstacles which the nature of the country continually reproduces, has shown me under what great disadvantages the "voyageur" labors for want of a timely initiation into those minor details of prairie-craft, which, however apparently unimportant in the abstract, are sure, upon the plains, to turn the balance of success for or against an enterprise.

A quarter of a century of experience in frontier life, much of it spent exploring the heart of our continent and on long journeys where I relied solely on my own skills, far beyond populated areas, has taught me about the significant challenges that a traveler faces. In these remote regions, one must constantly adapt strategies to overcome the various obstacles that the landscape presents. This has made it clear to me how disadvantaged the "voyageur" is when lacking a timely introduction to the practical details of prairie skills, which, while they may seem trivial in theory, can ultimately determine the success or failure of an endeavor on the plains.

This information is so varied, and is derived from so many different sources, that I still find every new expedition adds substantially to my practical knowledge, and am satisfied that a good Prairie Manual will be for the young traveler an addition to his equipment of inappreciable value.

This information is so diverse and comes from so many different sources that I find that every new expedition significantly enhances my practical knowledge. I'm convinced that a solid Prairie Manual will be an invaluable addition to the gear of any young traveler.

With such a book in his hand, he will be able, in difficult circumstances, to avail himself of the matured experience of veteran travelers, and thereby avoid many otherwise unforeseen disasters; while, during the ordinary routine of marching, he will greatly augment the sum of his comforts, avoid many serious losses, and enjoy a comparative exemption from doubts and anxieties. He will feel himself a master spirit in the wilderness he traverses, and not the victim of every new combination of circumstances which nature affords or fate allots, as if to try his skill and prowess.

With a book like this in hand, he'll be able to draw on the valuable experiences of seasoned travelers in tough situations, helping him dodge many unexpected disasters. Plus, during the usual course of marching, he'll greatly increase his comfort, prevent serious losses, and enjoy a reduced level of doubt and anxiety. He'll feel like a master of the wilderness he explores, instead of just a pawn in every new twist of fate or natural occurrence that tests his skill and bravery.

I have waited for several years, with the confident expectation that some one more competent than myself would assume the task, and give the public the desired information; but it seems that no one has taken sufficient interest in the subject to disseminate the benefits of his experience in this way. Our frontier-men, although brave in council and action, and possessing an intelligence that quickens in the face of danger, are apt to feel shy of the pen. They shun the atmosphere of the student's closet; their sphere is in the free and open wilderness. It is not to be wondered at, therefore, that to our veteran borderer the field of literature should remain a "terra incognita." It is our army that unites the chasm between the culture of civilization in the aspect of science, art, and social refinement, and the powerful simplicity of nature. On leaving the Military Academy, a majority of our officers are attached to the line of the army, and forthwith assigned to duty upon our remote and extended frontier, where the restless and warlike habits of the nomadic tribes render the soldier's life almost as unsettled as that of the savages themselves.

I’ve waited for several years, hoping that someone more capable than I would take on the job and provide the public with the information they want; but it seems no one is interested enough in the topic to share the benefits of their experience this way. Our frontier men, though brave in discussions and action, and having a sharp mind that sharpens in the face of danger, tend to be uncomfortable with writing. They avoid the atmosphere of a scholar’s study; their environment is in the open wilderness. So it’s not surprising that for our experienced frontiersman, the world of literature remains a "terra incognita." It’s our army that bridges the gap between the culture of civilization in terms of science, art, and social refinement, and the raw simplicity of nature. After leaving the Military Academy, most of our officers are assigned to the army’s front lines and immediately sent to duty on our distant and sprawling frontier, where the restless and warlike ways of the nomadic tribes make the soldier’s life nearly as unsettled as that of the savages themselves.

A regiment is stationed to-day on the borders of tropical Mexico; to-morrow, the war-whoop, borne on a gale from the northwest, compels its presence in the frozen latitudes of Puget's Sound. The very limited numerical strength of our army, scattered as it is over a vast area of territory, necessitates constant changes of stations, long and toilsome marches, a promptitude of action, and a tireless energy and self-reliance, that can only be acquired through an intimate acquaintance with the sphere in which we act and move.

A regiment is stationed today on the borders of tropical Mexico; tomorrow, the war cry, carried on a breeze from the northwest, demands its presence in the icy regions of Puget Sound. The very small size of our army, spread out over a vast area, requires constant shifts in location, long and exhausting marches, quick action, and endless energy and self-reliance, which can only be developed through a deep understanding of the environment in which we operate.

The education of our officers at the Military Academy is doubtless well adapted to the art of civilized warfare, but can not familiarize them with the diversified details of border service; and they often, at the outset of their military career, find themselves compelled to improvise new expedients to meet novel emergences.

The training of our officers at the Military Academy is definitely suited for the art of modern warfare, but it doesn't prepare them for the varied specifics of border service; often, at the beginning of their military careers, they have to come up with new solutions to deal with unexpected situations.

The life of the wilderness is an art as well as that of the city or court, and every art subjects its votaries to discipline in preparing them for a successful career in its pursuit. The Military Art, as enlarged to meet all the requirements of border service, the savage in his wiles or the elements in their caprices, embraces many other special arts which have hitherto been almost ignored, and results which experience and calculation should have guaranteed have been improvidently staked upon favorable chances.

The life in the wilderness is an art just like life in the city or court, and every art requires its followers to be disciplined to ensure they succeed in their pursuit. The Military Art, expanded to address all the needs of border service, the cunning of the savage, or the unpredictability of nature, includes many other specialized skills that have mostly been overlooked. Moreover, outcomes that experience and careful planning should have ensured have been recklessly relied upon, depending instead on luck.

The main object at which I have aimed in the following pages has been to explain and illustrate, as clearly and succinctly as possible, the best methods of performing the duties devolving upon the prairie traveler, so as to meet their contingencies under all circumstances, and thereby to endeavor to establish a more uniform system of marching and campaigning in the Indian country.

The primary goal of the following pages is to clearly and succinctly explain and illustrate the best methods for fulfilling the responsibilities of a prairie traveler. This is intended to help them navigate various situations effectively and to promote a more consistent system of marching and campaigning in the Indian country.

I have also furnished itineraries of most of the principal routes that have been traveled across the plains, taken from the best and most reliable authorities; and I have given some information concerning the habits of the Indians and wild animals that frequent the prairies, with the secrets of the hunter's and warrior's strategy, which I have endeavored to impress more forcibly upon the reader by introducing illustrative anecdote.

I have also provided itineraries for most of the main routes that have been traveled across the plains, sourced from the best and most trustworthy authorities. Additionally, I've included some information about the habits of the Native Americans and wild animals that inhabit the prairies, along with insights into the strategies of hunters and warriors, which I've tried to emphasize more strongly by sharing illustrative anecdotes.

I take great pleasure in acknowledging my indebtedness to several officers of the Topographical Engineers and of other corps of the army for the valuable information I have obtained from their official reports regarding the different routes embraced in the itineraries, and to these gentlemen I beg leave very respectfully to dedicate my book.

I’m very grateful to several officers of the Topographical Engineers and other army units for the valuable information I’ve gathered from their official reports about the various routes included in the itineraries. I would like to respectfully dedicate my book to these gentlemen.


 

THE PRAIRIE TRAVELER.

The Prairie Traveler.

CHAPTER I.

CHAPTER 1.

The different Routes to California and Oregon. Their respective Advantages. Organization of Companies. Elections of Captains. Wagons and Teams. Relative Merits of Mules and Oxen. Stores and Provisions. How packed. Desiccated and canned Vegetables. Pemmican. Antiscorbutics. Cold Flour. Substitutes in case of Necessity. Amount of Supplies. Clothing. Camp Equipage. Arms.

The different routes to California and Oregon. Their respective advantages. Organization of teams. Elections of leaders. Wagons and teams. Pros and cons of mules and oxen. Supplies and provisions. How to pack them. Dehydrated and canned vegetables. Pemmican. Anti-scurvy items. Cold flour. Alternatives in case of necessity. Quantity of supplies. Clothing. Camping gear. Weapons.

ROUTES TO CALIFORNIA AND OREGON.

Routes to California and Oregon.

Emigrants or others desiring to make the overland journey to the Pacific should bear in mind that there are several different routes which may be traveled with wagons, each having its advocates in persons directly or indirectly interested in attracting the tide of emigration and travel over them.

Emigrants or others wanting to make the overland journey to the Pacific should keep in mind that there are several different routes that can be traveled with wagons, each having its supporters among those directly or indirectly interested in encouraging the flow of emigration and travel over them.

Information concerning these routes coming from strangers living or owning property near them, from agents of steam-boats or railways, or from other persons connected with transportation companies, should be received with great caution, and never without corroborating evidence from disinterested sources.

Information about these routes from strangers who live near them or own property there, from agents of steamboats or railways, or from others linked to transportation companies, should be taken very carefully, and never without supporting evidence from unbiased sources.

There is no doubt that each one of these roads has its advantages and disadvantages, but a judicious selection must depend chiefly upon the following considerations, namely, the locality from whence the individual is to take his departure, the season of the year when he desires to commence his journey, the character of his means of transportation, and the point upon the Pacific coast that he wishes to reach.

There’s no doubt that each of these routes has its pros and cons, but making the right choice should mainly depend on the following factors: where the person is starting from, what time of year they want to begin their trip, what kind of transportation they have, and which spot on the Pacific coast they want to reach.

Persons living in the Northeastern States can, with about equal facility and dispatch, reach the eastern terminus of any one of the routes they may select by means of public transport. And, as animals are much cheaper upon the frontier than in the Eastern States, they should purchase their teams at or near the point where the overland journey is to commence.

People living in the Northeastern States can easily and quickly reach the eastern endpoint of any route they choose using public transportation. Additionally, since animals are much cheaper on the frontier than in the Eastern States, it's best to buy their teams at or near where the overland journey will begin.

Those living in the Northwestern States, having their own teams, and wishing to go to any point north of San Francisco, will of course make choice of the route which takes its departure from the Missouri River.

Those living in the Northwestern States, having their own teams, and wanting to travel to any destination north of San Francisco, will definitely choose the route that starts from the Missouri River.

Those who live in the middle Western States, having their own means of transportation, and going to any point upon the Pacific coast, should take one of the middle routes.

Those living in the Midwest, with their own transportation, and traveling to any spot along the Pacific coast, should choose one of the central routes.

Others, who reside in the extreme Southwest, and whose destination is south of San Francisco, should travel the southern road running through Texas, which is the only one practicable for comfortable winter travel. The grass upon a great portion of this route is green during the entire winter, and snow seldom covers it. This road leaves the Gulf coast at Powder-horn, on Matagorda Bay, which point is difficult of access by land from the north, but may be reached by steamers from New Orleans five times a week.

Others living in the far Southwest, headed south of San Francisco, should take the southern road through Texas, which is the only one suitable for comfortable winter travel. The grass along much of this route stays green throughout the winter, and snow rarely blankets it. This road leaves the Gulf coast at Powder-horn on Matagorda Bay, which is hard to reach by land from the north but can be accessed by steamers from New Orleans five times a week.

There are stores at Powder-horn and Indianola where the traveler can obtain most of the articles necessary for his journey, but I would recommend him to supply himself before leaving New Orleans with every thing he requires with the exception of animals, which he will find cheaper in Texas.

There are stores at Powder-horn and Indianola where travelers can get most of the items they need for their journey, but I would suggest they stock up on everything they require before leaving New Orleans, except for animals, which will be cheaper in Texas.

This road has received a large amount of travel since 1849, is well tracked and defined, and, excepting about twenty miles of "hog wallow prairie" near Powder-horn, it is an excellent road for carriages and wagons. It passes through a settled country for 250 miles, and within this section supplies can be had at reasonable rates.

This road has seen a lot of traffic since 1849, is clearly marked and well-defined, and except for about twenty miles of "hog wallow prairie" near Powder-horn, it's a great road for cars and wagons. It goes through a developed area for 250 miles, and within this stretch, supplies are available at reasonable prices.

At Victoria and San Antonio many fine stores will be found, well supplied with large stocks of goods, embracing all the articles the traveler will require.

At Victoria and San Antonio, you'll find many great stores that are well-stocked with a wide range of goods, covering everything a traveler might need.

The next route to the north is that over which the semi-weekly mail to California passes, and which, for a great portion of the way to New Mexico, I traveled and recommended in 1849. This road leaves the Arkansas River at Fort Smith, to which point steamers run during the seasons of high water in the winter and spring.

The next route to the north is the one used by the semi-weekly mail to California, and for a large part of the journey to New Mexico, I traveled and recommended it in 1849. This road departs from the Arkansas River at Fort Smith, where steamers operate during the high water seasons in winter and spring.

Supplies of all descriptions necessary for the overland journey may be procured at Fort Smith, or at Van Buren on the opposite side of the Arkansas. Horses and cattle are cheap here. The road, on leaving Fort Smith, passes through the Choctaw and Chickasaw country for 180 miles, then crosses Red River by ferry-boat at Preston, and runs through the border settlements of northern Texas for 150 miles, within which distances supplies may be procured at moderate prices.

Supplies of all kinds needed for the overland journey can be bought at Fort Smith or at Van Buren on the other side of the Arkansas River. Horses and cattle are inexpensive here. The road from Fort Smith goes through Choctaw and Chickasaw territory for 180 miles, then crosses the Red River by ferry at Preston and continues through the border areas of northern Texas for 150 miles, where supplies can be found at reasonable prices.

This road is accessible to persons desiring to make the entire journey with their own transportation from Tennessee or Mississippi, by crossing the Mississippi River at Memphis or Helena, passing Little Rock, and thence through Washington County, intersecting the road at Preston. It may also be reached by taking steamers up Red River to Shreveport or Jefferson, from either of which places there are roads running through a populated country, and intersecting the Fort Smith road near Preston.

This road is open to anyone who wants to travel the whole way with their own vehicle from Tennessee or Mississippi, by crossing the Mississippi River at Memphis or Helena, passing through Little Rock, and then through Washington County, connecting with the road at Preston. You can also get there by taking boats up Red River to Shreveport or Jefferson, from which there are roads running through populated areas that connect with the Fort Smith road near Preston.

This road also unites with the San Antonio road at El Paso, and from that point they pass together over the mountains to Fort Yuma and to San Francisco in California.

This road also connects with the San Antonio road at El Paso, and from there they travel together over the mountains to Fort Yuma and on to San Francisco in California.

Another road leaves Fort Smith and runs up the south side of the Canadian River to Santa Fé and Albuquerque in New Mexico.

Another road goes from Fort Smith up the south side of the Canadian River to Santa Fe and Albuquerque in New Mexico.

This route is set down upon most of the maps of the present day as having been discovered and explored by various persons, but my own name seems to have been carefully excluded from the list. Whether this omission has been intentional or not, I leave for the authors to determine. I shall merely remark that I had the command and entire direction of an expedition which in 1849 discovered, explored, located, and marked out this identical wagon road from Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Santa Fé, New Mexico, and that this road, for the greater portion of the distance, is the same that has been since recommended for a Pacific railway.

This route is shown on most current maps as having been discovered and explored by various individuals, yet my name appears to be deliberately left off the list. I won't speculate whether this omission was intentional; I'll leave that for the authors to decide. I just want to point out that I led an expedition in 1849 that discovered, explored, established, and mapped this particular wagon road from Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Santa Fé, New Mexico. This road is largely the same one that's been recommended for a Pacific railway since then.

This road, near Albuquerque, unites with Captain Whipple's and Lieutenant Beall's roads to California.

This road, close to Albuquerque, connects with Captain Whipple's and Lieutenant Beall's routes to California.

Another road, which takes its departure from Fort Smith and passes through the Cherokee country, is called the "Cherokee Trail." It crosses Grand River at Fort Gibson, and runs a little north of west to the Verdigris River, thence up the valley of this stream on the north side for 80 miles, when it crosses the river, and, taking a northwest course, strikes the Arkansas River near old Fort Mann, on the Santa Fé trace; thence it passes near the base of Pike's Peak, and follows down Cherry Creek from its source to its confluence with the South Platte, and from thence over the mountains into Utah, and on to California via Fort Bridger and Salt Lake City.

Another road that starts from Fort Smith and goes through Cherokee territory is called the "Cherokee Trail." It crosses the Grand River at Fort Gibson and heads a little northwest to the Verdigris River, then follows the valley of this stream on the north side for 80 miles, where it crosses the river. From there, it takes a northwest direction and reaches the Arkansas River near old Fort Mann on the Santa Fé trace. Then it goes near the base of Pike's Peak and follows Cherry Creek from its source to where it meets the South Platte, and from there over the mountains into Utah, and on to California via Fort Bridger and Salt Lake City.

For persons who desire to go from the Southern States to the gold diggings in the vicinity of Cherry Creek, this route is shorter by some 300 miles than that from Fort Smith via Fort Leavenworth. It is said to be an excellent road, and well supplied with the requisites for encamping. It has been traveled by large parties of California emigrants for several years, and is well tracked and defined.

For people who want to travel from the Southern States to the gold mines near Cherry Creek, this route is about 300 miles shorter than the one from Fort Smith via Fort Leavenworth. It's said to be a great road, well-equipped for camping. Large groups of California emigrants have used it for several years, and it's well marked and clear.

The grass upon all the roads leaving Fort Smith is sufficiently advanced to afford sustenance to animals by the first of April, and from this time until winter sets in it is abundant. The next route on the north leaves the Missouri River at Westport, Leavenworth City, Atcheson, or from other towns above, between either of which points and St. Louis steamers ply during the entire summer season.

The grass along all the roads leaving Fort Smith is well-grown enough to provide food for animals by the start of April, and from then until winter arrives, it is plentiful. The next route to the north begins at the Missouri River in Westport, Leavenworth City, Atcheson, or other towns upstream, all of which have steamboats traveling to and from St. Louis throughout the entire summer season.

The necessary outfit of supplies can always be procured at any of the starting-points on the Missouri River at moderate rates.

The essential supplies can always be found at any of the starting points on the Missouri River for reasonable prices.

This is the great emigrant route from Missouri to California and Oregon, over which so many thousands have traveled within the past few years. The track is broad, well worn, and can not be mistaken. It has received the major part of the Mormon emigration, and was traversed by the army in its march to Utah in 1857.

This is the main route for people moving from Missouri to California and Oregon, which thousands have taken in recent years. The path is wide, well-used, and can't be confused with anything else. It has handled most of the Mormon migration and was crossed by the army during its march to Utah in 1857.

At the point where this road crosses the South Platte River, Lieutenant Bryan's road branches off to the left, leading through Bridger's Pass, and thence to Fort Bridger. The Fort Kearney route to the gold region near Pike's Peak also leaves the emigrant road at this place and runs up the South Platte.

At the point where this road crosses the South Platte River, Lieutenant Bryan's road splits off to the left, going through Bridger's Pass, and then to Fort Bridger. The Fort Kearney route to the gold region near Pike's Peak also departs from the emigrant road at this spot and runs up the South Platte.

From Fort Bridger there are two roads that may be traveled with wagons in the direction of California; one passing Salt Lake City, and the other running down Bear River to Soda Springs, intersecting the Salt Lake City road at the City of Rocks. Near Soda Springs the Oregon road turns to the right, passing Fort Hall, and thence down Snake River to Fort Wallah-Wallah. Unless travelers have business in Salt Lake Valley, I would advise them to take the Bear River route, as it is much shorter, and better in every respect. The road, on leaving the Missouri River, passes for 150 miles through a settled country where grain can be purchased cheap, and there are several stores in this section where most of the articles required by travelers can be obtained.

From Fort Bridger, there are two routes that wagons can take toward California; one goes through Salt Lake City, and the other follows Bear River to Soda Springs, connecting with the Salt Lake City route at the City of Rocks. Near Soda Springs, the Oregon route veers to the right, passing Fort Hall, and then continues down Snake River to Fort Walla Walla. Unless travelers have plans in Salt Lake Valley, I recommend taking the Bear River route, as it is significantly shorter and better in every way. The road, after leaving the Missouri River, goes through 150 miles of settled land where grain can be purchased at low prices, and there are several stores in this area where travelers can find most of the supplies they need.

Many persons who have had much experience in prairie traveling prefer leaving the Missouri River in March or April, and feeding grain to their animals until the new grass appears. The roads become muddy and heavy after the spring rains set in, and by starting out early the worst part of the road will be passed over before the ground becomes wet and soft. This plan, however, should never be attempted unless the animals are well supplied with grain, and kept in good condition. They will eat the old grass in the spring, but it does not, in this climate, as in Utah and New Mexico, afford them sufficient sustenance.

Many people who have a lot of experience traveling on the prairie prefer to leave the Missouri River in March or April and feed grain to their animals until the new grass comes in. The roads get muddy and heavy once the spring rains start, so by setting out early, they can get past the worst part of the journey before the ground gets wet and soft. However, this approach should only be tried if the animals are well-stocked with grain and kept in good shape. They will eat the old grass in the spring, but it doesn’t provide them with enough nutrition in this climate, unlike in Utah and New Mexico.

The grass, after the 1st of May, is good and abundant upon this road as far as the South Pass, from whence there is a section of about 50 miles where it is scarce; there is also a scarcity upon the desert beyond the sink of the Humboldt. As large numbers of cattle pass over the road annually, they soon consume all the grass in these barren localities, and such as pass late in the season are likely to suffer greatly, and oftentimes perish from starvation. When I came over the road in August, 1858, I seldom found myself out of sight of dead cattle for 500 miles along the road, and this was an unusually favorable year for grass, and before the main body of animals had passed for that season.

The grass, starting from May 1st, is plentiful and lush along this road up to South Pass, but there's a stretch of about 50 miles where it becomes sparse; there’s also a lack of grass in the desert beyond the Humboldt sink. A large number of cattle travel this route every year, quickly eating up all the grass in these desolate areas, so those that come through later in the season are likely to suffer significantly and often die from starvation. When I traveled this road in August 1858, I rarely went 500 miles without seeing dead cattle, and that year was actually quite good for grass, with plenty still around before the majority of the cattle had come through.

Upon the head of the Sweetwater River, and west of the South Pass, alkaline springs are met with, which are exceedingly poisonous to cattle and horses. They can readily be detected by the yellowish-red color of the grass growing around them. Animals should never be allowed to graze near them or to drink the water.

Upon the head of the Sweetwater River, and west of the South Pass, there are alkaline springs that are extremely toxic to cattle and horses. They can easily be identified by the yellowish-red color of the grass around them. Animals should never be allowed to graze nearby or drink the water.

ORGANIZATION OF COMPANIES.

Company Organization.

After a particular route has been selected to make the journey across the plains, and the requisite number have arrived at the eastern terminus, their first business should be to organize themselves into a company and elect a commander. The company should be of sufficient magnitude to herd and guard animals, and for protection against Indians.

After choosing a specific path to travel across the plains, and once enough people have gathered at the eastern starting point, their first task should be to form a group and choose a leader. The group should be large enough to manage and protect the animals, as well as to defend against attacks from Native Americans.

From 50 to 70 men, properly armed and equipped, will be enough for these purposes, and any greater number only makes the movements of the party more cumbersome and tardy.

From 50 to 70 men, properly armed and equipped, will be enough for these purposes, and any greater number only makes the movements of the group more cumbersome and slow.

In the selection of a captain, good judgment, integrity of purpose, and practical experience are the essential requisites, and these are indispensable to the harmony and consolidation of the association. His duty should be to direct the order of march, the time of starting and halting, to select the camps, detail and give orders to guards, and, indeed, to control and superintend all the movements of the company.

In choosing a captain, good judgment, strong principles, and real-world experience are essential, and these are crucial for the unity and strengthening of the group. His responsibilities should include managing the order of travel, deciding when to start and stop, choosing the camps, assigning and instructing the guards, and essentially overseeing all the actions of the team.

An obligation should then be drawn up and signed by all the members of the association, wherein each one should bind himself to abide in all cases by the orders and decisions of the captain, and to aid him by every means in his power in the execution of his duties; and they should also obligate themselves to aid each other, so as to make the individual interest of each member the common concern of the whole company. To insure this, a fund should be raised for the purchase of extra animals to supply the places of those which may give out or die on the road; and if the wagon or team of a particular member should fail and have to be abandoned, the company should obligate themselves to transport his luggage, and the captain should see that he has his share of transportation equal with any other member. Thus it will be made the interest of every member of the company to watch over and protect the property of others as well as his own.

An agreement should be created and signed by all members of the association, where each person agrees to follow the orders and decisions of the captain, and to support him in every way possible in carrying out his duties; they should also commit to helping each other, so that everyone's personal interests become the shared concern of the entire group. To ensure this, a fund should be established to purchase extra animals to replace any that may go lame or die on the journey; and if a member's wagon or team fails and needs to be abandoned, the group should agree to transport their belongings, and the captain should ensure they receive the same transportation support as any other member. This way, it's in each member's interest to look after and protect not only their own property but also that of others.

In case of failure on the part of any one to comply with the obligations imposed by the articles of agreement after they have been duly executed, the company should of course have the power to punish the delinquent member, and, if necessary, to exclude him from all the benefits of the association.

In the event that anyone fails to follow the obligations set by the articles of agreement after they have been properly executed, the company should definitely have the authority to penalize the member at fault and, if needed, to exclude them from all the benefits of the association.

On such a journey as this, there is much to interest and amuse one who is fond of picturesque scenery, and of wild life in its most primitive aspect, yet no one should attempt it without anticipating many rough knocks and much hard labor; every man must expect to do his share of duty faithfully and without a murmur.

On a journey like this, there's plenty to enjoy and find entertaining for anyone who loves beautiful landscapes and wild life in its most natural form. However, no one should try it without being prepared for a lot of tough challenges and hard work; everyone should be ready to do their fair share of the work honestly and without complaints.

On long and arduous expeditions men are apt to become irritable and ill-natured, and oftentimes fancy they have more labor imposed upon them than their comrades, and that the person who directs the march is partial toward his favorites, etc. That man who exercises the greatest forbearance under such circumstances, who is cheerful, slow to take up quarrels, and endeavors to reconcile difficulties among his companions, is deserving of all praise, and will, without doubt, contribute largely to the success and comfort of an expedition.

On long and challenging journeys, men tend to get grumpy and difficult, often feeling like they have more work to do than their peers, and that the person in charge is biased towards his favorites, and so on. The person who shows the most patience in these situations, who remains upbeat, avoids getting into fights, and tries to smooth over conflicts among his friends, deserves all the praise. He will definitely play a big role in the success and comfort of the journey.

The advantages of an association such as I have mentioned are manifestly numerous. The animals can be herded together and guarded by the different members of the company in rotation, thereby securing to all the opportunities of sleep and rest. Besides, this is the only way to resist depredations of the Indians, and to prevent their stampeding and driving off animals; and much more efficiency is secured in every respect, especially in crossing streams, repairing roads, etc., etc.

The benefits of a group like the one I've described are clearly extensive. The animals can be gathered and watched over by different members of the group on a rotating basis, ensuring that everyone has a chance to sleep and rest. Additionally, this is the only effective way to fend off attacks from the Indians and to stop them from stampeding or stealing the animals. Overall, it makes everything much easier and more efficient, especially when it comes to crossing streams, fixing roads, and so on.

Unless a systematic organization be adopted, it is impossible for a party of any magnitude to travel in company for any great length of time, and for all the members to agree upon the same arrangements in marching, camping, etc. I have several times observed, where this has been attempted, that discords and dissensions sooner or later arose which invariably resulted in breaking up and separating the company.

Unless a systematic organization is adopted, it's impossible for a large group to travel together for any significant length of time and for all members to agree on the same arrangements for marching, camping, etc. I've noticed several times that when this has been attempted, disagreements and conflicts eventually arose, which always led to the group breaking up and separating.

When a captain has once been chosen, he should be sustained in all his decisions unless he commit some manifest outrage, when a majority of the company can always remove him, and put a more competent man in his place. Sometimes men may be selected who, upon trial, do not come up to the anticipations of those who have placed them in power, and other men will exhibit, during the course of the march, more capacity. Under these circumstances it will not be unwise to make a change, the first election having been distinctly provisional.

When a captain has been chosen, he should be supported in all his decisions unless he commits a clear violation, in which case the majority of the group can always remove him and replace him with someone more qualified. Sometimes people might be selected who, after some time, don't meet the expectations of those who put them in charge, while others may show greater ability during the journey. In these situations, it wouldn't be a bad idea to make a change, as the initial election was clearly meant to be temporary.

WAGONS AND TEAMS.

Carts and crews.

A company having been organized, its first interest is to procure a proper outfit of transportation and supplies for the contemplated journey.

A company being formed, its first priority is to arrange for the right transportation and supplies for the planned journey.

Wagons should be of the simplest possible construction—strong, light, and made of well-seasoned timber, especially the wheels, as the atmosphere, in the elevated and arid region over which they have to pass, is so exceedingly dry during the summer months that, unless the wood-work is thoroughly seasoned, they will require constant repairs to prevent them from falling to pieces.

Wagons should be built as simply as possible—strong, lightweight, and made from well-seasoned wood, especially the wheels. The air in the high and dry area they need to travel through is extremely dry during the summer, so if the wood isn’t properly seasoned, they will need constant repairs to keep from falling apart.

Wheels made of the bois-d'arc, or Osage orange-wood, are the best for the plains, as they shrink but little, and seldom want repairing. As, however, this wood is not easily procured in the Northern States, white oak answers a very good purpose if well seasoned.

Wheels made of bois-d'arc, or Osage orange wood, are the best for the plains because they shrink very little and rarely need repairs. However, since this wood is not easy to find in the Northern States, well-seasoned white oak works quite well.

Spring wagons made in Concord, New Hampshire, are used to transport passengers and the mails upon some of the routes across the plains, and they are said, by those who have used them, to be much superior to any others. They are made of the close-grained oak that grows in a high northern latitude, and well seasoned.

Spring wagons made in Concord, New Hampshire, are used to transport passengers and mail on some routes across the plains, and those who have used them claim they are far better than any others. They are constructed from tight-grained oak that grows in a northern climate and is well seasoned.

The pole of the wagon should have a joint where it enters the hounds, to prevent the weight from coming upon it and breaking the hounds in passing short and abrupt holes in the road.

The pole of the wagon should have a joint where it connects to the hounds to stop the weight from putting pressure on it and damaging the hounds when going over short and sudden bumps in the road.

The perch or coupling-pole should be shifting or movable, as, in the event of the loss of a wheel, an axle, or other accident rendering it necessary to abandon the wagon, a temporary cart may be constructed out of the remaining portion. The tires should be examined just before commencing the journey, and, if not perfectly snug, reset.

The perch or coupling-pole should be adjustable or movable, so that if a wheel, axle, or some other accident makes it necessary to abandon the wagon, a temporary cart can be built from the remaining parts. The tires should be checked right before starting the journey, and if they aren't perfectly tight, they should be reset.

One of the chief causes of accidents to carriages upon the plains arises from the nuts coming off from the numerous bolts that secure the running gearing. To prevent this, the ends of all the bolts should be riveted; it is seldom necessary to take them off, and when this is required the ends of the bolts may easily be filed away.

One of the main reasons for accidents involving carriages on the plains is the nuts coming loose from the many bolts that hold the running gear in place. To avoid this, the ends of all the bolts should be riveted. It's rarely necessary to remove them, and when it is, the ends of the bolts can be easily filed down.

Wagons with six mules should never, on a long journey over the prairies, be loaded with over 2000 pounds, unless grain is transported, when an additional thousand pounds may be taken, provided it is fed out daily to the team. When grass constitutes the only forage, 2000 pounds is deemed a sufficient load. I regard our government wagons as unnecessarily heavy for six mules. There is sufficient material in them to sustain a burden of 4000 pounds, but they are seldom loaded with more than half that weight. Every wagon should be furnished with substantial bows and double osnaburg covers, to protect its contents from the sun and weather.

Wagons pulled by six mules should never be loaded with more than 2000 pounds on a long trip across the prairies, unless they’re carrying grain, in which case an extra 1000 pounds is acceptable as long as it's fed to the mules daily. If grass is the only feed available, 2000 pounds is considered a reasonable load. I think our government wagons are unnecessarily heavy for six mules. They can handle a load of 4000 pounds, but they're rarely packed with more than half that amount. Every wagon should come with sturdy bows and double osnaburg covers to protect the cargo from the sun and weather.

There has been much discussion regarding the relative merits of mules and oxen for prairie traveling, and the question is yet far from being settled. Upon good firm roads, in a populated country, where grain can be procured, I should unquestionably give the preference to mules, as they travel faster, and endure the heat of summer much better than oxen; and if the journey be not over 1000 miles, and the grass abundant, even without grain, I think mules would be preferable. But when the march is to extend 1500 or 2000 miles, or over a rough sandy or muddy road, I believe young oxen will endure better than mules; they will, if properly managed, keep in better condition, and perform the journey in an equally brief space of time. Besides, they are much more economical, a team of six mules costing six hundred dollars, while an eight-ox team only costs upon the frontier about two hundred dollars. Oxen are much less liable to be stampeded and driven off by Indians, and can be pursued and overtaken by horsemen; and, finally, they can, if necessary, be used for beef.

There’s been a lot of debate about whether mules or oxen are better for traveling across the prairie, and the issue is still unresolved. On good, solid roads in populated areas where grain is available, I would definitely choose mules, as they travel faster and handle the summer heat far better than oxen. If the journey is under 1000 miles and there's plenty of grass, even without grain, I think mules would still be the better choice. However, if the trip extends to 1500 or 2000 miles or goes over rough sandy or muddy paths, I believe young oxen would hold up better than mules. If managed properly, they will stay in better condition and can make the trip in a similar amount of time. Plus, they are much more cost-effective— a team of six mules costs about six hundred dollars, while an eight-ox team only runs around two hundred dollars on the frontier. Oxen are also less likely to get spooked and run off due to Native Americans, and they can be chased down by horsemen. Finally, if needed, they can be used for meat.

In Africa oxen are used as saddle animals, and it is said that they perform good service in this way. This will probably be regarded by our people as a very undignified and singular method of locomotion, but, in the absence of any other means of transportation upon a long journey, a saddle-ox might be found serviceable.

In Africa, oxen are used as riding animals, and it's said that they do a good job in this role. Our people might see this as an undignified and unusual way to travel, but on a long journey, a saddle ox could prove useful when there are no other transportation options.

Andersson, in his work on Southwestern Africa, says: "A short strong stick, of peculiar shape, is forced through the cartilage of the nose of the ox, and to either end of this stick is attached (in bridle fashion) a tough leathern thong. From the extreme tenderness of the nose he is now more easily managed." "Hans presented me with an ox called 'Spring,' which I afterward rode upward of two thousand miles. On the day of our departure he mounted us all on oxen, and a curious sight it was to see some of the men take their seats who had never before ridden on ox-back. It is impossible to guide an ox as one would guide a horse, for in the attempt to do so you would instantly jerk the stick out of his nose, which at once deprives you of every control over the beast; but by pulling both sides of the bridle at the same time, and toward the side you wish him to take, he is easily managed.[1] Your seat is not less awkward and difficult; for the skin of the ox, unlike that of the horse, is loose, and, notwithstanding your saddle may be tightly girthed, you keep rocking to and fro like a child in a cradle. A few days, however, enables a person to acquire a certain steadiness, and long habit will do the rest."

Andersson, in his work on Southwestern Africa, says: "A short, strong stick, with a unique shape, is pushed through the cartilage of the ox's nose, and leather straps are attached at both ends of this stick in a bridle style. Because the nose is very sensitive, the ox can now be managed more easily." "Hans gave me an ox named 'Spring,' which I later rode for over two thousand miles. On the day we left, he put all of us on oxen, and it was quite a sight to see some of the men who had never ridden on an ox before take their seats. You can't guide an ox the way you'd guide a horse; if you try, you'll quickly pull the stick out of its nose, which makes it impossible to control the animal. Instead, by pulling both sides of the bridle at the same time and in the direction you want him to go, he’s easy to manage.[1] Your seat is awkward and difficult as well; the ox's skin is loose, so even if your saddle is snug, you keep rocking back and forth like a child in a cradle. However, after a few days, a person gets used to it enough to find some stability, and over time, you'll get the hang of it."

"Ox traveling, when once a man becomes accustomed to it, is not so disagreeable as might be expected, particularly if one succeeds in obtaining a tractable animal. On emergencies, an ox can be made to proceed at a tolerable quick pace; for, though his walk is only about three miles an hour at an average, he may be made to perform double that distance in the same time. Mr. Galton once accomplished 24 miles in four hours, and that, too, through heavy sand!"

"Traveling with an ox, once a person gets used to it, isn’t as unpleasant as you might think, especially if you manage to get a well-behaved animal. In emergencies, an ox can be pushed to move at a decent speed; while his normal pace is about three miles per hour, he can be made to cover double that distance in the same amount of time. Mr. Galton once traveled 24 miles in four hours, even through heavy sand!"

Cows will be found very useful upon long journeys when the rate of travel is slow, as they furnish milk, and in emergencies they may be worked in wagons. I once saw a small cow yoked beside a large ox, and driven about six hundred miles attached to a loaded wagon, and she performed her part equally well with the ox. It has been by no means an unusual thing for emigrant travelers to work cows in their teams.

Cows are really helpful on long trips when you're moving slowly because they provide milk, and in emergencies, they can pull wagons. I once saw a small cow yoked next to a big ox, and they traveled about six hundred miles pulling a loaded wagon, with the cow keeping up just as well as the ox. It’s not unusual for emigrant travelers to use cows in their teams.

The inhabitants of Pembina, on Red River, work a single ox harnessed in shafts like a horse, and they transport a thousand pounds in a rude cart made entirely of wood, without a particle of iron. One man drives and takes the entire charge of eight or ten of these teams upon long journeys. This is certainly a very economical method of transportation.

The people of Pembina, along the Red River, use a single ox hitched to a cart like a horse, and they carry a thousand pounds in a simple wooden cart with no metal parts. One person manages and oversees eight or ten of these teams on long trips. This is definitely a cost-effective way to transport goods.


1  A ring instead of the stick put through the cartilage of the nose would obviate this difficulty.--Author.

1 A ring instead of the stick pushed through the cartilage of the nose would solve this problem.--Writer.

STORES AND PROVISIONS.

Stores and Supplies.

Supplies for a march should be put up in the most secure, compact, and portable shape.

Supplies for a march should be arranged in the most secure, compact, and portable way.

Bacon should be packed in strong sacks of a hundred pounds to each; or, in very hot climates, put in boxes and surrounded with bran, which in a great measure prevents the fat from melting away.

Bacon should be packed in sturdy sacks weighing a hundred pounds each; or, in very hot climates, placed in boxes and surrounded with bran, which largely prevents the fat from melting away.

If pork be used, in order to avoid transporting about forty per cent. of useless weight, it should be taken out of the barrels and packed like the bacon; then so placed in the bottom of the wagons as to keep it cool. The pork, if well cured, will keep several months in this way, but bacon is preferable.

If you use pork, to avoid carrying around about forty percent of useless weight, it should be removed from the barrels and packed like the bacon. Then, it should be placed in the bottom of the wagons to keep it cool. If the pork is well cured, it can last several months this way, but bacon is the better choice.

Flour should be packed in stout double canvas sacks well sewed, a hundred pounds in each sack.

Flour should be packed in strong double canvas bags that are well sewn, with a hundred pounds in each bag.

Butter may be preserved by boiling it thoroughly, and skimming off the scum as it rises to the top until it is quite clear like oil. It is then placed in tin canisters and soldered up. This mode of preserving butter has been adopted in the hot climate of southern Texas, and it is found to keep sweet for a great length of time, and its flavor is but little impaired by the process.

Butter can be preserved by boiling it completely and skimming off the foam as it rises until it's clear like oil. It is then put into tin containers and sealed shut. This method of preserving butter has been used in the hot climate of southern Texas, and it is found to stay fresh for a long time, with only a slight loss of flavor through the process.

Sugar may be well secured in India-rubber or gutta-percha sacks, or so placed in the wagon as not to risk getting wet.

Sugar can be safely stored in rubber or gutta-percha sacks, or arranged in the wagon in a way that prevents it from getting wet.

Desiccated or dried vegetables are almost equal to the fresh, and are put up in such a compact and portable form as easily to be transported over the plains. They have been extensively used in the Crimean war, and by our own army in Utah, and have been very generally approved. They are prepared by cutting the fresh vegetables into thin slices and subjecting them to a very powerful press, which removes the juice and leaves a solid cake, which, after having been thoroughly dried in an oven, becomes almost as hard as a rock. A small piece of this, about half the size of a man's hand, when boiled, swells up so as to fill a vegetable dish, and is sufficient for four men. It is believed that the antiscorbutic properties of vegetables are not impaired by desiccation, and they will keep for years if not exposed to dampness. Canned vegetables are very good for campaigning, but are not so portable as when put up in the other form. The desiccated vegetables used in our army have been prepared by Chollet and Co., 46 Rue Richer, Paris. There is an agency for them in New York. I regard these compressed vegetables as the best preparation for prairie traveling that has yet been discovered. A single ration weighs, before being boiled, only an ounce, and a cubic yard contains 16,000 rations. In making up their outfit for the plains, men are very prone to overload their teams with a great variety of useless articles. It is a good rule to carry nothing more than is absolutely necessary for use upon the journey. One can not expect, with the limited allowance of transportation that emigrants usually have, to indulge in luxuries upon such expeditions, and articles for use in California can be purchased there at less cost than that of overland transport.

Desiccated or dried vegetables are almost as good as fresh ones and are packed in a compact and portable form that makes them easy to transport across the plains. They were widely used during the Crimean War and by our army in Utah, and have received general approval. They're made by slicing fresh vegetables thin and using a powerful press to remove the juice, creating a solid cake that, after being thoroughly dried in an oven, becomes almost as hard as a rock. A small piece of this, about half the size of a man's hand, swells up when boiled to fill a vegetable dish, which is enough for four people. It's believed that the nutritional benefits of vegetables remain intact even after drying, and they can last for years if kept dry. Canned vegetables are good for camping, but they're not as portable as desiccated ones. The desiccated vegetables used by our army are prepared by Chollet and Co., 46 Rue Richer, Paris. There's an agency for them in New York. I consider these compressed vegetables to be the best option for traveling across the prairie that has been discovered. A single ration weighs only an ounce before boiling, and a cubic yard contains 16,000 rations. When preparing for their journey across the plains, people often overload their teams with a lot of unnecessary items. It's a good idea to carry only what's absolutely needed for the trip. With the limited transportation that emigrants typically have, it's unrealistic to indulge in luxuries on these expeditions, and items for use in California can often be bought there at a lower cost than transporting them overland.

The allowance of provisions for men in marching should be much greater than when they take no exercise. The army ration I have always found insufficient for soldiers who perform hard service, yet it is ample for them when in quarters.

The amount of supplies for soldiers on the move should be much higher than when they aren't exercising. I've always found the army ration inadequate for soldiers doing hard work, but it's enough for them when they're stationed.

The following table shows the amount of subsistence consumed per day by each man of Dr. Rae's party, in his spring journey to the Arctic regions of North America in 1854:

The following table shows how much food each man in Dr. Rae's party consumed daily during his spring journey to the Arctic regions of North America in 1854:

Pemmican 1.25 lbs.
Biscuit 0.25   "
Edward's preserved potatoes 0.10   "
Flour 0.33   "
Tea 0.03   "
Sugar 0.14   "
Grease or alcohol, for cooking 0.25   " 
  2.35 lbs.

This allowance of a little over two pounds of the most nutritious food was found barely sufficient to subsist the men in that cold climate.

This allowance of just over two pounds of the most nutritious food was barely enough to keep the men alive in that cold climate.

The pemmican, which constitutes almost the entire diet of the Fur Company's men in the Northwest, is prepared as follows: The buffalo meat is cut into thin flakes, and hung up to dry in the sun or before a slow fire; it is then pounded between two stones and reduced to a powder; this powder is placed in a bag of the animal's hide, with the hair on the outside; melted grease is then poured into it, and the bag sewn up. It can be eaten raw, and many prefer it so. Mixed with a little flour and boiled, it is a very wholesome and exceedingly nutritious food, and will keep fresh for a long time.

The pemmican, which makes up almost the entire diet of the Fur Company’s men in the Northwest, is made like this: The buffalo meat is cut into thin slices and hung out to dry in the sun or over a low fire; it’s then pounded between two stones until it turns into a powder. This powder is put into a bag made from the animal's hide, with the fur on the outside; melted fat is then poured in, and the bag is sewn shut. It can be eaten raw, and many people prefer it that way. When mixed with a bit of flour and boiled, it becomes a very healthy and highly nutritious food that can last a long time without spoiling.

I would advise all persons who travel for any considerable time through a country where they can procure no vegetables to carry with them some antiscorbutics, and if they can not transport desiccated or canned vegetables, citric acid answers a good purpose, and is very portable. When mixed with sugar and water, with a few drops of the essence of lemon, it is difficult to distinguish it from lemonade. Wild onions are excellent as antiscorbutics; also wild grapes and greens. An infusion of hemlock leaves is also said to be an antidote to scurvy.

I recommend that anyone traveling for a long time in a country where they can't find vegetables should take some anti-scurvy supplies with them. If they can't bring dried or canned vegetables, citric acid works well and is easy to carry. When mixed with sugar and water, and a few drops of lemon essence, it’s hard to tell it apart from lemonade. Wild onions are great anti-scurvy options, along with wild grapes and greens. An infusion of hemlock leaves is also believed to help against scurvy.

The most portable and simple preparation of subsistence that I know of, and which is used extensively by the Mexicans and Indians, is called "cold flour." It is made by parching corn, and pounding it in a mortar to the consistency of coarse meal; a little sugar and cinnamon added makes it quite palatable. When the traveler becomes hungry or thirsty, a little of the flour is mixed with water and drunk. It is an excellent article for a traveler who desires to go the greatest length of time upon the smallest amount of transportation. It is said that half a bushel is sufficient to subsist a man thirty days.

The simplest and most portable food preparation I know of, which is widely used by Mexicans and Indigenous people, is called "cold flour." It's made by toasting corn and then grinding it in a mortar until it has a coarse meal texture; adding a bit of sugar and cinnamon makes it really tasty. When travelers get hungry or thirsty, they mix some of the flour with water and drink it. It's a great option for anyone who wants to travel for a long time with minimal supplies. They say that half a bushel can feed a person for thirty days.

Persons undergoing severe labor, and driven to great extremities for food, will derive sustenance from various sources that would never occur to them under ordinary circumstances. In passing over the Rocky Mountains during the winter of 1857-8, our supplies of provisions were entirely consumed eighteen days before reaching the first settlements in New Mexico, and we were obliged to resort to a variety of expedients to supply the deficiency. Our poor mules were fast failing and dropping down from exhaustion in the deep snows, and our only dependence for the means of sustaining life was upon these starved animals as they became unserviceable and could go no farther. We had no salt, sugar, coffee, or tobacco, which, at a time when men are performing the severest labor that the human system is capable of enduring, was a great privation. In this destitute condition we found a substitute for tobacco in the bark of the red willow, which grows upon many of the mountain streams in that vicinity. The outer bark is first removed with a knife, after which the inner bark is scraped up into ridges around the sticks, and held in the fire until it is thoroughly roasted, when it is taken off the stick, pulverized in the hand, and is ready for smoking. It has the narcotic properties of the tobacco, and is quite agreeable to the taste and smell. The sumach leaf is also used by the Indians in the same way, and has a similar taste to the willow bark. A decoction of the dried wild or horse mint, which we found abundant under the snow, was quite palatable, and answered instead of coffee. It dries up in that climate, but does not lose its flavor. We suffered greatly for the want of salt; but, by burning the outside of our mule steaks, and sprinkling a little gunpowder upon them, it did not require a very extensive stretch of the imagination to fancy the presence of both salt and pepper. We tried the meat of horse, colt, and mules, all of which were in a starved condition, and of course not very tender, juicy, or nutritious. We consumed the enormous amount of from five to six pounds of this meat per man daily, but continued to grow weak and thin, until, at the expiration of twelve days, we were able to perform but little labor, and were continually craving for fat meat.

People experiencing extreme labor and desperate for food will find sustenance from sources they would never consider in normal circumstances. While crossing the Rocky Mountains in the winter of 1857-58, we ran out of supplies eighteen days before reaching the first settlements in New Mexico, forcing us to come up with various solutions to meet our needs. Our poor mules were quickly wearing out and collapsing from exhaustion in the deep snow, and our only source of survival became those starved animals that could no longer carry on. We lacked salt, sugar, coffee, or tobacco, which was a significant hardship during a time when people were pushing their bodies to the limit. In this desperate situation, we found a substitute for tobacco in the bark of the red willow, which grows by many of the mountain streams in the area. We first peeled off the outer bark with a knife, then scraped the inner bark into ridges around sticks and roasted it in the fire until it was completely cooked. After removing it from the stick, we crushed it in our hands, and it was ready for smoking. It had the narcotic properties of tobacco and was quite pleasant in taste and aroma. The sumac leaf was also used by the Native Americans in a similar way and tasted much like the willow bark. We found a decoction of dried wild or horse mint under the snow, which was tasty and served as a substitute for coffee. Even though it dries out in that climate, it doesn't lose its flavor. We suffered greatly from the lack of salt, but by charring the outside of our mule steaks and sprinkling a little gunpowder on them, it didn’t take much imagination to pretend we had both salt and pepper. We tried the meat of horses, colts, and mules, all in poor condition, so of course, they weren’t very tender, juicy, or nutritious. We consumed an astonishing five to six pounds of this meat per person daily but continued to weaken and lose weight, until, after twelve days, we were barely able to work and constantly craving fatty meat.

The allowance of provisions for each grown person, to make the journey from the Missouri River to California, should suffice for 110 days. The following is deemed requisite, viz.: 150 lbs. of flour, or its equivalent in hard bread; 25 lbs. of bacon or pork, and enough fresh beef to be driven on the hoof to make up the meat component of the ration; 15 lbs. of coffee, and 25 lbs. of sugar; also a quantity of saleratus or yeast powders for making bread, and salt and pepper.

The supplies for each adult to make the trip from the Missouri River to California should last for 110 days. The following is considered necessary: 150 lbs. of flour or its equivalent in hard bread; 25 lbs. of bacon or pork, plus enough fresh beef to be driven live to cover the meat portion of the ration; 15 lbs. of coffee, and 25 lbs. of sugar; as well as some baking soda or yeast for making bread, along with salt and pepper.

These are the chief articles of subsistence necessary for the trip, and they should be used with economy, reserving a good portion for the western half of the journey. Heretofore many of the California emigrants have improvidently exhausted their stocks of provisions before reaching their journey's end, and have, in many cases, been obliged to pay the most exorbitant prices in making up the deficiency.

These are the main supplies needed for the trip, and they should be used carefully, saving a good amount for the western part of the journey. Many California emigrants in the past have foolishly run out of food before reaching their destination, and as a result, they often had to pay outrageous prices to make up for what they lacked.

It is true that if persons choose to pass through Salt Lake City, and the Mormons happen to be in an amiable mood, supplies may sometimes be procured from them; but those who have visited them well know how little reliance is to be placed upon their hospitality or spirit of accommodation.

It’s true that if people decide to go through Salt Lake City, and the Mormons happen to be in a friendly mood, they can sometimes get supplies from them; but those who have interacted with them know how unreliable their hospitality or willingness to help can be.

I once traveled with a party of New Yorkers en route for California. They were perfectly ignorant of every thing relating to this kind of campaigning, and had overloaded their wagons with almost every thing except the very articles most important and necessary; the consequence was, that they exhausted their teams, and were obliged to throw away the greater part of their loading. They soon learned that Champagne, East India sweetmeats, olives, etc., etc., were not the most useful articles for a prairie tour.

I once traveled with a group of New Yorkers on the way to California. They were completely clueless about this kind of journey and had packed their wagons with almost everything except the items that were truly important and necessary. As a result, they wore out their animals and had to get rid of most of their load. They quickly realized that champagne, Indian sweets, olives, and so on were not the most useful things for a trip across the prairie.

CLOTHING.

Apparel.

A suitable dress for prairie traveling is of great import to health and comfort. Cotton or linen fabrics do not sufficiently protect the body against the direct rays of the sun at midday, nor against rains or sudden changes of temperature. Wool, being a non-conductor, is the best material for this mode of locomotion, and should always be adopted for the plains. The coat should be short and stout, the shirt of red or blue flannel, such as can be found in almost all the shops on the frontier: this, in warm weather, answers for an outside garment. The pants should be of thick and soft woolen material, and it is well to have them re-enforced on the inside, where they come in contact with the saddle, with soft buckskin, which makes them more durable and comfortable.

A good dress for traveling on the prairie is really important for health and comfort. Cotton or linen fabrics don't adequately protect the body from the harsh midday sun, rain, or sudden temperature changes. Wool, which doesn't conduct heat well, is the best material for this kind of travel and should always be worn in the plains. The coat should be short and sturdy, and the shirt should be made of red or blue flannel, which you can find in almost all the stores on the frontier; this works as an outer garment in warm weather. The pants should be made of thick, soft wool, and it's a good idea to reinforce the inside where they touch the saddle with soft buckskin to make them more durable and comfortable.

Woolen socks and stout boots, coming up well at the knees, and made large, so as to admit the pants, will be found the best for horsemen, and they guard against rattlesnake bites.

Wool socks and sturdy boots that rise higher on the calves and fit loosely enough to accommodate pants are the best choice for horseback riders, and they also help protect against rattlesnake bites.

In traveling through deep snow during very cold weather in winter, moccasins are preferable to boots or shoes, as being more pliable, and allowing a freer circulation of the blood. In crossing the Rocky Mountains in the winter, the weather being intensely cold, I wore two pairs of woolen socks, and a square piece of thick blanket sufficient to cover the feet and ankles, over which were drawn a pair of thick buckskin moccasins, and the whole enveloped in a pair of buffalo-skin boots with the hair inside, made open in the front and tied with buckskin strings. At the same time I wore a pair of elkskin pants, which most effectually prevented the air from penetrating to the skin, and made an excellent defense against brush and thorns.

When traveling through deep snow in extremely cold winter weather, moccasins are better than boots or shoes because they are more flexible and allow better blood circulation. While crossing the Rocky Mountains in the winter, when the weather was bitterly cold, I wore two pairs of wool socks and a square piece of thick blanket that covered my feet and ankles. Over that, I put on thick buckskin moccasins, and everything was wrapped in buffalo-skin boots with the fur inside, which were open at the front and tied with buckskin strings. At the same time, I wore elkskin pants, which effectively blocked the cold air from reaching my skin and provided excellent protection against brush and thorns.

My men, who were dressed in the regulation clothing, wore out their pants and shoes before we reached the summit of the mountains, and many of them had their feet badly frozen in consequence. They mended their shoes with pieces of leather cut from the saddle-skirts as long as they lasted, and, when this material was gone, they covered the entire shoe with green beeve or mule hide, drawn together and sewed upon the top, with the hair inside, which protected the upper as well as the sole leather. The sewing was done with an awl and buckskin strings. These simple expedients contributed greatly to the comfort of the party; and, indeed, I am by no means sure that they did not, in our straitened condition, without the transportation necessary for carrying disabled men, save the lives of some of them. Without the awl and buckskins we should have been unable to have repaired the shoes. They should never be forgotten in making up the outfit for a prairie expedition.

My crew, who were in standard gear, wore out their pants and shoes before we finally reached the mountain peak, and many of them ended up with severely frozen feet as a result. They patched their shoes with leather scraps taken from the saddle until those wore out, and when that material ran out, they covered the entire shoe with green beef or mule hide, tightly stitched at the top with the hair on the inside, which protected both the upper and the sole. They did the sewing with an awl and buckskin laces. These simple methods really helped the group's comfort; in fact, I'm not even sure that they didn't save some lives in our tough situation without the means to carry injured people. Without the awl and buckskin, we wouldn't have been able to fix the shoes. Those items should never be overlooked when preparing for a prairie trip.

We also experienced great inconvenience and pain by the reflection of the sun's rays from the snow upon our eyes, and some of the party became nearly snow-blind. Green or blue glasses, inclosed in a wire net-work, are an effectual protection to the eyes; but, in the absence of these, the skin around the eyes and upon the nose should be blackened with wet powder or charcoal, which will afford great relief.

We also faced a lot of discomfort and pain from the sun's rays reflecting off the snow onto our eyes, and some people in the group nearly became snow-blind. Green or blue glasses, enclosed in a wire mesh, provide effective protection for the eyes; but without them, the skin around the eyes and on the nose should be covered with wet powder or charcoal, which can offer significant relief.

In the summer season shoes are much better for footmen than boots, as they are lighter, and do not cramp the ankles; the soles should be broad, so as to allow a square, firm tread, without distorting or pinching the feet.

In the summer, shoes are much better for walkers than boots, as they are lighter and don’t constrict the ankles. The soles should be wide to allow for a stable, firm step without distorting or pinching the feet.

The following list of articles is deemed a sufficient outfit for one man upon a three months' expedition, viz.:

The following list of items is considered enough gear for one person on a three-month trip, namely:

  • 2 blue or red flannel overshirts, open in front, with buttons.
  • 2 woolen undershirts.
  • 2 pairs thick cotton drawers.
  • 4 pairs woolen socks.
  • 2 pairs cotton socks.
  • 4 colored silk handkerchiefs.
  • 2 pairs stout shoes, for footmen.
  • 1 pair boots, for horsemen.
  • 1 pair shoes, for horsemen.
  • 3 towels.
  • 1 gutta percha poncho.
  • 1 broad-brimmed hat of soft felt.
  • 1 comb and brush.
  • 2 tooth-brushes.
  • 1 pound Castile soap.
  • 3 pounds bar soap for washing clothes.
  • 1 belt-knife and small whetstone.
  • Stout linen thread, large needles, a bit of beeswax, a few buttons, paper of pins, and a thimble, all contained in a small buckskin or stout cloth bag.

The foregoing articles, with the coat and overcoat, complete the wardrobe.

The articles mentioned above, along with the coat and overcoat, complete the wardrobe.

CAMP EQUIPAGE.

CAMP GEAR.

The bedding for each person should consist of two blankets, a comforter, and a pillow, and a gutta percha or painted canvas cloth to spread beneath the bed upon the ground, and to contain it when rolled up for transportation.

The bedding for each person should include two blankets, a comforter, and a pillow, along with a gutta-percha or painted canvas cloth to lay underneath the bed on the ground, and to keep it contained when rolled up for transport.

Every mess of six or eight persons will require a wrought-iron camp kettle, large enough for boiling meat and making soup; a coffee-pot and cups of heavy tin, with the handles riveted on; tin plates, frying and bake pans of wrought iron, the latter for baking bread and roasting coffee. Also a mess pan of heavy tin or wrought iron for mixing bread and other culinary purposes; knives, forks, and spoons; an extra camp kettle; tin or gutta percha bucket for water—wood, being liable to shrink and fall to pieces, is not deemed suitable; an axe, hatchet, and spade will also be needed, with a mallet for driving picket-pins. Matches should be carried in bottles and corked tight, so as to exclude the moisture.

Every group of six or eight people will need a sturdy camp kettle made of wrought iron, big enough for boiling meat and making soup; a coffee pot and heavy tin cups with riveted handles; tin plates; frying pans and baking pans made of wrought iron, the latter for baking bread and roasting coffee. They'll also need a heavy tin or wrought iron mess pan for mixing bread and other cooking tasks; knives, forks, and spoons; an extra camp kettle; a tin or gutta percha bucket for water—wood isn’t considered suitable because it can shrink and break apart; an axe, hatchet, and spade will also be necessary, along with a mallet for driving in picket pins. Matches should be stored in bottles with tight corks to keep out moisture.

A little blue mass, quinine, opium, and some cathartic medicine, put up in doses for adults, will suffice for the medicine-chest.

A small blue container of quinine, opium, and some laxative medicine, packaged in doses for adults, will be enough for the medicine cabinet.

Each ox wagon should be provided with a covered tar-bucket, filled with a mixture of tar or resin and grease, two bows extra, six S's, and six open links for repairing chains. Every set of six wagons should have a tongue, coupling pole, king-bolt, and pair of hounds extra.

Each ox wagon should be equipped with a covered bucket of tar, filled with a mix of tar or resin and grease, two extra bows, six S-hooks, and six open links for fixing chains. Every set of six wagons should have an extra tongue, coupling pole, king bolt, and pair of hounds.

Every set of six mule wagons should be furnished with five pairs of hames, two double trees, four whipple-trees, and two pairs of lead bars extra.

Every set of six mule wagons should include five pairs of hames, two double trees, four whipple-trees, and two extra pairs of lead bars.

Two lariats will be needed for every horse and mule, as one generally wears out before reaching the end of a long journey. They will be found useful in crossing deep streams, and in letting wagons down steep hills and mountains; also in repairing broken wagons. Lariats made of hemp are the best.

Two lariats will be needed for each horse and mule because one usually wears out before the end of a long journey. They are useful for crossing deep streams and for lowering wagons down steep hills and mountains, as well as for fixing broken wagons. Lariats made of hemp are the best.

One of the most indispensable articles to the outfit of the prairie traveler is buckskin. For repairing harness, saddles, bridles, and numerous other purposes of daily necessity, the awl and buckskin will be found in constant requisition.

One of the most essential items for a prairie traveler is buckskin. It’s constantly needed for repairing harnesses, saddles, bridles, and many other everyday uses, so the awl and buckskin will often be in demand.

ARMS.

ARMS.

Every man who goes into the Indian country should be armed with a rifle and revolver, and he should never, either in camp or out of it, lose sight of them. When not on the march, they should be placed in such a position that they can be seized at an instant's warning; and when moving about outside the camp, the revolver should invariably be worn in the belt, as the person does not know at what moment he may have use for it.

Every man who enters the Indian territory should be equipped with a rifle and a revolver, and he should never lose sight of them, whether in camp or outside of it. When not on the move, they should be stored in a way that allows for quick access; and when moving around outside the camp, the revolver should always be worn in the belt, since you never know when you might need it.

A great diversity of opinion obtains regarding the kind of rifle that is the most efficient and best adapted to Indian warfare, and the question is perhaps as yet very far from being settled to the satisfaction of all. A large majority of men prefer the breech-loading arm, but there are those who still adhere tenaciously to the old-fashioned muzzle-loading rifle as preferable to any of the modern inventions. Among these may be mentioned the border hunters and mountaineers, who can not be persuaded to use any other than the Hawkins rifle, for the reason that they know nothing about the merits of any others. My own experience has forced me to the conclusion that the breech-loading arm possesses great advantages over the muzzle-loading, for the reason that it can be charged and fired with much greater rapidity.

A wide range of opinions exists about which rifle is the most effective and suitable for fighting against Native Americans, and this debate is still far from settled to everyone's satisfaction. The majority of people prefer breech-loading rifles, but some still strongly favor the traditional muzzle-loading rifle over any modern options. This group includes border hunters and mountaineers, who refuse to use anything but the Hawkins rifle because they are unfamiliar with the benefits of other models. In my own experience, I've concluded that breech-loading rifles have significant advantages over muzzle-loading ones, as they can be loaded and fired much more quickly.

Colt's revolving pistol is very generally admitted, both in Europe and America, to be the most efficient arm of its kind known at the present day. As the same principles are involved in the fabrication of his breech-loading rifle as are found in the pistol, the conviction to me is irresistible that, if one arm is worthy of consideration, the other is equally so. For my own part, I look upon Colt's new patent rifle as a most excellent arm for border service. It gives six shots in more rapid succession than any other rifle I know of, and these, if properly expended, are oftentimes sufficient to decide a contest; moreover, it is the most reliable and certain weapon to fire that I have ever used, and I can not resist the force of my conviction that, if I were alone upon the prairies, and expected an attack from a body of Indians, I am not acquainted with any arm I would as soon have in my hands as this.

Colt's revolving pistol is widely recognized, both in Europe and America, as the most effective weapon of its kind today. Since the same principles are applied in the design of his breech-loading rifle as in the pistol, I firmly believe that if one weapon deserves attention, so does the other. Personally, I see Colt's new patent rifle as an excellent choice for use on the frontier. It can fire six shots faster than any other rifle I know of, and when used properly, those shots can often be enough to determine the outcome of a conflict. Additionally, it’s the most dependable and accurate weapon I’ve ever used, and I can't shake the feeling that if I were alone on the prairies and expecting an attack from a group of Indians, there isn’t any weapon I’d prefer to have in my hands more than this one.

The army and navy revolvers have both been used in our army, but the officers are not united in opinion in regard to their relative merits. I prefer the large army size, for reasons which will be given hereafter.

The army and navy revolvers have both been used in our military, but the officers don't agree on their relative advantages. I prefer the larger army model, for reasons that will be explained later.

CHAPTER II.

CHAPTER 2.

Marching. Treatment of Animals. Water. Different methods of finding and purifying it. Journadas. Methods of crossing them. Advance and Rear Guards. Selection of Camp. Sanitary Considerations. Dr. Jackson's Report. Picket Guards. Stampedes. How to prevent them. Corraling Wagons.

Marching. Animal Welfare. Water. Various ways to locate and purify it. Journeys. Techniques for crossing them. Advance and Rear Guards. Choosing a Campsite. Health Considerations. Dr. Jackson's Report. Picket Guards. Stampedes. How to prevent them. Corraling Wagons.

MARCHING.

Marching.

The success of a long expedition through an unpopulated country depends mainly on the care taken of the animals, and the manner in which they are driven, herded, and guarded. If they are broken down or lost, every thing must be sacrificed, and the party becomes perfectly helpless.

The success of a long journey through an empty land relies heavily on how well the animals are cared for and the way they are managed, herded, and protected. If they get worn out or lost, everything must be sacrificed, and the group becomes completely helpless.

The great error into which inexperienced travelers are liable to fall, and which probably occasions more suffering and disaster than almost any thing else, lies in overworking their cattle at the commencement of the journey. To obviate this, short and easy drives should be made until the teams become habituated to their work, and gradually inured to this particular method of traveling. If animals are overloaded and overworked when they first start out into the prairies, especially if they have recently been taken from grain, they soon fall away, and give out before reaching the end of the journey.

The major mistake that inexperienced travelers often make, which likely causes more problems and hardship than anything else, is pushing their animals too hard at the beginning of the trip. To avoid this, they should take short and easy drives until the teams get used to their work and gradually adapt to this way of traveling. If animals are overloaded and overworked right when they start out on the prairies, especially if they have just come from a grain diet, they quickly become weak and may not make it to the end of the journey.

Grass and water are abundant and good upon the eastern portions of all the different overland routes; animals should not, therefore, with proper care, fall away in the least before reaching the mountains, as west of them are long stretches where grass and water are scarce, and it requires the full amount of strength and vigor of animals in good condition to endure the fatigues and hard labor attendant upon the passage of these deserts. Drivers should be closely watched, and never, unless absolutely necessary, permitted to beat their animals, or to force them out of a walk, as this will soon break down the best teams. Those teamsters who make the least use of the whip invariably keep their animals in the best condition. Unless the drivers are checked at the outset, they are very apt to fall into the habit of flogging their teams. It is not only wholly unnecessary but cruel, and should never be tolerated.

Grass and water are plentiful and good in the eastern parts of all the various overland routes. With proper care, animals shouldn't lose condition at all before reaching the mountains, since west of them are long stretches where grass and water are limited. It takes a lot of strength and stamina for animals in good shape to handle the exhaustion and hard work of crossing these deserts. Drivers should be closely monitored, and they should never be allowed to beat their animals or push them faster than a walk unless it's absolutely necessary. This will quickly wear down even the best teams. Teamsters who use the whip the least tend to keep their animals in the best shape. If the drivers aren't corrected from the beginning, they often develop the habit of whipping their teams. It's not only completely unnecessary but also cruel, and it should never be accepted.

In traveling with ox teams in the summer season, great benefit will be derived from making early marches; starting with the dawn, and making a "nooning" during the heat of the day, as oxen suffer much from the heat of the sun in midsummer. These noon halts should, if possible, be so arranged as to be near grass and water, where the animals can improve their time in grazing. When it gets cool they may be hitched to the wagons again, and the journey continued in the afternoon. Sixteen or eighteen miles a day may thus be made without injury to the beasts, and longer drives can never be expedient, unless in order to reach grass or water. When the requisites for encamping can not be found at the desired intervals, it is better for the animals to make a very long drive than to encamp without water or grass. The noon halt in such cases may be made without water, and the evening drive lengthened.

When traveling with ox teams in the summer, it’s really helpful to start early in the morning. Begin at dawn and take a break during the hottest part of the day since oxen struggle with the midsummer heat. These midday breaks should, if possible, be close to grass and water so the animals can graze and refresh themselves. Once it cools down, you can hitch them back to the wagons and continue your journey in the afternoon. This way, you can cover sixteen to eighteen miles a day without harming the animals, and longer trips should only happen if you need to reach grass or water. If you can’t find suitable places to camp at the desired intervals, it’s better for the animals to go a longer distance than to camp without water or grass. In those cases, you can take a break without water and extend the evening drive.

WATER.

Water.

The scarcity of water upon some of the routes across the plains occasionally exposes the traveler to intense suffering, and renders it a matter of much importance for him to learn the best methods of guarding against the disasters liable to occur to men and animals in the absence of this most necessary element.

The lack of water on some routes across the plains can sometimes lead to severe suffering for travelers, making it crucial for them to understand the best ways to protect themselves and their animals from the hardships that can arise without this essential resource.

In mountainous districts water can generally be found either in springs, the dry beds of streams, or in holes in the rocks, where they are sheltered from rapid evaporation. For example, in the Hueco tanks, thirty miles east of El Paso, New Mexico, upon the Fort Smith road, where there is an immense reservoir in a cave, water can always be found. This reservoir receives the drainage of a mountain.

In mountainous areas, water can usually be found in springs, the dry beds of streams, or in rock cavities that protect it from quickly evaporating. For instance, in the Hueco tanks, located thirty miles east of El Paso, New Mexico, along the Fort Smith road, there's a huge reservoir in a cave where water is always available. This reservoir collects runoff from a mountain.

During a season of the year when there are occasional showers, water will generally be found in low places where there is a substratum of clay, but after the dry season has set in these pools evaporate, and it is necessary to dig wells. The lowest spots should be selected for this purpose when the grass is green and the surface earth moist.

During a time of year when there are occasional rains, water can usually be found in low areas with a clay base, but once the dry season begins, these pools dry up, making it necessary to dig wells. The lowest spots should be chosen for this when the grass is green and the surface soil is moist.

In searching for water along the dry sandy beds of streams, it is well to try the earth with a stick or ramrod, and if this indicates moisture water will generally be obtained by excavation. Streams often sink in light and porous sand, and sometimes make their appearance again lower down, where the bed is more tenacious; but it is a rule with prairie travelers, in searching for water in a sandy country, to ascend the streams, and the nearer their sources are approached the more water will be found in a dry season.

In looking for water along the dry sandy riverbeds, it's a good idea to test the ground with a stick or a rod. If it shows signs of moisture, you can typically find water by digging. Rivers often disappear into light, loose sand but sometimes reappear downstream where the ground is more solid. However, it's a common practice for travelers in sandy areas to move upstream when searching for water, as they usually find more water closer to the source during dry seasons.

Where it becomes necessary to sink a well in a stream the bed of which is quicksand, a flour-barrel, perforated with small holes, should be used as a curb, to prevent the sand from caving in. The barrel must be forced down as the sand is removed; and when, as is often the case, there is an undercurrent through the sand, the well will be continually filled with water.

Where it's necessary to dig a well in a stream with quicksand at the bottom, a flour barrel with small holes should be used as a barrier to stop the sand from collapsing. The barrel needs to be pushed down as the sand is taken out; and when, as is often the case, there's an undercurrent running through the sand, the well will keep getting filled with water.

There are many indications of water known to old campaigners, although none of them are absolutely infallible. The most certain of them are deep green cottonwood or willow trees growing in depressed localities; also flags, water-rushes, tall green grass, etc.

There are many signs of water that experienced travelers recognize, though none of them are completely reliable. The surest ones include deep green cottonwood or willow trees growing in low areas; also reeds, water grasses, tall green grass, and so on.

The fresh tracks and trails of animals converging toward a common centre, and the flight of birds and water-fowl toward the same points, will also lead to water. In a section frequented by deer or mustangs, it may be certain that water is not far distant, as these animals drink daily, and they will not remain long in a locality after the water has dried up. Deer generally go to water during the middle of the day, but birds toward evening.

The fresh tracks and trails of animals leading to a common spot, along with birds and waterfowl flying in the same direction, will also point to a water source. In areas where deer or mustangs are common, it's safe to assume that water isn't far away since these animals drink every day and won’t stick around long after the water is gone. Deer usually head to the water in the middle of the day, while birds go in the evening.

A supply of drinking water may be obtained during a shower from the drippings of a tent, or by suspending a cloth or blanket by the four corners and hanging a small weight to the centre, so as to allow all the rain to run toward one point, from whence it drops into a vessel beneath. India-rubber, gutta-percha, or painted canvas cloths answer a very good purpose for catching water during a rain, but they should be previously well washed, to prevent them from imparting a bad taste.

A supply of drinking water can be collected during a shower from the drips of a tent, or by hanging a cloth or blanket from the four corners and attaching a small weight to the center, so that all the rain runs toward one point and drips into a container below. Rubber, gutta-percha, or painted canvas materials work well for collecting water during rain, but they should be thoroughly washed beforehand to prevent any unpleasant taste.

When there are heavy dews water may be collected by spreading out a blanket with a stick attached to one end, tying a rope to it, dragging it over the grass, and wringing out the water as it accumulates. In some parts of Australia this method is practiced.

When there are heavy dews, you can collect water by laying out a blanket with a stick attached to one end, tying a rope to it, dragging it over the grass, and squeezing out the water as it builds up. This method is used in some areas of Australia.

In traversing the country upon the head waters of Red River during the summer of 1852, we suffered most severely from thirst, having nothing but the acrid and bitter waters from the river, which, issuing from a gypsum formation, was highly charged with salts, and, when taken into the stomach, did not quench thirst in the slightest degree, but, on the contrary, produced a most painful and burning sensation, accompanied with diarrhœa. During the four days that we were compelled to drink this water the thermometer rose to 104° in the shade, and the only relief we found was from bathing in the river.

While traveling through the country along the headwaters of the Red River in the summer of 1852, we suffered greatly from thirst, as all we had was the harsh and bitter water from the river. This water, sourced from a gypsum formation, was loaded with salts and did nothing to satisfy our thirst; instead, it caused a painful and burning sensation in our stomachs, along with diarrhea. In the four days we had no choice but to drink this water, the temperature reached 104° in the shade, and the only relief we found came from bathing in the river.

The use of water is a matter of habit, very much within our control, as by practice we may discipline ourselves so as to require but a small amount. Some persons, for example, who place no restraint upon their appetites, will, if they can get it, drink water twenty times a day, while others will not perhaps drink more than once or twice during the same time. I have found a very effectual preventive to thirst by drinking a large quantity of water before breakfast, and, on feeling thirsty on the march, chewing a small green twig or leaf.

The way we use water is largely a matter of habit and is definitely in our control. With practice, we can train ourselves to need only a small amount. For instance, some people have no limits when it comes to their thirst and will drink water twenty times a day if they can, while others might only drink once or twice during the same period. I’ve discovered that a great way to prevent thirst is to drink a lot of water before breakfast, and when I feel thirsty while walking, I chew on a small green twig or leaf.

Water taken from stagnant pools, charged with putrid vegetable matter and animalculæ, would be very likely to generate fevers and dysenteries if taken into the stomach without purification. It should therefore be thoroughly boiled, and all the scum removed from the surface as it rises; this clarifies it, and by mixing powdered charcoal with it the disinfecting process is perfected. Water may also be purified by placing a piece of alum in the end of a stick that has been split, and stirring it around in a bucket of water. Charcoal and the leaves of the prickly pear are also used for the same purpose. I have recently seen a compact and portable filter, made of charcoal, which clarifies the water very effectually, and draws it off on the siphon principle. It can be obtained at 85 West Street, New York, for one dollar and a half. Water may be partially filtered in a muddy pond by taking a barrel and boring the lower half full of holes, then filling it up with grass or moss above the upper holes, after which it is placed in the pond with the top above the surface. The water filters through the grass or moss, and rises in the barrel to a level with the pond. Travelers frequently drink muddy water by placing a cloth or handkerchief over the mouth of a cup to catch the larger particles of dirt and animalculæ.

Water taken from stagnant pools, filled with decomposing plant material and tiny organisms, is likely to cause fevers and dysentery if consumed without being cleaned. It should be boiled thoroughly, and any scum that forms on the surface should be removed; this helps to clarify it, and adding powdered charcoal completes the disinfection process. You can also purify water by sticking a piece of alum on the end of a split stick and stirring it in a bucket of water. Charcoal and prickly pear leaves can serve the same purpose. I recently saw a compact and portable charcoal filter that effectively clarifies water and works on a siphon principle. It’s available for one dollar and fifty cents at 85 West Street, New York. Water can be partially filtered in a muddy pond by using a barrel with holes bored in the lower half, then filling it with grass or moss above the holes, and placing it in the pond with the top above the water’s surface. The water filters through the grass or moss and rises in the barrel to the same level as the pond. Travelers often drink muddy water by putting a cloth or handkerchief over the mouth of a cup to catch larger particles of dirt and tiny organisms.

Water may be cooled so as to be quite palatable by wrapping cloths around the vessels containing it, wetting them, and hanging them in the air, where a rapid evaporation will be produced. Some of the frontier-men use a leathern sack for carrying water: this is porous, and allows the necessary evaporation without wetting.

Water can be made quite enjoyable to drink by wrapping cloths around the containers holding it, soaking them, and hanging them in the air, where fast evaporation occurs. Some of the frontier men use a leather bag to carry water: this is porous and allows the necessary evaporation without getting wet.

The Arabs also use a leathern bottle, which they call zemsemiyah. When they are en route they hang it on the shady side of a camel, where the evaporation keeps the water continually cool.

The Arabs also use a leather bottle, which they call zemsemiyah. When they are en route, they hang it on the shady side of a camel, where evaporation keeps the water cool.

No expedition should ever set out into the plains without being supplied with the means for carrying water, especially in an unknown region. If wooden kegs are used they must frequently be looked after, and soaked, in order that they may not shrink and fall to pieces. Men, in marching in a hot climate, throw off a great amount of perspiration from the skin, and require a corresponding quantity of water to supply the deficiency, and unless they get this they suffer greatly. When a party makes an expedition into a desert section, where there is a probability of finding no water, and intend to return over the same track, it is well to carry water as far as convenient, and bury it in the ground for use on the return trip.

No expedition should ever head out into the plains without proper supplies for carrying water, especially in an unfamiliar area. If wooden barrels are used, they need regular check-ups and soaking to prevent them from shrinking and falling apart. In hot climates, people sweat a lot, so they need a substantial amount of water to make up for it; without enough water, they really struggle. When a group sets out on an expedition in a desert area where finding water is unlikely and plans to return the same way, it's smart to carry water as far as possible and bury some in the ground for the return journey.

"Captain Sturt, when he explored Australia, took a tank in his cart, which burst, and, besides that, he carried casks of water. By these he was enabled to face a desert country with a success which no traveler had ever attained to. For instance, when returning homeward, the water was found to be drying up from the country on all sides of him. He was at a pool, and the next stage was 118 miles, at the end of which it was doubtful if there remained any water. It was necessary to send to reconnoitre, and to furnish the messenger with means of returning should the pool be found dry. He killed a bullock, skinned it, and, filling the skin with water (which held 150 gallons), sent it by an ox dray 30 miles, with orders to bury it and to return. Shortly after he dispatched a light one-horse cart, carrying 36 gallons of water; the horse and man were to drink at the hide and go on. Thus they had 36 gallons to supply them for a journey of 176 miles, or six days at 30 miles a day, at the close of which they would return to the ox hide—sleeping, in fact, five nights on 36 gallons of water. This a hardy, well-driven horse could do, even in the hottest climate."[2]

"Captain Sturt, while exploring Australia, had a tank in his cart that burst, and on top of that, he carried barrels of water. With these resources, he was able to navigate a desert region with a level of success that no other traveler had achieved before. For example, when he was heading back home, he noticed that the water was drying up around him from all sides. He was at a pool, and the next stop was 118 miles away, where it was uncertain if any water would still be available. It was essential to send someone to scout ahead and to give the messenger a way to return in case the pool was dry. He killed a cattle beast, skinned it, and filled the skin with water (which held 150 gallons), then sent it via an ox cart 30 miles, instructing them to bury it and come back. Shortly after, he sent out a light one-horse cart with 36 gallons of water; the horse and driver were to drink at the hide and continue on. In this way, they had 36 gallons to last them for a journey of 176 miles, or six days at 30 miles a day, by which time they would return to the ox hide—essentially sleeping five nights on just 36 gallons of water. A strong, well-conditioned horse could manage this, even in the hottest conditions."[2]


2 F. Galton's Art of Travel, p. 17 and 18.

2 F. Galton's Art of Travel, p. 17 and 18.

JOURNADAS.

JOURNADAS.

In some localities 50 or 60 miles, and even greater distances, are frequently traversed without water; these long stretches are called by the Mexicans "journadas," or day's journeys. There is one in New Mexico called Journada del Muerto, which is 78-1/2 miles in length, where, in a dry season, there is not a drop of water; yet, with proper care, this drive can be made with ox or mule teams, and without loss or injury to the animals.

In some areas, distances of 50 or 60 miles, and sometimes even farther, are often crossed without water; these long stretches are referred to by Mexicans as "journadas," or day’s journeys. One such stretch in New Mexico is called Journada del Muerto, which is 78.5 miles long and has no water at all during dry seasons; however, with the right precautions, this route can be navigated with ox or mule teams without harming the animals.

On arriving at the last camping-ground before entering upon the journada, all the animals should be as well rested and refreshed as possible. To insure this, they must be turned out upon the best grass that can be found, and allowed to eat and drink as much as they desire during the entire halt. Should the weather be very warm, and the teams composed of oxen, the march should not be resumed until it begins to cool in the afternoon. They should be carefully watered just previous to being hitched up and started out upon the journada, the water-kegs having been previously filled. The drive is then commenced, and continued during the entire night, with 10 or 15 minutes rest every two hours. About daylight a halt should be made, and the animals immediately turned out to graze for two hours, during which time, especially if there is dew upon the grass, they will have become considerably refreshed, and may be put to the wagons again and driven until the heat becomes oppressive toward noon, when they are again turned out upon a spot where the grass is good, and, if possible, where there are shade trees. About four o'clock P.M. they are again started, and the march continued into the night, and as long as they can be driven without suffering. If, however, there should be dew, which is seldom the case on the plains, it would be well to turn out the animals several times during the second night, and by morning, if they are in good condition, the journada of 70 or 80 miles will have been passed without any great amount of suffering. I am supposing, in this case, that the road is firm and free from sand.

Upon reaching the last campsite before the journey begins, all the animals should be as well-rested and refreshed as possible. To ensure this, they should be let out onto the best grass available and allowed to eat and drink as much as they want during the entire stop. If the weather is very hot and the teams are made up of oxen, the journey shouldn't start again until it starts to cool off in the afternoon. They should be carefully watered right before being harnessed and set off on the journey, with the water barrels already filled. The drive then begins and continues throughout the night, with breaks of 10 to 15 minutes every two hours. Around dawn, a stop should be made, and the animals should be immediately let out to graze for two hours. During this time, especially if there’s dew on the grass, they will become significantly refreshed and can be put back to the wagons and driven until the heat becomes too intense around noon. At that point, they should be let out again in a location with good grass and, if possible, shade trees. Around four o'clock in the afternoon, they should be started up again, and the march should continue into the night, as long as they can go without suffering. If there happens to be dew—which is rare on the plains—it's advisable to let the animals out several times during the second night, and by morning, if they're in good shape, the journey of 70 to 80 miles will have been completed with minimal distress. I'm assuming, in this case, that the road is solid and free from sand.

Many persons have been under the impression that animals, in traversing the plains, would perform better and keep in better condition by allowing them to graze in the morning before commencing the day's march, which involves the necessity of making late starts, and driving during the heat of the day. The same persons have been of the opinion that animals will graze only at particular hours; that the remainder of the day must be allowed them for rest and sleep, and that, unless these rules be observed, they would not thrive. This opinion is, however, erroneous, as animals will in a few days adapt themselves to any circumstances, so far as regards their hours of labor, rest, and refreshment. If they have been accustomed to work at particular periods of the day, and the order of things is suddenly reversed, the working hours changed into hours of rest, and vice versa, they may not do as well for a short time, but they will soon accustom themselves to the change, and eat and rest as well as before. By making early drives during the summer months the heat of the day is avoided, whereas, I repeat, if allowed to graze before starting, the march can not commence until it grows warm, when animals, especially oxen, will suffer greatly from the heat of the sun, and will not do as well as when the other plan is pursued.

Many people believe that animals perform better and stay healthier when they graze in the morning before starting their daily march, which means setting off later and traveling during the heat of the day. These same people think that animals only graze at certain times and need the rest of the day for resting and sleeping, and that if these rules aren't followed, the animals won't thrive. However, this belief is mistaken since animals can adapt to different circumstances regarding their working hours, resting, and eating within just a few days. If they're used to working at certain times of day and suddenly their schedule is flipped—working hours turn into resting hours and vice versa—they might not perform well at first, but they'll quickly adjust to the change and eat and rest just as effectively as before. By starting early during the summer months, you can avoid the heat of the day. If they graze before setting off, the march won't begin until it gets warm, which can cause animals, especially oxen, to suffer significantly from the sun's heat, leading to poorer performance compared to when the alternative method is used.

Oxen upon a long journey will sometimes wear down their hoofs and become lame. When this occurs, a thick piece of raw hide wrapped around the foot and tied firmly to the leg will obviate the difficulty, provided the weather is not wet; for if so, the shoe soon wears out. Mexican and Indian horses and mules will make long journeys without being shod, as their hoofs are tough and elastic, and wear away very gradually; they will, however, in time become very smooth, making it difficult for them to travel upon grass.

Oxen on a long journey can sometimes wear down their hooves and get lame. When this happens, wrapping a thick piece of raw hide around their foot and tying it securely to the leg can solve the problem, as long as the weather isn't wet; otherwise, the shoe wears out quickly. Mexican and Indian horses and mules can go on long trips without shoes because their hooves are tough and flexible, wearing down very slowly. However, over time, their hooves become very smooth, making it hard for them to walk on grass.

A train of wagons should always be kept closed upon a march; and if, as often happens, a particular wagon gets out of order and is obliged to halt, it should be turned out of the road, to let the others pass while the injury is being repaired. As soon as the broken wagon is in order, it should fall into the line wherever it happens to be. In the event of a wagon breaking down so as to require important repairs, men should be immediately dispatched with the necessary tools and materials, which should be placed in the train where they can readily be got at, and a guard should be left to escort the wagon to camp after having been repaired. If, however, the damage be so serious as to require any great length of time to repair it, the load should be transferred to other wagons, so that the team which is left behind will be able to travel rapidly and overtake the train.

A convoy of wagons should always stay closed during a march. If a specific wagon breaks down and needs to stop, it should be pulled off to the side to let the others pass while it's being fixed. Once the broken wagon is repaired, it should rejoin the line wherever it is. If a wagon breaks down and needs significant repairs, people should be sent out immediately with the necessary tools and materials, which should be easily accessible in the convoy. A guard should stay with the wagon to escort it back to camp after the repairs are done. However, if the damage is severe and will take a long time to fix, the load should be transferred to other wagons so that the remaining team can travel quickly and catch up with the convoy.

If the broken wagon is a poor one, and there be abundance of better ones, the accident being such as to involve much delay for its repair, it may be wise to abandon it, taking from it such parts as may possibly be wanted in repairing other wagons.

If the broken wagon is a bad one and there are plenty of better options available, and the damage is significant enough to cause a long repair time, it might be smart to leave it behind, taking only the parts that could be useful for fixing other wagons.

ADVANCE AND REAR GUARDS.

Front and back guards.

A few men, well mounted, should constitute the advance and rear guards for each train of wagons passing through the Indian country. Their duty will be to keep a vigilant look-out in all directions, and to reconnoitre places where Indians would be likely to lie in ambush. Should hostile Indians be discovered, the fact should be at once reported to the commander, who (if he anticipates an attack) will rapidly form his wagons into a circle or "corral," with the animals toward the centre, and the men on the inside, with their arms in readiness to repel an attack from without. If these arrangements be properly attended to, few parties of Indians will venture to make an attack, as they are well aware that some of their warriors might pay with their lives the forfeit of such indiscretion.

A few men on horseback should make up the advance and rear guards for each wagon train passing through Indian territory. Their job will be to keep a close watch in all directions and to scout areas where Indians might be waiting to ambush. If hostile Indians are spotted, they should immediately report it to the commander, who (if he expects an attack) will quickly arrange the wagons into a circle or "corral," with the animals in the center and the men inside, ready to defend against an outside attack. If these measures are properly followed, few groups of Indians will dare to attack, as they know that some of their warriors might pay for such a miscalculation with their lives.

I know an instance where one resolute man, pursued for several days by a large party of Comanches on the Santa Fé trace, defended himself by dismounting and pointing his rifle at the foremost whenever they came near him, which always had the effect of turning them back. This was repeated so often that the Indians finally abandoned the pursuit, and left the traveler to pursue his journey without farther molestation. During all this time he did not discharge his rifle; had he done so he would doubtless have been killed.

I know of a case where one determined man, chased for several days by a big group of Comanches on the Santa Fé trail, protected himself by getting off his horse and aiming his rifle at the lead attackers whenever they got close, which always made them back off. This happened so many times that the Indians eventually gave up the chase and let the traveler continue his journey without further trouble. Throughout all this, he never fired his rifle; if he had, he would probably have been killed.

SELECTION OF CAMPS.

CAMP CHOICES.

The security of animals, and, indeed, the general safety of a party, in traveling through a country occupied by hostile Indians, depends greatly upon the judicious selection of camps. One of the most important considerations that should influence the choice of a locality is its capability for defense. If the camp be pitched beside a stream, a concave bend, where the water is deep, with a soft alluvial bed inclosed by high and abrupt banks, will be the most defensible, and all the more should the concavity form a peninsula. The advantages of such a position are obvious to a soldier's eye, as that part of the encampment inclosed by the stream is naturally secure, and leaves only one side to be defended. The concavity of the bend will enable the defending party to cross its fire in case of attack from the exposed side. The bend of the stream will also form an excellent corral in which to secure animals from a stampede, and thereby diminish the number of sentinels needful around the camp. In herding animals at night within the bend of a stream, a spot should be selected where no clumps of brush grow on the side where the animals are posted. If thickets of brush can not be avoided, sentinels should be placed near them, to guard against Indians, who might take advantage of this cover to steal animals, or shoot them down with arrows, before their presence were known.

The safety of animals and overall security for a group traveling through an area occupied by hostile Native Americans relies heavily on choosing the right campsites. One of the key factors in selecting a location should be its defensibility. If the camp is set up next to a river, a curved area where the water is deep and has soft, flat soil bordered by steep banks will be the easiest to defend, especially if the curve forms a peninsula. The benefits of this position are clear to a soldier; that part of the camp surrounded by the river is naturally protected, leaving only one side to defend. The curve of the river will also allow defenders to cover each other's fire in case of an attack from the unprotected side. Additionally, the bend creates a great enclosure to keep animals safe from stampedes, which reduces the number of guards needed around the camp. When herding animals at night within the bend of the river, it’s important to choose a spot without dense brush on the side where the animals are located. If there are bushes that can’t be avoided, sentinels should be stationed nearby to protect against Native Americans who might use that cover to steal or shoot the animals before they are detected.

In camping away from streams, it is advisable to select a position in which one or more sides of the encampment shall rest upon the crest of an abrupt hill or bluff. The prairie Indians make their camps upon the summits of the hills, whence they can see in all directions, and thus avoid a surprise.

In camping away from streams, it’s a good idea to choose a spot where one or more sides of the campsite are at the top of a steep hill or bluff. The prairie Indians set up their camps on hilltops so they can see in all directions and avoid being caught off guard.

The line of tents should be pitched on that side of the camp most exposed to attack, and sentinels so posted that they may give alarm in time for the main body to rally and prepare for defense.

The tents should be set up on the side of the camp that is most vulnerable to attack, and lookouts should be positioned to sound the alarm in time for the main group to gather and get ready for defense.

SANITARY CONSIDERATIONS.

Health and hygiene considerations.

When camping near rivers and lakes surrounded by large bodies of timber and a luxuriant vegetation, which produces a great amount of decomposition and consequent exhalations of malaria, it is important to ascertain what localities will be the least likely to generate disease, and to affect the sanitary condition of men occupying them.

When camping near rivers and lakes surrounded by large areas of trees and lush vegetation, which creates a lot of decay and the resulting release of malaria, it's essential to find out which spots are least likely to cause illness and impact the health of people staying there.

This subject has been thoroughly examined by Dr. Robert Johnson, Inspector General of Hospitals in the English army in 1845; and, as his conclusions are deduced from enlarged experience and extended research, they should have great weight. I shall therefore make no apology for introducing here a few extracts from his interesting report touching upon this subject:

This topic has been thoroughly studied by Dr. Robert Johnson, Inspector General of Hospitals in the English army in 1845. Since his conclusions are based on extensive experience and research, they carry significant weight. Therefore, I won’t apologize for including a few excerpts from his insightful report regarding this subject:

"It is consonant with the experience of military people, in all ages and in all countries, that camp diseases most abound near the muddy banks of large rivers, near swamps and ponds, and on grounds which have been recently stripped of their woods. The fact is precise, but it has been set aside to make way for an opinion. It was assumed, about half a century since, by a celebrated army physician, that camp diseases originated from causes of putrefaction, and that putrefaction is connected radically with a stagnant condition of the air.

"It is consistent with the experiences of military personnel throughout history and across the globe that camp diseases are most common near the muddy shores of large rivers, in swamps and ponds, and in areas that have recently been cleared of trees. This fact is clear, yet it has been overlooked in favor of a belief. About fifty years ago, a well-known army physician assumed that camp diseases arose from causes related to rotting matter and that this rotting is fundamentally linked to stagnant air."

"As streams of air usually proceed along rivers with more certainty and force than in other places, and as there is evidently a more certain movement of air, that is, more wind on open grounds than among woods and thickets, this sole consideration, without any regard to experience, influenced opinion, gave currency to the destructive maxim that the banks of rivers, open grounds, and exposed heights are the most eligible situations for the encampment of troops. They are the best ventilated; they must, if the theory be true, be the most healthy.

"As air streams typically flow along rivers with more certainty and force than in other locations, and since there is clearly a more consistent movement of air — that is, more wind on open land than in forests and thickets — this single factor, without considering experience, shaped opinions and popularized the damaging belief that riverbanks, open areas, and exposed heights are the best spots for troop encampments. They are better ventilated; and if this theory holds true, they should also be the healthiest."

"The fact is the reverse; but, demonstrative as the fact may be, fashion has more influence than multiplied examples of fact experimentally proved. Encampments are still formed in the vicinity of swamps, or on grounds which are newly cleared of their woods, in obedience to theory, and contrary to fact.

"The reality is the opposite; however, no matter how clear the reality is, fashion has more sway than numerous proven examples. Camps are still set up near swamps or on land that has just been cleared of trees, following theory instead of reality."

"It is prudent, as now said, in selecting ground for encampment, to avoid the immediate vicinity of swamps and rivers. The air is there noxious; but, as its influence thence originating does not extend beyond a certain limit, it is a matter of some importance to ascertain to what distance it does extend; because, if circumstances do not permit that the encampment be removed out of its reach, prudence directs that remedies be applied to weaken the force of its pernicious impressions.

"It is wise, as mentioned earlier, in choosing a campsite, to stay away from areas close to swamps and rivers. The air there is unhealthy; however, since its harmful effects don't go beyond a certain distance, it's important to find out how far they actually reach. If it's not possible to move the camp out of that range, it makes sense to take steps to lessen its negative impacts."

"The remedies consist in the interposition of rising grounds, woods, or such other impediments as serve to break the current in its progress from the noxious source. It is an obvious fact, that the noxious cause, or the exhalation in which it is enveloped, ascends as it traverses the adjacent plain, and that its impression is augmented by the adventitious force with which it strikes upon the subject of its action.

"The solutions involve putting up elevated areas, forests, or other obstacles that help disrupt the flow coming from the harmful source. It's clear that the harmful cause, or the fumes surrounding it, rises as it moves across the nearby land, and that its impact is intensified by the extra force with which it hits whatever it affects."

"It is thus that a position of three hundred paces from the margin of a swamp, on a level with the swamp itself, or but moderately elevated, is less unhealthy than one at six hundred on the same line of direction on an exposed height. The cause here strikes fully in its ascent; and as the atmosphere has a more varied temperature, and the succussions of the air are more irregular on the height than on the plain, the impression is more forcible, and the noxious effect more strongly marked. In accord with this principle, it is almost uniformly true, cœteris paribus, that diseases are more common, at least more violent, in broken, irregular, and hilly countries, where the temperature is liable to sudden changes, and where blasts descend with fury from the mountains, than in large and extensive inclined plains under the action of equal and gentle breezes only.

"It’s clear that being three hundred paces from the edge of a swamp, at or just above the swamp's level, is less unhealthy than being six hundred paces away on an exposed hill. Here, the cause fully takes effect as it rises; the temperature of the air varies more and the air currents are more erratic on hills than on flat ground, making the impact stronger and the harmful effects more noticeable. Following this principle, it’s generally true, cœteris paribus, that diseases are more frequent, and often more severe, in rugged, hilly areas where the weather changes abruptly and where strong gusts come down from the mountains, than in large, smooth plains where only gentle, steady breezes blow."

"From this fact it becomes an object of the first consideration, in selecting ground for encampment, to guard against the impression of strong winds on their own account, independently of their proceeding from swamps, rivers, and noxious soils.

"Given this fact, it’s essential to consider the choice of camping ground carefully, ensuring protection from strong winds, regardless of whether they come from swamps, rivers, or unhealthy soils."

"It is proved by experience, in armies as in civil life, that injury does not often result from simple wetting with rain when the person is fairly exposed in the open air, and habitually inured to the contingencies of weather. Irregular troops, which act in the advanced line of armies, and which have no other shelter from weather than a hedge or tree, rarely experience sickness—never, at least, the sickness which proceeds from contagion; hence it is inferred that the shelter of tents is not necessary for the preservation of health. Irregular troops, with contingent shelter only, are comparatively healthy, while sickness often rages with violence in the same scene, among those who have all the protection against the inclemencies of weather which can be furnished by canvas. The fact is verified by experience, and the cause of it is not of difficult explanation. When the earth is damp, the action of heat on its surface occasions the interior moisture to ascend. The heat of the bodies of a given number of men, confined within a tent of a given dimension, raises the temperature within the tent beyond the temperature of the common air outside the tent. The ascent of moisture is thus encouraged, generally by a change of temperature in the tent, and more particularly by the immediate or near contact of the heated bodies of the men with the surface of the earth. Moisture, as exhaled from the earth, is considered by observers of fact to be a cause which acts injuriously on health. Produced artificially by the accumulation of individuals in close tents, it may reasonably be supposed to produce its usual effects on armies. A cause of contagious influence, of fatal effect, is thus generated by accumulating soldiers in close and crowded tents, under the pretext of defending them from the inclemencies of the weather; and hence it is that the means which are provided for the preservation of health are actually the causes of destruction of life.

"It has been proven by experience, both in armies and civilian life, that getting wet from rain doesn’t usually cause harm when someone is out in the open air and used to dealing with different weather conditions. Irregular troops, who operate on the front lines of armies and only have a hedge or tree for shelter, rarely get sick—at least not from contagious illnesses; this suggests that tents are not essential for maintaining health. These irregular troops, with only basic shelter, tend to be relatively healthy, while sickness often spreads rapidly among those who are fully protected from harsh weather in canvas tents. This fact is supported by experience and its explanation isn’t complicated. When the ground is wet, heat causes moisture to rise from the surface. The heat from a group of men inside a tent raises the temperature within the tent higher than the outside air. This encourages moisture to rise, especially due to the heat from the men’s bodies coming into contact with the ground. Moisture coming from the earth is believed by health observers to negatively impact health. When it builds up artificially from many individuals packed into close tents, it’s reasonable to think it would have harmful effects on armies. Therefore, by cramming soldiers into tight, crowded tents under the guise of protecting them from bad weather, a source of contagious and potentially deadly illness is created. Thus, the very measures taken to safeguard health can end up being the causes of death."

"There are two causes which more evidently act upon the health of troops in the field than any other, namely, moisture exhaled direct from the surface of the earth in undue quantity, and emanations of a peculiar character arising from diseased action in the animal system in a mass of men crowded together. These are principal, and they are important. The noxious effects may be obviated, or rather the noxious cause will not be generated, under the following arrangement, namely, a carpet of painted canvas for the floor of the tent; a tent with a light roof, as defense against perpendicular rain or the rays of a vertical sun; and with side walls of moderate height, to be employed only against driving rains. To the first there can be no objection: it is useful, as preventing the exhalations of moisture from the surface of the earth; it is convenient, as always ready; and it is economical, as less expensive than straw. It requires to be fresh painted only once a year."

"There are two main factors that have a greater impact on the health of troops in the field than anything else: excessive moisture coming directly from the ground and harmful substances released from the bodies of sick individuals packed together. These factors are significant and should not be ignored. The harmful effects can be avoided, or rather, the harmful causes can be prevented, with the following setup: a painted canvas carpet for the tent floor; a tent with a lightweight roof to protect against direct rain or intense sunlight; and side walls of moderate height to shield against strong winds and rain. The first option is completely reasonable: it prevents moisture from the ground, is practical, as it's always ready when needed, and is cost-effective, being cheaper than straw. It only requires a fresh coat of paint once a year."

The effect of crowding men together in close quarters, illy ventilated, was shown in the prisons of Hindostan, where at one time, when the English held sway, they had, on an average, 40,000 natives in confinement; and this unfortunate population was every year liberated by death in proportions varying from 4000 to 10,000. The annual average mortality by crowded and unventilated barracks in the English army has sometimes been enormous, as at Barrackpore, where it seldom fell far short of one tenth; that is to say, its garrisons were every year decimated by fever or cholera, while the officers and other inhabitants, who lived in well-ventilated houses, did not find the place particularly unhealthy.

The impact of cramming men into tight, poorly ventilated spaces was evident in the prisons of India, where, during the time of British rule, there were an average of 40,000 locals in confinement. This unfortunate group faced annual deaths ranging from 4,000 to 10,000. The yearly mortality rate due to overcrowded and poorly ventilated barracks in the British army was sometimes staggering, as seen in Barrackpore, where it rarely dropped below ten percent; in other words, its garrisons were decimated each year by fever or cholera, while the officers and others who lived in well-ventilated homes did not find the area particularly unhealthy.

The same fact of general exemption among the officers, and complete exemption among their wives, was observed in the marching regiments, which lost by cholera from one tenth to one sixth of the enlisted men, who were packed together at night ten and twelve in a tent, with the thermometer at 96°. The dimensions of the celebrated Black Hole of Calcutta—where in 1756, 123 prisoners out of 140 died by carbonic acid in one night—was but eighteen feet square, and with but two small windows. Most of the twenty-three who survived until morning were seized with putrid fever and died very soon afterward.

The same reality of general exemption among the officers and complete exemption for their wives was noted in the marching regiments, which lost between one-tenth to one-sixth of their enlisted men to cholera. These soldiers were crammed together at night, ten to twelve in a tent, with temperatures reaching 96°F. The dimensions of the infamous Black Hole of Calcutta—where in 1756, 123 out of 140 prisoners died from carbon dioxide poisoning in a single night—were only eighteen feet square and had just two small windows. Most of the twenty-three who survived until morning developed putrid fever and died soon after.

On the 1st of December, 1848, 150 deck passengers of the steamer Londonderry were ordered below by the captain and the hatches closed upon them: seventy were found dead the next morning.

On December 1, 1848, 150 deck passengers of the steamer Londonderry were ordered below by the captain, and the hatches were closed on them. Seventy were found dead the next morning.

The streams which intersect our great prairies have but a very sparse growth of wood or vegetation upon their banks, so that one of the fundamental causes for the generation of noxious malaria does not, to any great extent, exist here, and I believe that persons may encamp with impunity directly upon their banks.

The streams that cross our vast prairies have only a few trees or plants along their banks, which means that one of the main reasons for the spread of harmful malaria isn't really present here. I think people can safely camp right by the water.

PICKET GUARDS.

Guarding the entrance.

When a party is sufficiently strong, a picket guard should be stationed during the night some two or three hundred yards in advance of the point which is most open to assault, and on low ground, so that an enemy approaching over the surrounding higher country can be seen against the sky, while the sentinel himself is screened from observation. These sentinels should not be allowed to keep fires, unless they are so placed that they can not be seen from a distance.

When a group is strong enough, a picket guard should be set up at night about two or three hundred yards ahead of the area that is most vulnerable to attack, positioned in a low spot so that enemies coming from the higher ground can be seen against the sky, while the guard remains hidden. These guards shouldn't be permitted to have fires unless they can be positioned in a way that keeps them out of sight from a distance.

During the day the pickets should be posted on the summits of the highest eminences in the vicinity of camp, with instructions to keep a vigilant lookout in all directions; and, if not within hailing distance, they should be instructed to give some well-understood telegraphic signals to inform those in camp when there is danger. For example, should Indians be discovered approaching at a great distance, they may raise their caps upon the muzzles of their pieces, and at the same time walk around in a circle; while, if the Indians are near and moving rapidly, the sentinel may swing his cap and run around rapidly in a circle. To indicate the direction from which the Indians are approaching, he may direct his piece toward them, and walk in the same line of direction.

During the day, the lookouts should be stationed on the peaks of the highest hills near the camp, with instructions to keep a close watch in all directions; and if they are out of shouting range, they should use clear signals to inform those in camp when there's danger. For instance, if they spot Indians coming from a long distance, they can raise their hats on the ends of their guns and walk around in a circle. If the Indians are close and moving quickly, the lookout can wave his hat and run around in a circle. To show which direction the Indians are coming from, he can point his gun toward them and walk in that same direction.

Should the pickets suddenly discover a party of Indians very near, and with the apparent intention of making an attack, they should fire their pieces to give the alarm to the camp.

Should the guards suddenly spot a group of Indians nearby and seem ready to attack, they should shoot their weapons to alert the camp.

These telegraphic signals, when well understood and enforced, will tend greatly to facilitate the communication of intelligence throughout the camp, and conduce much to its security.

These telegraphic signals, when properly understood and enforced, will greatly help with communication of information throughout the camp and significantly enhance its security.

The picket guards should receive minute and strict orders regarding their duties under all circumstances, and these orders should be distinctly understood by every one in the camp, so that no false alarms will be created. All persons, with the exception of the guards and herders, should after dark be confined to the limits of the chain of sentinels, so that, if any one is seen approaching from without these limits, it will be known that they are strangers.

The picket guards need to get clear and detailed instructions about their duties in every situation, and everyone in the camp should clearly understand these orders to avoid any false alarms. Besides the guards and herders, everyone else should stay within the boundaries set by the sentinels after dark, so that if anyone is seen coming from outside these limits, it will be clear they are strangers.

As there will not often be occasion for any one to pass the chain of pickets during the night, it is a good rule (especially if the party is small), when a picket sentinel discovers any one lurking about his post from without, if he has not himself been seen, to quietly withdraw and report the fact to the commander, who can wake his men and make his arrangements to repel an attack and protect his animals. If, however, the man upon the picket has been seen, he should distinctly challenge the approaching party, and if he receives no answer, fire, and retreat to camp to report the fact.

As there won’t often be a reason for anyone to pass the chain of guards at night, it's a good rule (especially when the group is small) that if a guard sees someone lurking around their post and hasn’t been noticed themselves, they should quietly step back and report it to the commander. This way, the commander can wake up his men and prepare to defend against an attack and protect their animals. However, if the guard has been seen, they should clearly challenge the approaching person or group, and if there’s no response, they should fire a shot and retreat to camp to report what happened.

It is of the utmost importance that picket guards should be wide awake, and allow nothing to escape their observation, as the safety of the whole camp is involved. During a dark night a man can see better himself, and is less exposed to the view of others, when in a sitting posture than when standing up or moving about. I would therefore recommend this practice for night pickets.

It is extremely important that picket guards stay alert and let nothing go unnoticed, as the safety of the entire camp depends on it. During a dark night, a person can see better and is less visible to others when sitting down rather than standing or moving around. I would recommend this practice for night pickets.

Horses and mules (especially the latter), whose senses of hearing and smelling are probably more acute than those of almost any other animals, will discover any thing strange or unusual about camp much sooner than a man. They indicate this by turning in the direction from whence the object is approaching, holding their heads erect, projecting their ears forward, and standing in a fixed and attentive attitude. They exhibit the same signs of alarm when a wolf or other wild animal approaches the camp; but it is always wise, when they show fear in this manner, to be on the alert till the cause is ascertained.

Horses and mules (especially the latter), whose senses of hearing and smell are likely sharper than those of almost any other animals, will notice anything strange or unusual about the camp much faster than a person. They show this by turning toward the direction from which the object is coming, holding their heads up, putting their ears forward, and standing still and alert. They exhibit the same signs of alertness when a wolf or another wild animal comes near the camp; however, it’s always smart to stay on guard when they show fear like this until you figure out the reason.

Mules are very keenly sensitive to danger, and, in passing along over the prairies, they will often detect the proximity of strangers long before they are discovered by their riders. Nothing seems to escape their observation; and I have heard of several instances where they have given timely notice of the approach of hostile Indians, and thus prevented stampedes.

Mules are extremely sensitive to danger, and when traveling across the prairies, they often sense the presence of strangers long before their riders do. Nothing seems to escape their notice; I've heard of several cases where they alerted their riders to the approach of hostile Indians, preventing stampedes.

Dogs are sometimes good sentinels, but they often sleep sound, and are not easily awakened on the approach of an enemy.

Dogs can be good watchdogs at times, but they often sleep deeply and aren’t easily roused when an enemy approaches.

In marching with large force, unless there is a guide who knows the country, a small party should always be sent in advance to search for good camping-places, and these parties should be dispatched early enough to return and meet the main command in the event of not finding a camping-place within the limits of the day's march. A regiment should average upon the prairies, where the roads are good, about eighteen miles a day, but, if necessary, it can make 25 or even 30 miles. The advance party should therefore go as far as the command can march, provided the requisites for camping are not found within that distance. The article of first importance in campaigning is grass, the next water, and the last fuel.

In marching with a large group, unless there's a guide who knows the area, a small team should always be sent ahead to look for good camping spots. This team should leave early enough to return and meet up with the main group if they don't find a campsite within the day's march. A regiment should typically cover about eighteen miles a day on the prairies, where the roads are decent, but if needed, it can manage 25 or even 30 miles. Therefore, the advance party should travel as far as the group can march, as long as they can't find a camping spot within that distance. The most important thing in camping is grass, followed by water, and lastly, fuel.

It is the practice of most persons traveling with large ox trains to select their camps upon the summit of a hill, where the surrounding country in all directions can be seen. Their cattle are then continually within view from the camp, and can be guarded easily.

It’s common for people traveling with large ox trains to choose their camps at the top of a hill, where they can see the surrounding area in all directions. This way, their cattle are always in sight from the camp, making it easy to keep an eye on them.

When a halt is made the wagons are "corraled," as it is called, by bringing the two front ones near and parallel to each other. The two next are then driven up on the outside of these, with the front wheels of the former touching the rear wheels of the latter, the rear of the wagons turned out upon the circumference of the circle that is being formed, and so on until one half the circle is made, when the rear of the wagons are turned in to complete the circle. An opening of about twenty yards should be left between the last two wagons for animals to pass in and out of the corral, and this may be closed with two ropes stretched between the wagons. Such a corral forms an excellent and secure barricade against Indian attacks, and a good inclosure for cattle while they are being yoked; indeed, it is indispensable.

When a stop is made, the wagons are "corraled," which means bringing the two front ones close and parallel to each other. The next two are then driven up on the outside of these, with the front wheels of the former touching the rear wheels of the latter, while the backs of the wagons turn outward to form the circle. This continues until half the circle is formed, at which point the backs of the wagons turn inward to complete the circle. There should be an opening of about twenty yards between the last two wagons for animals to come in and out of the corral, which can be closed with two ropes stretched between the wagons. This setup creates an excellent and secure barrier against Indian attacks and serves as a good enclosure for cattle while they are being yoked; in fact, it is essential.

STAMPEDES.

STAMPEDES.

Inclosures are made in the same manner for horses and mules, and, in case of an attempt to stampede them, they should be driven with all possible dispatch into the corral, where they will be perfectly secure. A "stampede" is more to be dreaded upon the plains than almost any disaster that can happen. It not unfrequently occurs that very many animals are irretrievably lost in this way, and the objects of an expedition thus defeated.

Inclosures are set up in the same way for horses and mules, and if there's an attempt to stampede them, they should be quickly driven into the corral, where they will be completely safe. A "stampede" is a bigger threat on the plains than nearly any other disaster that can happen. It's not uncommon for a lot of animals to be lost for good this way, and the goals of an expedition can be ruined as a result.

The Indians are perfectly familiar with the habits and disposition of horses and mules, and with the most effectual methods of terrifying them. Previous to attempting a stampede, they provide themselves with rattles and other means for making frightful noises; thus prepared, they approach as near the herds as possible without being seen, and suddenly, with their horses at full speed, rush in among them, making the most hideous and unearthly screams and noises to terrify them, and drive them off before their astonished owners are able to rally and secure them.

The Native Americans are well aware of the behaviors and personalities of horses and mules, along with the most effective ways to scare them. Before trying to start a stampede, they arm themselves with rattles and other tools to create frightening sounds; with this preparation, they sneak as close to the herds as possible without being spotted, and then, with their horses running at full speed, they charge in among them, letting out the most horrifying and unnatural screams and noises to frighten the animals and drive them away before the surprised owners can regroup and catch them.

As soon as the animals are started the Indians divide their party, leaving a portion to hurry them off rapidly, while the rest linger some distance in the rear, to resist those who may pursue them.

As soon as the animals are on the move, the Indians split their group, with some members rushing to drive them quickly, while the others hang back at a distance to fend off anyone who might chase after them.

Horses and mules will sometimes, especially in the night, become frightened and stampeded from very slight causes. A wolf or a deer passing through a herd will often alarm them, and cause them to break away in the most frantic manner. Upon one occasion in the Choctaw country, my entire herd of about two hundred horses and mules all stampeded in the night, and scattered over the country for many miles, and it was several days before I succeeded in collecting them together. The alarm occurred while the herders were walking among the animals, and without any perceptible cause. The foregoing facts go to show how important it is at all times to keep a vigilant guard over animals. In the vicinity of hostile Indians, where an attack may be anticipated, several good horses should be secured in such positions that they will continually be in readiness for an emergency of this kind. The herdsmen should have their horses in hand, saddled and bridled, and ready at an instant's notice to spring upon their backs and drive the herds into camp. As soon as it is discovered that the animals have taken fright, the herdsmen should use their utmost endeavors to turn them in the direction of the camp, and this can generally be accomplished by riding the bell mare in front of the herd, and gradually turning her toward it, and slackening her speed as the familiar objects about the camp come in sight. This usually tends to quiet their alarm.

Horses and mules can easily get scared and stampede, especially at night, over very minor things. A wolf or a deer passing through a herd can often spook them and make them break away in a panic. One time in the Choctaw country, my entire herd of about two hundred horses and mules panicked at night and scattered across many miles. It took several days for me to round them all up. The panic happened while the herders were walking among the animals for no obvious reason. These facts highlight how crucial it is to always maintain a vigilant watch over animals. In areas near hostile Indians, where an attack could happen at any moment, a few reliable horses should be kept ready in places where they can quickly react to emergencies. The herdsmen should have their horses saddled and bridled and prepared to jump on them at a moment’s notice to drive the herds back to camp. Once it’s noticed that the animals are frightened, the herdsmen should do their best to steer them towards the camp by riding the bell mare in front of the herd, gradually turning her towards it, and slowing her down as familiar sights around the camp come into view. This usually helps calm their fear.

III.

III.

Repairing broken Wagons. Fording Rivers. Quicksand. Wagon Boats. Bull Boats. Crossing Packs. Swimming Animals. Marching with loose Horses. Herding Mules. Best Methods of Marching. Herding and guarding Animals. Descending Mountains. Storms. Northers.

Repairing broken wagons. Crossing rivers. Quicksand. Wagon boats. Bull boats. Carrying packs. Swimming animals. Marching with loose horses. Herding mules. Best methods for marching. Herding and guarding animals. Going down mountains. Storms. Cold fronts.

REPAIRS OF ACCIDENTS.

Accident repairs.

The accidents most liable to happen to wagons on the plains arise from the great dryness of the atmosphere, and the consequent shrinkage and contraction of the wood-work in the wheels, the tires working loose, and the wheels, in passing over sidling ground, oftentimes falling down and breaking all the spokes where they enter the hub. It therefore becomes a matter of absolute necessity for the prairie traveler to devise some means of repairing such damages, or of guarding against them by the use of timely expedients.

The accidents that are most likely to happen to wagons on the plains are due to the dry atmosphere, which causes the wood in the wheels to shrink and contract, leading to loose tires. Additionally, when the wheels go over uneven ground, they often fall and break all the spokes where they connect to the hub. It's crucial for travelers in the prairie to come up with ways to repair such damage or to protect against it by using timely solutions.

The wheels should be frequently and closely examined, and whenever a tire becomes at all loose it should at once be tightened with pieces of hoop-iron or wooden wedges driven by twos simultaneously from opposite sides. Another remedy for the same thing is to take off the wheels after encamping, sink them in water, and allow them to remain over night. This swells the wood, but is only temporary, requiring frequent repetition; and, after a time, if the wheels have not been made of thoroughly seasoned timber, it becomes necessary to reset the tires in order to guard against their destruction by falling to pieces and breaking the spokes.

The wheels should be checked regularly and carefully, and if a tire feels loose at all, it should be tightened immediately using hoop iron or wooden wedges driven in pairs from opposite sides. Another solution is to remove the wheels after setting up camp, submerge them in water, and let them soak overnight. This helps the wood swell, but it’s only a temporary fix and needs to be done frequently. Eventually, if the wheels aren't made from well-seasoned wood, you’ll need to reset the tires to prevent them from falling apart and breaking the spokes.

If the tires run off near a blacksmith's shop, or if there be a traveling forge with the train, they may be tied on with raw hide or ropes, and thus driven to the shop or camp. When a rear wheel breaks down upon a march, the best method I know of for taking the vehicle to a place where it can be repaired is to take off the damaged wheel, and place a stout pole of three or four inches in diameter under the end of the axle, outside the wagon-bed, and extending forward above the front wheel, where it is firmly lashed with ropes, while the other end of the pole runs six or eight feet to the rear, and drags upon the ground. The pole must be of such length and inclination that the axle shall be raised and retained in its proper horizontal position, when it can be driven to any distance that may be desired. The wagon should be relieved as much as practicable of its loading, as the pole dragging upon the ground will cause it to run heavily.

If the tires come off near a blacksmith's shop, or if there's a portable forge with the train, they can be secured with rawhide or ropes and driven to the shop or campsite. When a back wheel breaks down while on the move, the best way I know to get the vehicle to a repair spot is to remove the damaged wheel and place a sturdy pole that's three or four inches in diameter under the end of the axle, outside the wagon bed. The pole should extend forward above the front wheel, where it's tightly secured with ropes, while the other end drags six or eight feet behind on the ground. The pole needs to be long enough and angled correctly so the axle stays raised and horizontal, allowing the wagon to be driven as far as needed. The wagon should be lightened as much as possible because the dragging pole will make it harder to pull.

When a front wheel breaks down, the expedient just mentioned can not be applied to the front axle, but the two rear wheels may be taken off and placed upon this axle (they will always fit), while the sound front wheel can be substituted upon one side of the rear axle, after which the pole may be applied as before described. This plan I have adopted upon several different occasions, and I can vouch for its efficacy.

When a front wheel breaks down, the solution mentioned earlier can't be used on the front axle, but the two rear wheels can be removed and put on this axle (they'll always fit), while the working front wheel can be swapped onto one side of the rear axle. After that, the pole can be attached as previously described. I've used this method on several occasions, and I can confirm that it works well.

The foregoing facts may appear very simple and unimportant in themselves, but blacksmiths and wheelwrights are not met with at every turn of the roads upon the prairies; and in the wilderness, where the traveler is dependent solely upon his own resources, this kind of information will be found highly useful.

The facts mentioned might seem straightforward and trivial on their own, but you don’t come across blacksmiths and wheelwrights at every corner on the prairies; and in the wilderness, where travelers rely entirely on their own supplies, this information can be very helpful.

When the spokes in a wheel shrink more than the felloes, they work loose in the hub, and can not be tightened by wedging. The only remedy in such cases is to cut the felloe with a saw on opposite sides, taking out two pieces of such dimensions that the reduced circumference will draw back the spokes into their proper places and make them snug. A thin wagon-bow, or barrel-hoops, may then be wrapped around the outside of the felloe, and secured with small nails or tacks. This increases the diameter of the wheel, so that when the tire has been heated, put on, and cooled, it forces back the spokes into their true places, and makes the wheel as sound and strong as it ever was. This simple process can be executed in about half an hour if there be fuel for heating, and obviates the necessity of cutting and welding the tire. I would recommend that the tires should be secured with bolts and nuts, which will prevent them from running off when they work loose, and, if they have been cut and reset, they should be well tried with a hammer where they are welded to make sure that the junction is sound.

When the spokes in a wheel shrink more than the felloes, they come loose in the hub, and you can't tighten them with wedging. The only solution in these cases is to cut the felloe with a saw on opposite sides, removing two pieces that are sized so the smaller circumference will pull the spokes back into their proper positions and make them fit snugly. A thin wagon-bow or barrel hoops can then be wrapped around the outside of the felloe and secured with small nails or tacks. This expands the diameter of the wheel, so that when the tire is heated, put on, and cooled, it pushes the spokes back into their correct places and makes the wheel as strong and sturdy as before. This simple process can be done in about half an hour if there's fuel for heating, and it eliminates the need for cutting and welding the tire. I recommend that the tires be secured with bolts and nuts to prevent them from coming off when they loosen, and if they have been cut and reset, they should be checked with a hammer at the welds to ensure that the connection is solid.

FORDING RIVERS.

Crossing rivers.

Many streams that intersect the different routes across our continent are broad and shallow, and flow over beds of quicksand, which, in seasons of high water, become boggy and unstable, and are then exceedingly difficult of crossing. When these streams are on the rise, and, indeed, before any swelling is perceptible, their beds become surcharged with the sand loosened by the action of the under-current from the approaching flood, and from this time until the water subsides fording is difficult, requiring great precautions.

Many streams that cross different paths across our continent are wide and shallow, flowing over beds of quicksand. During high water seasons, they become muddy and unstable, making them very hard to cross. When these streams start to rise, even before any increase in water level is noticeable, their beds get filled with sand loosened by the undercurrent from the incoming flood. From that point until the water goes down, crossing becomes difficult and requires careful precautions.

On arriving upon the bank of a river of this character which has not recently been crossed, the condition of the quicksand may be ascertained by sending an intelligent man over the fording-place, and, should the sand not yield under his feet, it may be regarded as safe for animals or wagons. Should it, however, prove soft and yielding, it must be thoroughly examined, and the best track selected. This can be done by a man on foot, who will take a number of sharp sticks long enough, when driven into the bottom of the river, to stand above the surface of the water. He starts from the shore, and with one of the sticks and his feet tries the bottom in the direction of the opposite bank until he finds the firmest ground, where he plants one of the sticks to mark the track. A man incurs no danger in walking over quicksand provided he step rapidly, and he will soon detect the safest ground. He then proceeds, planting his sticks as often as may be necessary to mark the way, until he reaches the opposite bank. The ford is thus ascertained, and, if there are footmen in the party, they should cross before the animals and wagons, as they pack the sand, and make the track more firm and secure.

On arriving at a river like this one that hasn’t been crossed recently, you can check the condition of the quicksand by sending an experienced person across the fording spot. If the sand doesn’t give way beneath their feet, it’s safe for animals or wagons. However, if it is soft and yielding, it needs a thorough check, and the best path must be chosen. This can be done by someone on foot who will take several sharp sticks long enough to stick up above the water when pushed into the riverbed. They start from the shore and use one of the sticks and their feet to test the bottom in the direction of the opposite bank until they find the firmest ground, where they will plant one of the sticks to mark the path. A person won’t be at risk walking over quicksand if they step quickly, and they will soon find the safest ground. They continue, planting their sticks as needed to mark the route until they reach the opposite bank. This reveals the ford, and if there are foot travelers in the group, they should cross before the animals and wagons, as they compact the sand and make the path firmer and safer.

If the sand is soft, horses should be led across, and not allowed to stop in the stream; and the better to insure this, they should be watered before entering upon the ford; otherwise, as soon as they stand still, their feet sink in the sand, and soon it becomes difficult to extricate them. The same rule holds in the passage of wagons: they must be driven steadily across, and the animals never allowed to stop while in the river, as the wheels sink rapidly in quicksand. Mules will often stop from fear, and, when once embarrassed in the sand, they lie down, and will not use the slightest exertion to regain their footing. The only alternative, then, is to drag them out with ropes. I have even known some mules refuse to put forth the least exertion to get up after being pulled out upon firm ground, and it was necessary to set them upon their feet before they were restored to a consciousness of their own powers.

If the sand is soft, horses should be led across and shouldn't be allowed to stop in the stream. To ensure this, they should be given water before approaching the ford; otherwise, as soon as they stand still, their feet will sink into the sand, making it hard to get them out. The same applies to wagons: they must be driven steadily across, and the animals must never be allowed to stop in the river, as the wheels quickly sink into quicksand. Mules often stop out of fear, and once they get stuck in the sand, they lie down and won't make any effort to stand up. The only option is to drag them out with ropes. I've even seen some mules refuse to move at all after being pulled onto solid ground, and it was necessary to help them get up before they realized they could stand on their own.

In crossing rivers where the water is so high as to come into the wagon-beds, but is not above a fording stage, the contents of the wagons may be kept dry by raising the beds between the uprights, and retaining them in that position with blocks of wood placed at each corner between the rockers and the bottom of the wagon-beds. The blocks must be squared at each end, and their length, of course, should vary with the depth of water, which can be determined before cutting them. This is a very common and simple method of passing streams among emigrant travelers.

In crossing rivers where the water is high enough to reach the wagon beds but not too deep to fording, the contents of the wagons can be kept dry by raising the beds between the supports and holding them in place with wooden blocks at each corner, positioned between the rockers and the bottom of the wagon beds. The blocks should be squared at each end, and their length should be adjusted based on the water depth, which can be measured before cutting them. This is a very common and straightforward method for emigrant travelers to navigate streams.

When streams are deep, with a very rapid current, it is difficult for the drivers to direct their teams to the proper coming-out places, as the current has a tendency to carry them too far down. This difficulty may be obviated by attaching a lariat rope to the leading animals, and having a mounted man ride in front with the rope in his hand, to assist the team in stemming the current, and direct it toward the point of egress. It is also a wise precaution, if the ford be at all hazardous, to place a mounted man on the lower side of the team with a whip, to urge forward any animal that may not work properly.

When the streams are deep and the current is strong, it's tough for the drivers to steer their teams to the right exit points because the current tends to pull them downstream. This issue can be solved by attaching a lariat rope to the lead animals and having a rider in front holding the rope to help guide the team against the current and towards the exit. It's also a smart move to station a mounted rider on the downstream side of the team with a whip to encourage any animal that isn’t cooperating to keep moving forward.

SWIMMING A HORSE.

SWIM A HORSE.

Where rivers are wide, with a swift current, they should always, if possible, be forded obliquely down stream, as the action of the water against the wagons assists very materially in carrying them across. In crossing the North Platte upon the Cherokee trail at a season when the water was high and very rapid, we were obliged to take the only practicable ford, which ran diagonally up the stream. The consequence was, that the heavy current, coming down with great force against the wagons, offered such powerful resistance to the efforts of the mules that it was with difficulty they could retain their footing, and several were drowned. Had the ford crossed obliquely down the river, there would have been no difficulty.

Where rivers are wide and have a strong current, they should always, if possible, be crossed at an angle downstream, as the flow of water against the wagons helps significantly in getting them across. When we crossed the North Platte along the Cherokee trail during a time when the water was high and very fast, we were forced to take the only viable ford, which angled upstream. As a result, the heavy current hit the wagons with great force and created such strong resistance that the mules struggled to keep their footing, and several drowned. If the ford had gone diagonally downstream, there wouldn't have been any problems.

When it becomes necessary, with loaded wagons, to cross a stream of this character against the current, I would recommend that the teams be doubled, the leading animals led, a horseman placed on each side with whips to assist the driver, and that, before the first wagon enters the water, a man should be sent in advance to ascertain the best ford.

When it’s necessary to cross a stream like this with loaded wagons against the current, I recommend doubling the teams, having the leading animals led, placing a horseman on each side with whips to help the driver, and sending a man ahead to find the best crossing before the first wagon enters the water.

During seasons of high water, men, in traversing the plains, often encounter rivers which rise above a fording stage, and remain in that condition for many days, and to await the falling of the water might involve a great loss of time. If the traveler be alone, his only way is to swim his horse; but if he retains the seat on his saddle, his weight presses the animal down into the water, and cramps his movements very sensibly. It is a much better plan to attach a cord to the bridle-bit, and drive him into the stream; then, seizing his tail, allow him to tow you across. If he turns out of the course, or attempts to turn back, he can be checked with the cord, or by splashing water at his head. If the rider remains in the saddle, he should allow the horse to have a loose rein, and never pull upon it except when necessary to guide. If he wishes to steady himself, he can lay hold upon the mane.

During times of high water, when people are crossing the plains, they often come across rivers that are too deep to cross and stay that way for several days. Waiting for the water to go down can take a lot of time. If a traveler is alone, the only option is to swim the horse across. However, if they sit in the saddle, their weight pushes the horse down in the water, making it harder for the horse to move. A better approach is to tie a rope to the bridle and guide the horse into the water; then, grab the horse's tail and let it pull you across. If the horse tries to veer off course or turn back, you can use the rope to correct it or splash water at its head. If the rider stays in the saddle, they should keep the reins loose and only pull on them when necessary for steering. To keep their balance, they can hold onto the horse’s mane.

In traveling with large parties, the following expedients for crossing rivers have been successfully resorted to within my own experience, and they are attended with no risk to life or property.

In traveling with large groups, I've successfully used the following methods for crossing rivers, and they come with no risk to life or property.

A rapid and deep stream, with high, abrupt, and soft banks, probably presents the most formidable array of unfavorable circumstances that can be found. Streams of this character are occasionally met with, and it is important to know how to cross them with the greatest promptitude and safety.

A fast and deep river, with steep, sudden, and gentle banks, likely offers the most challenging conditions you can encounter. Rivers like this sometimes come up, and it's crucial to know how to cross them quickly and safely.

A train of wagons having arrived upon the bank of such a stream, first select the best point for the passage, where the banks upon both sides require the least excavation for a place of ingress and egress to and from the river. As I have before remarked, the place of entering the river should be above the coming-out place on the opposite bank, as the current will then assist in carrying wagons and animals across. A spot should be sought where the bed of the stream is firm at the place where the animals are to get out on the opposite bank. If, however, no such place can be found, brush and earth should be thrown in to make a foundation sufficient to support the animals, and to prevent them from bogging. After the place for crossing has been selected, it will be important to determine the breadth of the river between the points of ingress and egress, in order to show the length of rope necessary to reach across. A very simple practical method of doing this without instruments is found in the French "Manuel du Génie." It is as follows:

A train of wagons has arrived at the bank of a stream, and first, they need to find the best spot to cross, where both sides require the least digging to create an entrance and exit to and from the river. As I mentioned earlier, the entrance to the river should be upstream from the exit point on the opposite bank, as the current will help carry the wagons and animals across. You should look for a spot where the riverbed is solid at the place where the animals will exit on the other side. However, if such a spot cannot be found, brush and soil should be added to create a solid foundation to support the animals and prevent them from sinking. Once the crossing place is chosen, it's important to measure the width of the river between the entrance and exit points to determine the length of rope needed to reach across. A very straightforward way to do this without tools is found in the French "Manuel du Génie." It goes as follows:

The line AB (the distance to be measured) is extended upon the bank to D, from which point, after having marked it, lay off equal distances, DC and Cd; produce BC to b, making CB=Cb; then extend the line db until it intersects the prolongation of the line through CA at a. The distance between ab is equal to AB, or the width of the crossing.

The line AB (the distance to be measured) is extended on the bank to D, from which point, after marking it, measure off equal distances, DC and Cd; extend BC to b, making CB=Cb; then extend the line db until it intersects the extension of the line through CA at a. The distance between ab is equal to AB, or the width of the crossing.

A man who is an expert swimmer then takes the end of a fishing-line or a small cord in his mouth, and carries it across, leaving the other end fixed upon the opposite bank, after which a lariat is attached to the cord, and one end of it pulled across and made fast to a tree; but if there is nothing convenient to which the lariat can be attached, an extra axle or coupling-pole can be pulled over by the man who has crossed, firmly planted in the ground, and the rope tied to it. The rope must be long enough to extend twice across the stream, so that one end may always be left on each shore. A very good substitute for a ferry-boat may be made with a wagon-bed by filling it with empty water-casks, stopped tight and secured in the wagon with ropes, with a cask lashed opposite the centre of each outside. It is then placed in the water bottom upward, and the rope that has been stretched across the stream attached to one end of it, while another rope is made fast to the other end, after which it is loaded, the shore-end loosened, and the men on the opposite bank pull it across to the landing, where it is discharged and returned for another load, and so on until all the baggage and men are passed over.

A skilled swimmer takes one end of a fishing line or a small cord in his mouth and swims across, leaving the other end secured on the opposite bank. Next, he attaches a lariat to the cord; one end of it is pulled across and tied to a tree. If there’s nothing suitable to tie the lariat to, the swimmer can pull over an extra axle or coupling pole, firmly plant it in the ground, and tie the rope to it. The rope needs to be long enough to reach twice across the stream so that one end remains on each side. A simple substitute for a ferry can be made using a wagon bed filled with empty water barrels, sealed tightly and secured with ropes, and with a barrel tied at the center of each side. It is then positioned in the water upside down, with one end tied to the rope stretched across the stream and another rope attached to the other end. Once it's loaded, the shore-end is let loose, and the men on the opposite bank pull it across to the landing, where the cargo is unloaded, and it returns for another load, continuing this process until all the baggage and people are transported.

The wagons can be taken across by fastening them down to the axles, attaching a rope to the end of the tongue, and another to the rear of each to steady it and hold it from drifting below the landing. It is then pushed into the stream, and the men on the opposite bank pull it over. I have passed a large train of wagons in this way across a rapid stream fifteen feet deep without any difficulty. I took, at the same time, a six-pounder cannon, which was separated from its carriage, and ferried over upon the wagon-boat; after which the carriage was pulled over in the same way as described for the wagons.

The wagons can be moved across by securing them to the axles, tying a rope to the end of the tongue, and another to the back of each wagon to stabilize it and prevent it from drifting downstream. The wagon is then pushed into the water, and the men on the opposite side pull it over. I’ve successfully transported a large group of wagons this way across a fast-flowing stream that was fifteen feet deep without any issues. At the same time, I also moved a six-pound cannon, which was detached from its carriage, using the wagon-boat; afterwards, the carriage was pulled over the same way as the wagons.

There are not always a sufficient number of airtight water-casks to fill a wagon-bed, but a tentfly, paulin, or wagon-cover can generally be had. In this event, the wagon-bed may be placed in the centre of one of these, the cloth brought up around the ends and sides, and secured firmly with ropes tied around transversely, and another rope fastened lengthwise around under the rim. This holds the cloth in its place, and the wagon may then be placed in the water right side upward, and managed in the same manner as in the other case. If the cloth be made of cotton, it will soon swell so as to leak but very little, and answers a very good purpose.

There aren’t always enough airtight water barrels to fill a wagon bed, but you can usually get a tent fly, tarp, or wagon cover. In this case, the wagon bed can be placed in the center of one of these, with the fabric brought up around the ends and sides, and securely tied with ropes across the width, and another rope wrapped lengthwise under the edge. This keeps the fabric in place, allowing the wagon to be put in the water right-side up and handled the same way as before. If the fabric is made of cotton, it will soon expand enough to leak very little, which works well.

Another method of ferrying streams is by means of what is called by the mountaineers a "bull-boat," the frame-work of which is made of willows bent into the shape of a short and wide skiff, with a flat bottom. Willows grow upon the banks of almost all the streams on the prairies, and can be bent into any shape desired. To make a boat with but one hide, a number of straight willows are cut about an inch in diameter, the ends sharpened and driven into the ground, forming a frame-work in the shape of a half egg-shell cut through the longitudinal axis. Where these rods cross they are firmly secured with strings. A stout rod is then heated and bent around the frame in such a position that the edges of the hide, when laid over it and drawn tight, will just reach it. This rod forms the gunwale, which is secured by strings to the ribs. Small rods are then wattled in so as to make it symmetrical and strong. After which the green or soaked hide is thrown over the edges, sewed to the gunwales, and left to dry. The rods are then cut off even with the gunwale, and the boat is ready for use.

Another way to transport goods across streams is by using what mountain folks call a "bull-boat." The frame is made from willows shaped into a short, wide skiff with a flat bottom. Willows grow along nearly all the streams on the prairies and can be bent into any shape needed. To make a boat using just one hide, several straight willows about an inch in diameter are cut, with their ends sharpened and driven into the ground to create a frame shaped like the top half of an egg. Where these rods cross, they are tightly secured with string. A sturdy rod is then heated and bent around the frame so that when the hide is laid over and pulled tight, the edges just touch it. This rod creates the gunwale, which is also secured with string to the ribs. Smaller rods are woven in to make it symmetrical and strong. After that, the green or soaked hide is placed over the edges, sewn to the gunwales, and left to dry. The rods are then trimmed flush with the gunwale, and the boat is ready to use.

To build a boat with two or more hides: A stout pole of the desired length is placed upon the ground for a keel, the ends turned up and secured by a lariat; willow rods of the required dimensions are then cut, heated, and bent into the proper shape for knees, after which their centres are placed at equal distances upon the keel, and firmly tied with cords. The knees are retained in their proper curvature by cords around the ends. After a sufficient number of them have been placed upon the keel, two poles of suitable dimensions are heated, bent around the ends for a gunwale, and firmly lashed to each knee. Smaller willows are then interwoven, so as to model the frame.

To build a boat with two or more hides: Start by laying a sturdy pole of the desired length on the ground to serve as the keel, then bend the ends up and secure them with a lariat. Next, cut willow rods to the required size, heat them, and bend them into the right shape for the knees. Position the centers of the knees evenly along the keel and tie them securely with cords. Use cords to keep the knees in their proper curve. Once enough knees are attached to the keel, heat two poles of suitable length, bend them around the ends to create the gunwales, and lash them tightly to each knee. Finally, weave smaller willow sticks together to form the frame.

Green or soaked hides are cut into the proper shape to fit the frame, and sewed together with buckskin strings; then the frame of the boat is placed in the middle, the hide drawn up snug around the sides, and secured with raw-hide thongs to the gunwale. The boat is then turned bottom upward and left to dry, after which the seams where they have been sewed are covered with a mixture of melted tallow and pitch: the craft is now ready for launching.

Green or soaked hides are cut to the right shape to fit the frame and sewn together with buckskin strings. The frame of the boat is then placed in the center, the hide pulled tight around the sides, and secured with rawhide thongs to the gunwale. The boat is then flipped upside down and left to dry. After it’s dried, the seams where they’ve been sewn are covered with a mix of melted tallow and pitch. The craft is now ready to be launched.

A boat of this kind is very light and serviceable, but after a while becomes water-soaked, and should always be turned bottom upward to dry whenever it is not in the water. Two men can easily build a bull-boat of three hides in two days which will carry ten men with perfect safety.

A boat like this is really light and practical, but over time it gets waterlogged, so it should always be turned upside down to dry when it's not in the water. Two people can easily build a bull-boat out of three hides in two days, which can safely carry ten people.

A small party traveling with a pack train and arriving upon the banks of a deep stream will not always have the time to stop or the means to make any of the boats that have been described. Should their luggage be such as to become seriously injured by a wetting, and there be an India-rubber or gutta-percha cloth disposable, or if even a green beef or buffalo hide can be procured, it may be spread out upon the ground, and the articles of baggage placed in the centre, in a square or rectangular form; the ends and sides are then brought up so as entirely to envelop the package, and the whole secured with ropes or raw hide. It is then placed in the water with a rope attached to one end, and towed across by men in the same manner as the boats before described. If hides be used they will require greasing occasionally, to prevent their becoming water-soaked.

A small group traveling with a pack train who reach the edge of a deep stream might not always have the time to stop or the ability to make any of the boats mentioned. If their luggage is something that could be seriously damaged by getting wet, and they have access to a rubber or gutta-percha cloth, or even if they can get a green beef or buffalo hide, they can lay it out on the ground and place their bags in the center in a square or rectangular shape. Then, they bring up the ends and sides to completely wrap the package and secure it with ropes or rawhide. Next, they place it in the water with a rope attached to one end and tow it across like the boats described earlier. If hides are used, they will need to be greased occasionally to keep them from becoming waterlogged.

CROSSING A STREAM.

CROSSING A STREAM.

When a mounted party with pack animals arrive upon the borders of a rapid stream, too deep to ford, and where the banks are high and abrupt, with perhaps but one place where the beasts can get out upon the opposite shore, it would not be safe to drive or ride them in, calculating that all will make the desired landing. Some of them will probably be carried by the swift current too far down the stream, and thereby endanger not only their own lives, but the lives of their riders. I have seen the experiment tried repeatedly, and have known several animals to be carried by the current below the point of egress, and thus drowned. Here is a simple, safe, and expeditious method of taking animals over such a stream. Suppose, for example, a party of mounted men arrive upon the bank of the stream. There will always be some good swimmers in the party, and probably others who can not swim at all. Three or four of the most expert of these are selected, and sent across with one end of a rope made of lariats tied together, while the other end is retained upon the first bank, and made fast to the neck of a gentle and good swimming horse; after which another gentle horse is brought up and made fast by a lariat around his neck to the tail of the first, and so on until all the horses are thus tied together. The men who can not swim are then mounted upon the best swimming horses and tied on, otherwise they are liable to become frightened, lose their balance, and be carried away in a rapid current; or a horse may stumble and throw his rider. After the horses have been strung out in a single line by their riders, and every thing is in readiness, the first horse is led carefully into the water, while the men on the opposite bank, pulling upon the rope, thus direct him across, and, if necessary, aid him in stemming the current. As soon as this horse strikes bottom he pulls upon those behind him, and thereby assists them in making the landing, and in this manner all are passed over in perfect safety.

When a group on horseback with pack animals reaches the edge of a fast-flowing stream that's too deep to cross by walking, and where the banks are steep and high, often with only one spot where the animals can get out on the other side, it’s risky to drive or ride them in, hoping they’ll all make it safely across. Some may get swept away by the strong current, potentially endangering not only themselves but also their riders. I've seen this tried many times, and I've known several animals to be carried downstream past the exit point and drown. Here’s a simple, safe, and quick way to get animals across such a stream. For example, if a group of riders arrives at the stream’s edge, there will usually be some good swimmers and perhaps others who can’t swim at all. Three or four of the best swimmers are chosen and sent across with one end of a rope made of lariats tied together, while the other end stays on the original bank, secured to the neck of a calm and good swimming horse. Then, another calm horse is tied by a lariat around its neck to the tail of the first, and this continues until all the horses are tied together. The non-swimmers are then mounted on the best swimming horses and secured, so they don’t get scared, lose their balance, and get swept away; also, a horse might trip and throw its rider. Once the horses are arranged in a single line and everything is ready, the first horse is carefully led into the water, while the men on the opposite bank pull on the rope to guide him across, and if needed, help him fight against the current. Once this horse reaches the bottom, it pulls on the ones behind, helping them land safely, and in this way, all are moved across without incident.

DRIVING LOOSE HORSES.

Driving stray horses.

In traveling with loose horses across the plains, some persons are in the habit of attaching them in pairs by their halters to a long, stout rope stretched between two wagons drawn by mules, each wagon being about half loaded. The principal object of the rear wagon being to hold back and keep the rope stretched, not more than two stout mules are required, as the horses aid a good deal with their heads in pulling this wagon. From thirty to forty horses may be driven very well in this manner, and, if they are wild, it is perhaps the safest method, except that of leading them with halters held by men riding beside them. The rope to which the horses are attached should be about an inch and a quarter in diameter, with loops or rings inserted at intervals sufficient to admit the horses without allowing them to kick each other, and the halter straps tied to these loops. The horses, on first starting, should have men by their sides, to accustom them to this manner of being led. The wagons should be so driven as to keep the rope continually stretched. Good drivers must be assigned to these wagons, who will constantly watch the movements of the horses attached, as well as their own teams.

When traveling with loose horses across the plains, some people like to tie them in pairs by their halters to a long, strong rope stretched between two wagons pulled by mules, with each wagon being about half loaded. The main purpose of the back wagon is to hold back and keep the rope taut, so only two strong mules are needed since the horses help pull this wagon with their heads. You can easily manage thirty to forty horses this way, and if they are wild, it’s probably the safest method, aside from leading them with halters held by riders next to them. The rope that connects the horses should be about an inch and a quarter in diameter, with loops or rings inserted at intervals that allow the horses to fit without kicking each other, and the halter straps tied to these loops. When starting out, there should be men alongside the horses to help them get used to this way of being led. The wagons should be driven to keep the rope constantly taut. Good drivers must be assigned to these wagons to keep an eye on both the horses and their own teams.

I have had 150 loose horses driven by ten mounted herdsmen. This requires great care for some considerable time, until the horses become gentle and accustomed to their herders. It is important to ascertain, as soon as possible after starting, which horses are wild, and may be likely to stampede and lead off the herd; such should be led, and never suffered to run loose, either on the march or in camp. Animals of this character will soon indicate their propensities, and can be secured during the first days of the march. It is desirable that all animals that will not stampede when not working should run loose on a march, as they pick up a good deal of grass along the road when traveling, and the success of an expedition, when animals get no other forage but grass, depends in a great degree upon the time given them for grazing. They will thrive much better when allowed a free range than when picketed, as they then are at liberty to select such grass as suits them. It may therefore be set down as an infallible rule never to be departed from, that all animals, excepting such as will be likely to stampede, should be turned loose for grazing immediately after arriving at the camping-place; but it is equally important that they should be carefully herded as near the camp as good grass will admit; and those that it is necessary to picket should be placed upon the best grass, and their places changed often. The ropes to which they are attached should be about forty feet long; the picket-pins, of iron, fifteen inches long, with ring and swivel at top, so that the rope shall not twist as the animal feeds around it; and the pins must be firmly driven into tenacious earth.

I’ve had 150 loose horses managed by ten mounted herders. This needs a lot of attention for some time until the horses become calm and used to their herders. It’s crucial to identify, as soon as possible after starting, which horses are wild and might stampede or lead the herd away; these should be led and never allowed to run loose, whether on the march or in camp. Wild animals will quickly show their tendencies and can be secured during the first days of the march. It’s best if all animals that don’t stampede when not working can run free on a march, as they can graze a lot along the way; the success of an expedition, when the animals have no other food but grass, relies heavily on the time they have for grazing. They’ll do much better when allowed a free range than when tied up, as they can choose the grass they prefer. So it should be an unbreakable rule that all animals, except those likely to stampede, should be let loose to graze right after reaching the camping spot; but it’s equally important that they are carefully herded as close to the camp as the good grass allows; and those that need to be tied up should be placed on the best grass, with their spots changed often. The ropes they’re tied with should be about forty feet long; the picket pins should be made of iron, fifteen inches long, with a ring and swivel at the top to prevent the rope from twisting as the animal feeds; and the pins must be firmly secured in tough soil.

Animals should be herded during the day at such distances as to leave sufficient grass undisturbed around and near the camp for grazing through the night.

Animals should be herded during the day at distances that leave enough grass undisturbed around and near the camp for grazing at night.

METHOD OF MARCHING.

MARCHING METHOD.

Among men of limited experience in frontier life will be found a great diversity of opinion regarding the best methods of marching, and of treating animals in expeditions upon the prairies. Some will make late starts and travel during the heat of the day without nooning, while others will start early and make two marches, laying by during the middle of the day; some will picket their animals continually in camp, while others will herd them day and night, etc., etc. For mounted troops, or, indeed, for any body of men traveling with horses and mules, a few general rules may be specified which have the sanction of mature experience, and a deviation from them will inevitably result in consequences highly detrimental to the best interests of an expedition.

Among men with limited experience in frontier life, there is a wide range of opinions on the best ways to march and care for animals during expeditions on the prairies. Some prefer to start late and travel during the heat of the day without taking a break, while others start early and take two journeys, resting in the middle of the day. Some will continuously tie up their animals in camp, while others will keep them herded day and night, and so on. For mounted troops, or really for any group of people traveling with horses and mules, a few general rules can be recommended based on extensive experience, and straying from these rules will likely lead to outcomes that are very harmful to the success of an expedition.

In ordinary marches through a country where grass and water are abundant and good, animals receiving proper attention should not fall away, even if they receive no grain; and, as I said before, they should not be made to travel faster than a walk unless absolutely necessary; neither should they be taken off the road for the purpose of hunting or chasing buffalo, as one buffalo-chase injures them more than a week of moderate riding. In the vicinity of hostile Indians, the animals must be carefully herded and guarded within protection of the camp, while those picketed should be changed as often as the grass is eaten off within the circle described by the tether-rope. At night they should be brought within the chain of sentinels and picketed as compactly as is consistent with the space needed for grazing, and under no circumstances, unless the Indians are known to be near and an attack is to be expected, should they be tied up to a picket line where they can get no grass. Unless allowed to graze at night they will fall away rapidly, and soon become unserviceable. It is much better to march after nightfall, turn some distance off the road, and to encamp without fires in a depressed locality where the Indians can not track the party, and the animals may be picketed without danger.

In regular marches through a land where there's plenty of grass and water, animals getting the right care shouldn't lose weight, even without any grain. As I mentioned before, they shouldn't be made to go faster than a walk unless absolutely necessary; they also shouldn't be taken off the road to hunt or chase buffalo, since one buffalo chase harms them more than a week of moderate riding. In areas with hostile Indians, the animals need to be carefully herded and protected within the camp's safety, while the ones tied up should be swapped out as soon as the grass is eaten within the area marked by the tether-rope. At night, they should be brought inside the line of sentinels and tied up as closely as possible while still allowing enough space for grazing. Under no circumstances, unless it's known that the Indians are close and an attack is likely, should they be tied to a picket line where they can't access grass. If they aren't allowed to graze at night, they will lose weight quickly and soon become useless. It's much better to march after dark, move away from the road, and camp without fires in a low area where the Indians can't track the group, allowing the animals to be tied up safely.

In descending abrupt hills and mountains one wheel of a loaded wagon should always be locked, as this relieves the wheel animals and makes every thing more secure. When the declivity is great both rear wheels should be locked, and if very abrupt, requiring great effort on the wheel animals to hold the wagon, the wheels should be rough-locked by lengthening the lock-chains so that the part which goes around the wheels will come directly upon the ground, and thus create more friction. Occasionally, however, hills are met with so nearly perpendicular that it becomes necessary to attach ropes to the rear axle, and to station men to hold back upon them and steady the vehicle down the descent. Rough-locking is a very safe method of passing heavy artillery down abrupt declivities. There are several mountains between the Missouri River and California where it is necessary to resort to one of the two last-mentioned methods in order to descend with security. If there are no lock-chains upon wagons, the front and rear wheels on the same side may be tied together with ropes so as to lock them very firmly.

When going down steep hills and mountains, always lock one wheel of a loaded wagon. This eases the workload on the animals and makes everything safer. If the slope is steep, both rear wheels should be locked. If it’s extremely steep, requiring a lot of effort from the animals to control the wagon, you should rough-lock the wheels by making the lock-chains longer so that the part that wraps around the wheels touches the ground, creating more friction. Sometimes, hills are so nearly vertical that it’s necessary to attach ropes to the rear axle and have people pull back on them to help steady the vehicle down the slope. Rough-locking is a very safe way to get heavy artillery down sharp declines. There are several mountains between the Missouri River and California where you need to use one of those two methods to descend safely. If there are no lock-chains available, you can tie the front and rear wheels on the same side together with ropes to lock them tightly.

It is an old and well-established custom among men experienced in frontier life always to cross a stream upon which it is intended to encamp for the night, and this rule should never be departed from where a stream is to be forded, as a rise during the night might detain the traveler for several days in awaiting the fall of the waters.

It’s an old and well-known practice among seasoned frontiersmen to always cross a stream before setting up camp for the night. This rule should never be ignored when fording a stream, as an increase in water levels overnight could trap travelers for several days until the water recedes.

STORMS.

Storms.

In Western Texas, during the autumn and winter months, storms arise very suddenly, and, when accompanied by a north wind, are very severe upon men and animals; indeed, they are sometimes so terrific as to make it necessary for travelers to hasten to the nearest sheltered place to save the lives of their animals. When these storms come from the north, they are called "northers;" and as, during the winter season, the temperature often undergoes a sudden change of many degrees at the time the storm sets in, the perspiration is checked, and the system receives an instantaneous shock, against which it requires great vital energy to bear up. Men and animals are not, in this mild climate, prepared for these capricious meteoric revolutions, and they not unfrequently perish under their effects.

In Western Texas, during the fall and winter months, storms can suddenly appear, and when they come with a north wind, they can be very harsh on both people and animals. In fact, they can be so terrifying that travelers need to quickly find the nearest shelter to protect their animals. When these storms come from the north, they are referred to as "northers;" and during winter, the temperature can change dramatically in a very short time when the storm hits, causing sweat to stop suddenly and giving the body a shock that requires a lot of energy to cope with. People and animals are not prepared for these unpredictable weather changes in this mild climate, and they often suffer serious consequences from them.

While passing near the head waters of the Colorado in October, 1849, I left one of my camps at an early hour in the morning under a mild and soft atmosphere, with a gentle breeze from the south, but had marched only a short distance when the wind suddenly whipped around into the north, bringing with it a furious chilling rain, and in a short time the road became so soft and heavy as to make the labor of pulling the wagons over it very exhausting upon the mules, and they came into camp in a profuse sweat, with the rain pouring down in torrents upon them.

While passing near the headwaters of the Colorado in October 1849, I left one of my camps early in the morning in a mild and calm atmosphere, with a gentle breeze from the south. However, I had only marched a short distance when the wind suddenly shifted to the north, bringing a harsh, chilling rain. Before long, the road became so soft and heavy that pulling the wagons over it was exhausting for the mules, and they arrived at camp covered in sweat, with the rain pouring down on them in torrents.

They were turned out of harness into the most sheltered place that could be found; but, instead of eating, as was their custom, they turned their heads from the wind, and remained in that position, chilled and trembling, without making the least effort to move. The rain continued with unabated fury during the entire day and night, and on the following morning thirty-five out of one hundred and ten mules had perished, while those remaining could hardly be said to have had a spark of vitality left. They were drawn up with the cold, and could with difficulty walk. Tents and wagon-covers were cut up to protect them, and they were then driven about for some time, until a little vital energy was restored, after which they commenced eating grass, but it was three or four days before they recovered sufficiently to resume the march.

They were taken out of their harness and put in the most sheltered spot they could find; however, instead of eating as they usually did, they turned their heads away from the wind and stayed there, cold and shaking, without even trying to move. The rain kept pouring down relentlessly all day and night, and by the next morning, thirty-five out of one hundred and ten mules had died, while the ones that remained barely seemed to have any energy left. They were frozen and struggled to walk. Tents and wagon covers were cut up to protect them, and they were moved around for a while until a little energy came back. After that, they started eating grass, but it took three or four days before they were strong enough to continue their journey.

The mistake I made was in driving the mules after the "norther" commenced. Had I gone immediately into camp, before they became heated and wearied, they would probably have eaten the grass, and this, I have no doubt, would have saved them; but as it was, their blood became heated from overwork, and the sudden chill brought on a reaction which proved fatal. If an animal will eat his forage plentifully, there is but little danger of his perishing with cold. This I assert with much confidence, as I once, when traveling with about 1500 horses and mules, encountered the most terrific snow-storm that has been known within the memory of the oldest mountaineers. It commenced on the last day of April, and continued without cessation for sixty consecutive hours. The day had been mild and pleasant; the green grass was about six inches high; the trees had put out their new leaves, and all nature conspired to show that the sombre garb of winter had been permanently superseded by the smiling attire of spring. About dark, however, the wind turned into the north; it commenced to snow violently, and increased until it became a frightful tempest, filling the atmosphere with a dense cloud of driving snow, against which it was impossible to ride or walk. Soon after the storm set in, one herd of three hundred horses and mules broke away from the herdsmen who were around them, and, in spite of all their efforts, ran at full speed, directly with the wind and snow, for fifty miles before they stopped.

The mistake I made was driving the mules after the "norther" began. If I had set up camp right away, before they got too hot and tired, they probably would have eaten the grass, and I’m sure this would have saved them. But instead, their blood got heated from overwork, and the sudden chill caused a reaction that turned out to be fatal. If an animal has plenty of forage to eat, there’s very little risk of it freezing to death. I confidently say this because once, when I was traveling with about 1500 horses and mules, I faced the most intense snowstorm known to anyone, even the oldest mountaineers. It started on the last day of April and went on without stopping for sixty hours straight. The day had been mild and nice; the grass was about six inches tall; the trees had just sprouted their new leaves, and everything in nature was showing that winter had been replaced by the cheerful look of spring. However, just after dark, the wind switched to the north; it started to snow heavily and quickly turned into a terrifying blizzard, filling the air with a thick cloud of blowing snow, making it impossible to ride or walk. Soon after the storm began, one herd of three hundred horses and mules broke away from the herdsmen around them and, despite all their efforts, ran full speed directly into the wind and snow for fifty miles before they finally stopped.

Three of the herdsmen followed them as far as they were able, but soon became exhausted and lost on the prairie. One of them found his way back to camp in a state of great prostration and suffering. One of the others was found dead, and the third crawling about upon his hands and knees, after the storm ceased.

Three of the herdsmen followed them as far as they could, but soon became tired and lost on the prairie. One of them managed to make it back to camp in a state of extreme exhaustion and distress. One of the others was found dead, while the third was found crawling on his hands and knees after the storm had ended.

It happened, fortunately, that I had reserved a quantity of corn to be used in the event of finding a scarcity of grass, and as soon as the ground became covered with snow, so that the animals could not get at the grass, I fed out the corn, which I am induced to believe saved their lives. Indeed, they did not seem to be at all affected by this prolonged and unseasonable tempest. This occurred upon the summit of the elevated ridge dividing the waters of the Arkansas and South Platte Rivers, where storms are said to be of frequent occurrence.

It happened, luckily, that I had set aside some corn to use in case there was a shortage of grass. As soon as the ground was covered in snow and the animals couldn’t reach the grass, I fed them the corn, which I believe saved their lives. In fact, they didn’t seem to be affected at all by this extended and unusual storm. This took place on the high ridge separating the waters of the Arkansas and South Platte Rivers, where storms are said to happen often.

The greater part of the animals that stampeded were recovered after the storm, and, although they had traveled a hundred miles at a very rapid pace, they did not seem to be much affected by it.

The majority of the animals that ran away during the storm were found afterward, and even though they had traveled a hundred miles quickly, they didn't seem to be greatly affected by it.

CHAPTER IV.

CHAPTER 4.

Packing. Saddles. Mexican Method. Madrina, or Bell-mare. Attachment of the Mule illustrated. Best Method of Packing. Hoppling Animals. Selecting Horses and Mules. Grama and bunch Grass. European Saddles. California Saddle. Saddle Wounds. Alkali. Flies. Colic. Rattlesnake Bites. Cures for the Bite.

Packing. Saddles. Mexican Method. Madrina, or Bell-mare. Attachment of the Mule illustrated. Best Method of Packing. Hoppling Animals. Selecting Horses and Mules. Grama and Bunch Grass. European Saddles. California Saddle. Saddle Wounds. Alkali. Flies. Colic. Rattlesnake Bites. Cures for the Bite.

PACKING AND DRIVING.

Packing and driving.

With a train of pack animals properly organized and equipped, a party may travel with much comfort and celerity. It is enabled to take short cuts, and move over the country in almost any direction without regard to roads. Mountains and broken ground may easily be traversed, and exemption is gained from many of the troubles and detentions attendant upon the transit of cumbersome wagon-trains.

With a well-organized and equipped group of pack animals, a team can travel comfortably and quickly. They can take shortcuts and navigate through the countryside in nearly any direction without worrying about roads. They can easily pass through mountains and rough terrain, avoiding many of the problems and delays that come with moving heavy wagon trains.

One of the most essential requisites to the outfit of a pack train is a good pack-saddle. Various patterns are in use, many of which are mere instruments of torture upon the backs of the poor brutes, lacerating them cruelly, and causing continued pain.

One of the most important requirements for a pack train is a good pack saddle. There are various designs available, and many of them are just torture devices for the poor animals, causing them serious injuries and ongoing suffering.

The Mexicans use a leathern pack-saddle without a tree. It is stuffed with hay, and is very large, covering almost the entire back, and extending far down the sides. It is secured with a broad hair girth, and the load is kept in position by a lash-rope drawn by two men so tight as to give the unfortunate beast intense suffering.

The Mexicans use a leather pack saddle without a frame. It’s packed with hay and is really big, covering almost the entire back and extending far down the sides. It’s held in place with a wide hair girth, and the load is kept secure by a lash-rope pulled so tight by two men that it causes the poor animal a lot of pain.

GRIMSLEY'S PACK-SADDLE.

GRIMSLEY'S PACK SADDLE.

A pack-saddle is made by T. Grimsley, No. 41 Main Street, St. Louis, Mo. It is open at the top, with a light, compact, and strong tree, which fits the animal's back well, and is covered with raw hide, put on green, and drawn tight by the contraction in drying. It has a leathern breast-strap, breeching, and lash-strap, with a broad hair girth fastened in the Mexican fashion. Of sixty-five of these saddles that I used in crossing the Rocky Mountains, over an exceedingly rough and broken section, not one of them wounded a mule's back, and I regard them as the best saddles I have ever seen.

A pack saddle is made by T. Grimsley, No. 41 Main Street, St. Louis, Mo. It's open at the top, with a lightweight, durable, and sturdy frame that fits the animal's back well, and it's covered with rawhide, applied while still green and tightened as it dries. It features a leather breast strap, breeching, and lash strap, along with a wide hair girth secured in the Mexican style. Out of the sixty-five saddles I used while crossing the Rocky Mountains, through very rough and uneven terrain, none of them injured a mule's back, and I consider them the best saddles I've ever encountered.

No people, probably, are more familiar with the art of packing than the Mexicans. They understand the habits, disposition, and powers of the mule perfectly, and will get more work out of him than any other men I have ever seen. The mule and the donkey are to them as the camel to the Arab—their porters over deserts and mountains where no other means of transportation can be used to advantage. The Spanish Mexicans are, however, cruel masters, having no mercy upon their beasts, and it is no uncommon thing for them to load their mules with the enormous burden of three or four hundred pounds.

No group of people is likely to be more skilled at packing than the Mexicans. They completely understand the habits, temperament, and capabilities of the mule, and they can get more work out of these animals than anyone else I've ever seen. To them, the mule and donkey are like the camel is to the Arab—essential carriers across deserts and mountains where no other transportation is practical. However, the Spanish Mexicans can be harsh masters, showing little mercy to their animals, and it's not unusual for them to load their mules with the massive weight of three or four hundred pounds.

These muleteers believe that, when the pack is firmly lashed, the animal supports his burden better and travels with greater ease, which seems quite probable, as the tension forms, as it were, an external sheath supporting and bracing the muscles. It also has a tendency to prevent the saddle from slipping and chafing the mule's back. With such huge cargas as the Mexicans load upon their mules, it is impossible, by any precautions, to prevent their backs and withers from becoming horribly mangled, and it is common to see them working their animals day after day in this miserable plight. This heavy packing causes the scars that so often mark Mexican mules.

These muleteers believe that when the pack is securely fastened, the animal carries its load better and travels more comfortably, which makes sense, as the tension creates an external layer that supports and reinforces the muscles. It also helps to stop the saddle from slipping and irritating the mule's back. With such huge cargas that the Mexicans load onto their mules, it's impossible, despite any precautions, to prevent their backs and withers from getting badly damaged, and it's common to see them working their animals day after day in this terrible condition. This heavy packing causes the scars that often mark Mexican mules.

The animal, in starting out from camp in the morning, groaning under the weight of his heavy burden, seems hardly able to move; but the pack soon settles, and so loosens the lashing that after a short time he moves along with more ease. Constant care and vigilance on the part of the muleteers are necessary to prevent the packs from working loose and falling off. The adjustment of a carga upon a mule does not, however, detain the caravan, as the others move on while it is being righted. If the mules are suffered to halt, they are apt to lie down, and it is very difficult for them, with their loads, to rise; besides, they are likely to strain themselves in their efforts to do so. The Mexicans, in traveling with large caravans, usually make the day's march without nooning, as too much time would be consumed in unloading and packing up again.

The animal, starting out from camp in the morning, groaning under the weight of its heavy load, seems barely able to move; but the pack soon settles, loosening the straps so that after a short while it moves along more easily. The muleteers need to constantly care for and watch the packs to prevent them from coming loose and falling off. Adjusting a carga on a mule doesn’t hold up the caravan, as the others continue moving while it gets fixed. If the mules are allowed to stop, they tend to lie down, and it's very hard for them to get back up with their loads; plus, they can easily hurt themselves trying to do so. Mexicans traveling with large caravans typically make the day’s journey without stopping for lunch, since unloading and repacking would take too much time.

Packs, when taken off in camp, should be piled in a row upon the ground, and, if there be a prospect of rain, the saddles should be placed over them, and the whole covered with the saddle-blankets or canvas.

Packs, when taken off in camp, should be stacked in a row on the ground, and if it looks like it might rain, the saddles should be placed over them, and everything covered with the saddle blankets or canvas.

The muleteers and herders should be mounted upon well-trained horses, and be careful to keep the animals of the caravan from wandering or scattering along the road. This can easily be done by having some of the men riding upon each side, and others in rear of the caravan.

The muleteers and herders should ride well-trained horses and make sure the animals in the caravan don’t wander off or scatter along the road. This can be easily managed by having some of the men ride on each side and others at the back of the caravan.

In herding mules it is customary among prairie travelers to have a bell-mare, to which the mules soon become so attached that they will follow her wherever she goes. By keeping her in charge of one of the herdsmen, the herds are easily controlled; and during a stampede, if the herdsman mounts her, and rushes ahead toward camp, they will generally follow.

In managing mules, it's common for prairie travelers to use a bell-mare, to which the mules quickly get so attached that they will follow her anywhere. By having her supervised by one of the herdsmen, the herds are easily managed; and during a stampede, if the herdsman rides her and rushes ahead toward camp, they usually follow.

In crossing rivers the bell-mare should pass first, after which the mules are easily induced to take to the water and pass over, even if they have to swim. Mules are good swimmers unless they happen, by plunging off a high bank, to get water in their ears, when they are often drowned. Whenever a mule in the water drops his ears, it is a sure indication that he has water in them, and he should be taken out as soon as possible. To prevent accidents of this nature, where the water is deep and the banks abrupt, the mule herds should be allowed to enter slowly, and without crowding, as otherwise they are not only likely to get their heads under water, but to throw each other over and get injured.

In crossing rivers, the lead mare should go first, which will encourage the mules to enter the water and cross, even if they have to swim. Mules are pretty good swimmers, unless they happen to jump off a high bank and get water in their ears, which can lead to drowning. Whenever a mule in the water lowers his ears, it’s a clear sign that he has water in them, and he should be pulled out as soon as possible. To avoid these kinds of accidents, especially in deep water with steep banks, mule herds should be allowed to enter slowly and without crowding; otherwise, they risk getting their heads submerged and pushing each other over, which can result in injuries.

The madrina, or bell-mare, acts a most important part in a herd of mules, and is regarded by experienced campaigners as indispensable to their security. She is selected for her quiet and regular habits. She will not wander far from the camp. If she happen to have a colt by her side, this is no objection, as the mules soon form the most devoted attachment to it. I have often seen them leave their grazing when very hungry, and flock around a small colt, manifesting their delight by rubbing it with their noses, licking it with their tongues, kicking up their heels, and making a variety of other grotesque demonstrations of affection, while the poor little colt, perfectly unconscious of the cause of these ungainly caresses, stood trembling with fear, but unable to make his escape from the compact circle of his mulish admirers. Horses and asses are also used as bell animals, and the mules soon become accustomed to following them. If a man leads or rides a bell animal in advance, the mules follow, like so many dogs, in the most orderly procession.

The madrina, or bell-mare, plays a crucial role in a herd of mules and is considered by experienced handlers to be essential for their safety. She is chosen for her calm and consistent behavior. She won't wander far from camp. If she happens to have a colt with her, it's not an issue, as the mules quickly form a strong attachment to it. I've often seen them stop grazing, even when very hungry, and crowd around a small colt, showing their affection by rubbing it with their noses, licking it with their tongues, kicking up their heels, and performing a variety of other funny displays of love, while the poor little colt, completely unaware of the reason for these awkward hugs, stood trembling with fear but unable to escape from the tight circle of its mulish fans. Horses and donkeys are also used as bell animals, and the mules soon get used to following them. If a person leads or rides a bell animal ahead, the mules follow in a neat line, just like a bunch of dogs.

"After traveling about fourteen miles," says Bayard Taylor, "we were joined by three miners, and our mules, taking a sudden liking for their horses, jogged on at a more brisk pace. The instincts of the mulish heart form an interesting study to the traveler in the mountains. I would (were the comparison not too ungallant) liken it to a woman's, for it is quite as uncertain in its sympathies, bestowing its affections when least expected, and, when bestowed, quite as constant, so long as the object is not taken away. Sometimes a horse, sometimes an ass, captivates the fancy of a whole drove of mules, but often an animal nowise akin. Lieutenant Beale told me that his whole train of mules once galloped off suddenly, on the plains of the Cimarone, and ran half a mile, when they halted in apparent satisfaction. The cause of their freak was found to be a buffalo calf which had strayed from the herd. They were frisking around it in the greatest delight, rubbing their noses against it, throwing up their heels, and making themselves ridiculous by abortive attempts to neigh and bray, while the calf, unconscious of its attractive qualities, stood trembling in their midst."

"After traveling about fourteen miles," says Bayard Taylor, "we were joined by three miners, and our mules, suddenly liking their horses, picked up the pace. The instincts of a mule are an interesting topic for travelers in the mountains. I'd liken it to a woman's, if the comparison weren't too unflattering, because it's just as unpredictable in its affections, giving its love when you least expect it, and, once given, it's quite loyal as long as the object of its affection isn’t taken away. Sometimes a horse, sometimes a donkey, captures the fancy of a whole group of mules, but often it’s an animal that’s nothing like them. Lieutenant Beale told me that his entire train of mules once took off at a gallop on the plains of the Cimarone and ran half a mile before stopping in obvious delight. The reason for their behavior turned out to be a buffalo calf that had wandered away from its herd. They were happily frolicking around it, rubbing their noses against it, kicking their heels in the air, and making fools of themselves with failed attempts to neigh and bray, while the calf, oblivious to its charm, stood trembling among them."

"If several large troops," says Charles Darwin, "are turned into one field to graze in the morning, the muleteer has only to lead the madrinas a little apart and tinkle their bells, and, although there may be 200 or 300 mules together, each immediately knows its own bell, and separates itself from the rest. The affection of these animals for their madrina saves infinite trouble. It is nearly impossible to lose an old mule, for, if detained several hours by force, she will, by the power of smell, like a dog, track out her companions, or rather the madrina; for, according to the muleteer, she is the chief object of affection. The feeling, however, is not of an individual nature, for I believe I am right in saying that any animal with a bell will serve as a madrina."

"If several large herds," says Charles Darwin, "are brought into a field to graze in the morning, the muleteer just has to lead the madrinas a little away and ring their bells, and even if there are 200 or 300 mules together, each one instantly recognizes its own bell and separates itself from the rest. The bond these animals have with their madrina saves a lot of hassle. It’s almost impossible to lose an old mule because, if it gets separated for several hours, it can, like a dog, track down its companions using its sense of smell, or more specifically, the madrina; as the muleteer says, she is the main focus of affection. However, this feeling isn't unique to one individual, as I believe I’m right in saying that any animal with a bell can act as a madrina."

Of the attachment that a mule will form for a horse, I will cite an instance from my own observation, which struck me at the time as being one of the most remarkable and touching evidences of devotion that I have ever known among the brute creation.

Of the bond that a mule can develop with a horse, I will mention an example from my own observations, which I found at the time to be one of the most remarkable and moving signs of loyalty I have ever seen among animals.

On leaving Fort Leavenworth with the army for Utah in 1857, one of the officers rode a small mule, whose kind and gentle disposition soon caused him to become a favorite among the soldiers, and they named him "Billy." As this officer and myself were often thrown together upon the march, the mule, in the course of a few days, evinced a growing attachment for a mare that I rode. The sentiment was not, however, reciprocated on her part, and she intimated as much by the reversed position of her ears, and the free exercise of her feet and teeth whenever Billy came within her reach; but these signal marks of displeasure, instead of discouraging, rather seemed to increase his devotion, and whenever at liberty he invariably sought to get near her, and appeared much distressed when not permitted to follow her.

Upon leaving Fort Leavenworth with the army for Utah in 1857, one of the officers rode a small mule, who quickly became a favorite among the soldiers due to his kind and gentle nature, and they named him "Billy." Since this officer and I often found ourselves together on the march, the mule gradually developed an attachment to a mare that I rode. However, she didn't feel the same way, which she made clear by pinning her ears back and using her feet and teeth whenever Billy came too close. Despite these clear signs of her displeasure, they only seemed to deepen his devotion. Whenever he had the chance, he would always try to get near her and looked genuinely upset when he was stopped from following her.

On leaving Camp Scott for New Mexico Billy was among the number of mules selected for the expedition. During the march I was in the habit, when starting out from camp in the morning, of leading off the party, and directing the packmen to hold the mule until I should get so far in advance with the mare that he could not see us; but the moment he was released he would, in spite of all the efforts of the packers, start off at a most furious pace, and never stop or cease braying until he reached the mare's side. We soon found it impossible to keep him with the other mules, and he was finally permitted to have his own way.

On leaving Camp Scott for New Mexico, Billy was one of the mules chosen for the expedition. During the march, I usually led the group when we set out from camp in the morning, and I instructed the packers to hold the mule until I had moved far enough ahead with the mare that he couldn’t see us. But as soon as he was released, he would, despite all the packers' efforts, take off at a breakneck speed and wouldn't stop or stop braying until he reached the mare's side. We quickly realized it was impossible to keep him with the other mules, and he was eventually allowed to do as he pleased.

In the course of time we encountered the deep snows in the Rocky Mountains, where the animals could get no forage, and Billy, in common with the others, at length became so weak and jaded that he was unable any longer to leave his place in the caravan and break a track through the snow around to the front. He made frequent attempts to turn out and force his way ahead, but after numerous unsuccessful efforts he would fall down exhausted, and set up a most mournful braying.

In time, we came across heavy snow in the Rocky Mountains, where the animals couldn’t find any food. Billy, like the others, became so weak and tired that he couldn’t leave his spot in the caravan to break a path through the snow up front. He tried multiple times to push through ahead, but after many failed attempts, he would collapse in exhaustion and let out a very sad bray.

The other mules soon began to fail, and to be left, worn out and famished, to die by the wayside; it was not, however, for some time that Billy showed symptoms of becoming one of the victims, until one evening after our arrival at camp I was informed that he had dropped down and been left upon the road during the day. The men all deplored his loss exceedingly, as his devotion to the mare had touched their kind hearts, and many expressions of sympathy were uttered around their bivouac fires on that evening.

The other mules soon started to give out, left exhausted and starving to die by the roadside; however, it wasn't until later that Billy showed signs of becoming one of the casualties. One evening after we got to camp, I was told he had collapsed and was left behind on the road earlier that day. The men all mourned his loss deeply, as his loyalty to the mare had moved them, and many words of sympathy were shared around their campfires that night.

Much to our surprise, however, about ten o'clock, just as we were about going to sleep, we heard a mule braying about half a mile to the rear upon our trail. Sure enough, it proved to be Billy, who, after having rested, had followed upon our track and overtaken us. As soon as he reached the side of the mare he lay down and seemed perfectly contented.

Much to our surprise, around ten o'clock, just as we were about to sleep, we heard a mule braying about half a mile behind us on our trail. Sure enough, it was Billy, who, after taking a break, had followed our path and caught up with us. As soon as he reached the mare's side, he lay down and looked completely satisfied.

The next day I relieved him from his pack, and allowed him to run loose; but during the march he gave out, and was again abandoned to his fate, and this time we certainly never expected to see him more. To our great astonishment, however, about twelve o'clock that night the sonorous but not very musical notes of Billy in the distance aroused us from our slumbers, and again announced his approach. In an instant the men were upon their feet, gave three hearty cheers, and rushed out in a body to meet and escort him into camp.

The next day I took his pack off him and let him run free; but during the march, he gave out again and we left him behind for good, thinking we’d never see him again. To our surprise, though, around midnight, the loud but not very pleasant sounds of Billy in the distance woke us from our sleep and signaled his return. In an instant, the men were on their feet, cheered three times, and rushed out together to meet and bring him back to camp.

But this well-meant ovation elicited no response from him. He came reeling and floundering along through the deep snow, perfectly regardless of these honors, pushing aside all those who occupied the trail or interrupted his progress in the least, wandered about until he found the mare, dropped down by her side, and remained until morning.

But this well-intentioned applause didn’t get any reaction from him. He stumbled and struggled through the deep snow, completely indifferent to the accolades, brushing aside anyone who got in his way or disturbed his path, wandered around until he found the mare, dropped down next to her, and stayed there until morning.

When we resumed our march on the following day he made another desperate effort to proceed, but soon fell down exhausted, when we reluctantly abandoned him, and saw him no more.

When we started marching again the next day, he made another desperate attempt to keep going, but soon collapsed from exhaustion, so we reluctantly left him behind and never saw him again.

Alas! poor Billy! your constancy deserved a better fate; you may, indeed, be said to have been a victim to unrequited affection.

Alas! poor Billy! your loyalty deserved a better outcome; you really can be seen as a victim of unreturned love.

The articles to be transported should be made up into two packages of precisely equal weight, and as nearly equal in bulk as practicable, otherwise they will sway the saddle over to one side, and cause it to chafe the animal's back.

The items that need to be transported should be packed into two packages that weigh exactly the same and are as close in size as possible; otherwise, they will tip the saddle to one side and irritate the animal's back.

The packages made, two ropes about six feet long are fastened around the ends by a slip-knot, and if the packages contain corn or other articles that will shift about, small sticks should be placed between the sacks and the ropes, which equalizes the pressure and keeps the packages snug. The ropes are then looped at the ends, and made precisely of the same length, so that the packs will balance and come up well toward the top of the saddle. Two men then, each taking a pack, go upon opposite sides of the mule, that has been previously saddled, and, raising the packs simultaneously, place the loops over the pommel and cantel, settling them well down into their places. The lashing-strap is then thrown over the top, brought through the rings upon each side, and drawn as tight at every turn as the two men on the sides can pull it, and, after having been carried back and forth diagonally across the packs as often as its length admits (generally three or four times), it is made fast to one of the rings, and securely tied in a slip-knot.

The packages are made by fastening two ropes about six feet long around the ends with a slip-knot. If the packages contain corn or other items that might shift, small sticks should be placed between the sacks and the ropes to balance the pressure and keep the packages secure. The ropes are then looped at the ends and made to the same length so the packs will balance and rise well toward the top of the saddle. Two men, each taking a pack, stand on opposite sides of the previously saddled mule and, lifting the packs at the same time, place the loops over the pommel and cantle, settling them into place. The lashing strap is then thrown over the top, brought through the rings on each side, and pulled as tight as possible with each turn by the two men on the sides. After being wrapped back and forth diagonally across the packs as many times as its length allows (usually three or four times), it is secured to one of the rings and tied off in a slip-knot.

The breast-strap and breeching must not be buckled so close as to chafe the skin; the girth should be broad and soft where it comes opposite the fore legs, to prevent cutting them. Leather girths should be wrapped with cloth or bound with soft material. The hair girth, being soft and elastic, is much better than leather.

The breast strap and breeching shouldn't be buckled too tightly to avoid chafing the skin; the girth should be wide and soft where it sits against the front legs to prevent injury. Leather girths should be covered with cloth or wrapped in soft material. A hair girth, being soft and stretchy, is much better than leather.

The crupper should never be dispensed with in a mountainous country, but it must be soft, round, and about an inch in diameter where it comes in contact with the tail, otherwise it will wound the animal in making long and abrupt descents.

The crupper should never be left out in a mountainous area, but it has to be soft, round, and about an inch in diameter where it touches the tail; otherwise, it will injure the animal during long and sudden descents.

In Norway they use a short round stick, about ten inches long, which passes under the tail, and from each end of this a cord connects with the saddle.

In Norway, they use a short, round stick that's about ten inches long, which goes under the tail, and from each end of this stick, a cord connects to the saddle.

Camp-kettles, tin vessels, and other articles that will rattle and be likely to frighten animals, should be firmly lashed to the packs. When the packs work loose, the lash-strap should be untied, and a man upon each side draw it up again and make it fast. When ropes are used for lashing, they may be tightened by twisting them with a short stick and making the stick fast.

Camp kettles, tin containers, and other items that might rattle and scare animals should be securely tied to the packs. If the packs come loose, the lash strap should be untied, and one person on each side should pull it tight again and secure it. When using ropes for lashing, you can tighten them by twisting with a short stick and securing the stick in place.

One hundred and twenty-five pounds is a sufficient load for a mule upon a long journey.

One hundred and twenty-five pounds is a good load for a mule on a long trip.

In traveling over a rocky country, and upon all long journeys, horses and mules should be shod, to prevent their hoofs wearing out or breaking. The mountaineers contend that beasts travel better without shoeing, but I have several times had occasion to regret the omission of this very necessary precaution. A few extra shoes and nails, with a small hammer, will enable travelers to keep their animals shod.

In rocky areas and on long trips, horses and mules should have shoes to protect their hooves from wearing down or breaking. The locals argue that animals travel better without shoes, but I've often wished I had taken this important precaution. A few extra shoes and nails, along with a small hammer, will help travelers keep their animals shod.

In turning out pack animals to graze, it is well either to keep the lariat ropes upon them with the ends trailing upon the ground, or to hopple them, as no corral can be made into which they may be driven in order to catch them. A very good way to catch an animal without driving him into an inclosure is for two men to take a long rope and stretch it out at the height of the animal's neck; some men then drive him slowly up against it, when one of the men with the rope runs around behind the animal and back to the front again, thus taking a turn with the rope around his neck and holding him secure.

When letting pack animals graze, it's best to either keep their lariat ropes on with the ends dragging on the ground or use hobbles, since you can't easily drive them into a corral to catch them. A great way to catch an animal without corralling it is for two men to take a long rope and hold it at neck height; then, some men slowly drive the animal toward it. One of the men with the rope can then run around behind the animal and back in front again, looping the rope around its neck and securing it.

To prevent an animal from kicking, take a forked stick and make the forked part fast to the bridle-bit, bringing the two ends above the head and securing them there, leaving the part of the stick below the fork of sufficient length to reach near the ground when the animal's head is in its natural position. He can not kick up unless he lowers his head, and the stick effectually prevents that.

To stop an animal from kicking, take a forked stick and attach the forked part to the bridle-bit. Bring the two ends up above the head and secure them there, leaving the part of the stick below the fork long enough to reach close to the ground when the animal's head is in its natural position. It can't kick unless it lowers its head, and the stick effectively prevents that.

Tether-ropes should be so attached to the neck of the animal as not to slip and choke him, and the picket-pins never be left on the ropes except when in the ground, as, in the event of a stampede, they are very likely to swing around and injure the animals.

Tether ropes should be secured to the animal's neck in a way that prevents slippage and choking, and picket pins should never be left on the ropes except when they're in the ground, as they can swing around and hurt the animals during a stampede.

Many experienced travelers were formerly in the habit of securing their animals with a strap or iron ring fastened around the fetlock of one fore foot, and this attached to the tether-rope. This method holds the animal very securely to the picket-pin, but when the rope is first put on, and before he becomes accustomed to it, he is liable to throw himself down and get hurt; so that I think the plan of tethering by the neck or halter is the safest, and, so far as I have observed, is now universally practiced.

Many experienced travelers used to tie their animals with a strap or iron ring around the fetlock of one front foot, which was then attached to the tether-rope. This method keeps the animal securely fastened to the picket-pin, but when the rope is first put on, the animal may panic and throw itself down, potentially getting hurt. Therefore, I believe that tethering by the neck or halter is the safest option, and from what I've seen, this method is now commonly used everywhere.

The mountaineers and Indians seldom tether their animals, but prefer the plan of hoppling, as this gives them more latitude for ranging and selecting the choicest grass.

The mountaineers and Native Americans rarely tie up their animals, but instead prefer the method of hobbles, as this allows them more freedom to roam and find the best grass.

Two methods of hoppling are practiced among the Indians and hunters of the West: one with a strap about two feet long buckling around the fore legs above the fetlock joints; the other is what they term the "side hopple" which is made by buckling a strap around a front and rear leg upon the same side. In both cases care should be taken not to buckle the strap so tight as to chafe the legs. The latter plan is the best, because the animal, side-hoppled, is able to go but little faster than a walk, while the front hopple permits him, after a little practice, to gallop off at considerable speed. If the hopples are made of iron connected with chains, like handcuffs, with locks and keys, it will be impossible for the Indians, without files, to cut them; but the parts that come in contact with the legs should be covered with soft leather.

Two methods of hobbling are used by the Native Americans and hunters in the West: one involves a strap about two feet long secured around the front legs above the fetlock joints; the other is what they call the "side hobble," which is made by fastening a strap around both a front leg and a rear leg on the same side. In both cases, it's important not to fasten the strap too tightly to avoid chafing the legs. The side hobble is the better choice because an animal with it can only move at a slow pace, while the front hobble allows it, after some practice, to gallop away at a good speed. If the hobbles are made of iron connected by chains, like handcuffs with locks and keys, the Native Americans won't be able to cut them without files; however, the parts that touch the legs should be covered with soft leather.

"A horse," says Mr. Galton, "may be hoppled with a stirrup-leather by placing the middle around one leg, then twisting it several times and buckling it round the other leg. When you wish to picket horses in the middle of a sandy plain, dig a hole two or three feet deep, and, tying your rope to a fagot of sticks or brushwood, or even to a bag filled with sand, bury this in it."

"A horse," says Mr. Galton, "can be hobbled using a stirrup leather by placing the middle around one leg, twisting it several times, and buckling it around the other leg. If you want to tie horses in the middle of a sandy plain, dig a hole two or three feet deep, and tie your rope to a bundle of sticks or brushwood, or even to a bag filled with sand, and then bury it in the hole."

For prairie service, horses which have been raised exclusively upon grass, and never been fed on grain, or "range horses," as they are called in the West, are decidedly the best, and will perform more hard labor than those that have been stabled and groomed. The large, stout ponies found among some of our frontier settlements are well adapted to this service, and endure admirably. The same remarks hold good in the choice of mules; and it will be found that the square-built, big-bellied, and short-legged Mexican mule will endure far more hard service, on short allowance of forage, than the larger American mule which has been accustomed to grain.

For work on the prairie, horses that have been raised solely on grass and never fed grain, known as "range horses" in the West, are definitely the best choice and can handle more hard labor than those that have been kept in stables and groomed. The sturdy ponies found in some of our frontier settlements are well-suited for this kind of work and endure impressively. The same goes for choosing mules; the square-built, big-bellied, short-legged Mexican mule can handle much tougher work on limited forage than the larger American mule that has been used to grain.

In our trip across the Rocky Mountains we had both the American and Mexican mules, and improved a good opportunity of giving their relative powers of endurance a thorough service-trial. For many days they were reduced to a meagre allowance of dry grass, and at length got nothing but pine leaves, while their work in the deep snow was exceedingly severe. This soon told upon the American mules, and all of them, with the exception of two, died, while most of the Mexican mules went through. The result was perfectly conclusive.

In our journey through the Rocky Mountains, we had both American and Mexican mules, and we took the chance to thoroughly test their endurance. For several days, they were fed only a small amount of dry grass, and eventually, they only got pine leaves, while their work in the deep snow was incredibly tough. This quickly affected the American mules, and all of them, except for two, died, while most of the Mexican mules managed to pull through. The outcome was absolutely clear.

We found that, where the snow was not more than two feet deep, the animals soon learned to paw it away and get at the grass. Of course they do not get sufficient in this way, but they do much better than one would suppose.

We found that, where the snow was no more than two feet deep, the animals quickly figured out how to paw it away to reach the grass. Obviously, they don't get enough this way, but they do much better than you'd think.

In Utah and New Mexico the autumn is so dry that the grass does not lose its nutritious properties by being washed with rains. It gradually dries and cures like hay, so that animals eat it freely, and will fatten upon it even in mid-winter. It is seldom that any grain is fed to stock in either of these territories.

In Utah and New Mexico, the fall is so dry that the grass retains its nutritious qualities despite any rain it receives. It slowly dries and cures like hay, allowing animals to eat it without hesitation, and they can gain weight on it even in the middle of winter. It's rare for any grain to be fed to livestock in either of these areas.

Several of the varieties of grass growing upon the slopes of the Rocky Mountains are of excellent quality; among these may be mentioned the Gramma and bunch grasses. Horses and mules turned out to graze always prefer the grass upon the mountain sides to grass of the valleys.

Several types of grass found on the slopes of the Rocky Mountains are of great quality; notable examples include Gramma and bunch grasses. When given the choice, horses and mules grazing outdoors always prefer the grass on the mountainsides over that of the valleys.

We left New Mexico about the first of March, six weeks before the new grass appeared, with 1500 animals, many of them low in flesh, yet they improved upon the journey, and on their arrival in Utah were all, with very few exceptions, in fine working condition. Had this march been made at the same season in the country bordering upon the Missouri River, where there are heavy autumnal rains, the animals would probably have become very poor.

We left New Mexico around the beginning of March, six weeks before the new grass started to grow, with 1,500 animals, many of which were underweight. However, they thrived during the journey, and when we arrived in Utah, almost all of them were in great shape, with very few exceptions. If we had taken this trip at the same time in the area near the Missouri River, where there are heavy autumn rains, the animals likely would have ended up in bad condition.

In this journey the herds were allowed to range over the best grass that could be found, but were guarded both night and day with great care, whereas, if they had been corraled or picketed at night, I dare say they would have lost flesh.[3]

In this journey, the herds were allowed to graze on the best grass available, but they were watched closely both day and night. If they had been restricted to a corral or tied up at night, I bet they would have lost weight.[3]


3  Some curious and interesting experiments are said to have been recently made at the veterinary school at Alfort, near Paris, by order of the minister of war, to ascertain the powers of endurance of horses. It appears that a horse will live on water alone five-and-twenty days; seventeen days without eating or drinking; only five days if fed and unwatered; ten days if fed and insufficiently watered. A horse kept without water for three days drank one hundred and four pounds of water in three minutes. It was found that a horse taken immediately after "feed," and kept in the active exercise of the "squadron school," completely digested its "feed" in three hours; in the same time in the "conscript's school" its food was two thirds digested; and if kept perfectly quiet in the stable, its digestion was scarcely commenced in three hours.

3 Some intriguing experiments have recently been conducted at the veterinary school in Alfort, near Paris, on the orders of the minister of war, to determine the endurance capabilities of horses. It turns out that a horse can survive on water alone for twenty-five days; it can go seventeen days without eating or drinking; only five days if it is fed but not given water; and ten days if it is fed but only given a little water. A horse that was without water for three days drank a staggering one hundred and four pounds of water in just three minutes. It was observed that a horse taken right after eating and kept active in "squadron school" fully digested its meal in three hours; in the "conscript's school," its food was two-thirds digested during that same time; and if kept completely still in the stable, its digestion barely began in those three hours.

SADDLES.

Saddles.

Great diversity of opinion exists regarding the best equipment for horses, and the long-mooted question is as yet very far from being definitely settled.

There's a wide range of opinions about the best equipment for horses, and the long-discussed question is still far from being settled.

I do not regard the opinions of Europeans as having a more direct bearing upon this question, or as tending to establish any more definite and positive conclusions regarding it than have been developed by the experience of our own border citizens, the major part of whose lives has been spent in the saddle; yet I am confident that the following brief description of the horse equipments used in different parts of Europe, the substance of which I have extracted from Captain M'Clellan's interesting report, will be read with interest and instruction.

I don't see the opinions of Europeans as being more relevant to this issue or as leading to any clearer conclusions than the experiences of our own border citizens, most of whom have spent their lives on horseback. However, I believe that the following brief overview of the horse gear used in various parts of Europe, which I've taken from Captain M'Clellan's fascinating report, will be engaging and informative.

The saddle used by the African chasseurs consists of a plain wooden tree, with a pad upon the top, but without skirts, and is somewhat similar to our own military saddle, but lower in the pommel and cantle. The girth and surcingle are of leather, with an ordinary woolen saddle-blanket. Their bridle has a single head-stall, with the Spanish bit buckled to it.

The saddle used by the African hunters has a simple wooden frame with a pad on top, but no skirts, and is somewhat similar to our military saddle, though it has a lower pommel and cantle. The girth and surcingle are made of leather, along with a standard woolen saddle blanket. Their bridle features a single headstall, with a Spanish bit attached to it.

A new saddle has recently been introduced into the French service by Captain Cogent, the tree of which is cut out of a single piece of wood, the cantle only being glued on, and a piece of walnut let into the pommel, with a thin strip veneered upon the front ends of the bars. The pommel and cantle are lower than in the old model; the whole is covered with wet raw hide, glued on and sewed at the edges. The great advantage this saddle possesses is in being so arranged that it may be used for horses of all sizes and conditions. The saddle-blanket is made of thick felt cloth, and is attached to the pommel by a small strap passing through holes in the blanket, which is thus prevented from slipping, and at the same time it raises the saddle so as to admit a free circulation of air over the horse's spine.

A new saddle has recently been introduced into the French service by Captain Cogent. It’s made from a single piece of wood, with just the cantle glued on and a piece of walnut added to the pommel, along with a thin strip of veneer on the front ends of the bars. The pommel and cantle are lower than the old model. The entire saddle is covered in wet rawhide, glued and sewn at the edges. The main advantage of this saddle is that it can be used for horses of all sizes and conditions. The saddle blanket is made of thick felt cloth and is attached to the pommel with a small strap that goes through holes in the blanket, preventing it from slipping while also raising the saddle to allow for free air circulation over the horse's spine.

The Hungarian saddle is made of hard wood entirely uncovered, with a raised pommel and cantle. The seat is formed with a leather strap four inches wide nailed to the forks on the front and rear, and secured to the side-boards by leather thongs, thus giving an elastic and easy saddle-seat. This is also the form of the saddle-tree used by the Russian and Austrian cavalry. The Russians have a leather girth fastened by three small buckles: it passes over the tree, and is tied to the side-boards. The saddle-blanket is of stout felt cloth in four thicknesses, and a layer of black leather over it, and the whole held together by leather thongs passing through and through. When the horse falls off in flesh, more thicknesses are added, and "vice versa." This saddle-blanket is regarded by the Russian officers as the best possible arrangement. The Russians use the curb and snaffle-bits made of steel.

The Hungarian saddle is made of solid, uncovered wood, featuring a raised pommel and cantle. The seat consists of a leather strap that is four inches wide, nailed to the front and back forks, and secured to the side-boards with leather thongs, which creates a flexible and comfortable seat. This design is also used in the saddle-tree of the Russian and Austrian cavalry. The Russians have a leather girth that is attached with three small buckles; it goes over the tree and is tied to the side-boards. The saddle blanket is made of thick felt cloth in four layers, topped with a layer of black leather, and everything is held together with leather thongs passing through. When the horse loses weight, more layers are added, and "vice versa." Russian officers consider this saddle-blanket to be the best possible setup. The Russians use curb and snaffle bits made of steel.

The Cossack saddle has a thick padding under the side-boards and on the seat, which raises the rider very high on his horse, so that his feet are above the bottom of the belly. Their bridle has but a simple snaffle-bit, and no martingale.

The Cossack saddle has thick padding under the side-boards and on the seat, which lifts the rider very high on the horse, so his feet are above the bottom of the belly. Their bridle has just a simple snaffle bit and no martingale.

The Prussian cuirassiers have a heavy saddle with a low pommel and cantle, covered with leather, but it is not thought by Captain M'Clellan to present any thing worthy of imitation.

The Prussian cuirassiers have a heavy saddle with a low front and back, covered in leather, but Captain M'Clellan believes it’s not worth copying.

The other Prussian cavalry ride the Hungarian saddle, of a heavier model than the one in the Austrian service. The surcingle is of leather, and fastens in the Mexican style; the girth is also of leather, three and a half inches wide, with a large buckle. It is in two parts, attached to the bars by raw-hide thongs. The curb and snaffle steel bits are used, and attached to a single head-stall.

The other Prussian cavalry uses the Hungarian saddle, which is a heavier model than the one used in the Austrian service. The surcingle is made of leather and fastens in a Mexican style; the girth is also leather, three and a half inches wide, with a big buckle. It comes in two parts and is attached to the bars with raw-hide thongs. Curb and snaffle steel bits are used, and they are connected to a single headstall.

The English cavalry use a saddle which has a lower cantle and pommel than our Grimsley saddle, covered with leather. The snaffle-bit is attached to the halter head-stall by a chain and T; the curb has a separate head-stall, which on a march is occasionally taken off and hung on the carbine stock.

The English cavalry uses a saddle with a lower back and front than our Grimsley saddle, covered with leather. The snaffle-bit is connected to the halter head-stall by a chain and T; the curb has its own head-stall, which is sometimes removed and hung on the carbine stock during a march.

The Sardinian saddle has a bare wooden tree very similar to the Hungarian. A common blanket, folded in twelve thicknesses, is placed under it. The girth and surcingle are of leather.

The Sardinian saddle has a simple wooden frame that's quite like the Hungarian one. A standard blanket, folded into twelve layers, is placed underneath it. The girth and surcingle are made of leather.

Without expressing any opinion as to the comparative merits of these different saddles, I may be permitted to give a few general principles, which I regard as infallible in the choice of a saddle.

Without sharing any opinion on the relative advantages of these different saddles, I can offer a few general principles that I believe are undeniable when selecting a saddle.

The side-boards should be large, and made to conform to the shape of the horse's back, thereby distributing the burden over a large surface. It should stand up well above the spine, so as to admit a free circulation of air under it.

The sideboards should be large and shaped to fit the horse's back, allowing the weight to be spread over a larger area. It should rise above the spine enough to allow for good airflow underneath it.

For long journeys, the crupper, where it comes in contact with the tail, should be made of soft leather. It should be drawn back only far enough to hold the saddle from the withers. Some horses require much more tension upon the crupper than others. The girth should be made broad, of a soft and elastic material. Those made of hair, in use among the Mexicans, fulfill the precited conditions.

For long trips, the crupper, where it meets the tail, should be made of soft leather. It should be pulled back just enough to keep the saddle in place from the withers. Some horses need a lot more tension on the crupper than others. The girth should be wide, made from a soft and stretchy material. The ones made of hair, used by the Mexicans, meet these requirements.

A light and easy bit, which will not fret or chafe the horse, is recommended.

A light and comfortable piece, which won't irritate or rub the horse, is suggested.

The saddle-blanket must be folded even and smooth, and placed on so as to cover every part of the back that comes in contact with the saddle, and in warm weather it is well to place a gunny bag under the blanket, as it is cooler than the wool.

The saddle blanket should be folded neatly and placed to cover every part of the back that touches the saddle, and in hot weather, it's good to put a burlap bag under the blanket since it's cooler than wool.

It will have been observed that, in the French service, the folded saddle-blanket is tied to the pommel to prevent it slipping back. This is well if the blanket be taken off and thoroughly dried whenever the horse is unsaddled.

It has been noticed that, in the French service, the folded saddle blanket is tied to the pommel to stop it from slipping back. This is fine as long as the blanket is removed and completely dried whenever the horse is unsaddled.

A saddle-blanket made of moss is used in some of the Southwestern States, which is regarded by many as the perfection of this article of horse equipment. It is a mat woven into the proper shape and size from the beaten fibres of moss that hangs from the trees in our Southern States. It is cheap, durable, is not in any way affected by sweat, and does not chafe or heat the horse's spine like the woolen blanket. Its open texture allows a rapid evaporation, which tends to keep the back cool, and obviates the danger of stripping and sudden exposure of the heated parts to the sun and air.

A saddle blanket made of moss is used in some Southwestern states and is considered by many to be the best type of horse equipment. It’s a mat woven into the right shape and size from beaten moss fibers that hang from trees in the Southern states. It’s inexpensive, durable, unaffected by sweat, and doesn’t irritate or heat the horse’s spine like wool blankets do. Its open texture promotes quick evaporation, helping to keep the back cool and preventing the risk of stripping and sudden exposure of heated areas to the sun and air.

The experience of some of our officers who have used this mat for years in Mexico and Texas corroborates all I have said in its favor; and they are unanimous in the opinion that a horse will never get a sore back when it is placed under a good saddle.

The experience of some of our officers who have used this mat for years in Mexico and Texas supports everything I've mentioned about it; and they all agree that a horse will never develop a sore back when it's placed under a good saddle.

A saddle made by the Mexicans in California is called the California saddle. This is extensively used upon the Pacific slope of the mountains, and is believed to possess, at least, as many advantages for rough frontier service as any other pattern that has been invented. Those hardy and experienced veterans, the mountaineers, could not be persuaded to ride any other saddle, and their ripened knowledge of such matters certainly gives weight to their conclusions.

A saddle created by Mexicans in California is called the California saddle. This saddle is widely used on the Pacific side of the mountains and is thought to have at least as many benefits for tough frontier work as any other design that's been made. The tough and seasoned veterans, the mountaineers, would not consider riding any other saddle, and their seasoned expertise in these matters certainly adds credibility to their opinions.

CALIFORNIA SADDLE.

CALIFORNIA SADDLE.

The merits of the California saddle consist in its being light, strong, and compact, and conforming well to the shape of the horse. When strapped on, it rests so firmly in position that the strongest pull of a horse upon a lariat attached to the pommel can not displace it. Its shape is such that the rider is compelled to sit nearly erect, with his legs on the continuation of the line of the body, which makes his seat more secure, and, at the same time, gives him a better control over his arms and horse. This position is attained by setting the stirrup-leathers farther back than on the old-fashioned saddle. The pommel is high, like the Mexican saddle, and prevents the rider from being thrown forward. The tree is covered with raw hide, put on green, and sewed; when this dries and contracts it gives it great strength. It has no iron in its composition, but is kept together by buckskin strings, and can easily be taken to pieces for mending or cleaning. It has a hair girth about five inches wide.

The California saddle is lightweight, strong, and compact, fitting the horse's shape well. When secured, it stays firmly in place, so even the strongest pull from a horse on a lariat attached to the pommel won't shift it. Its design encourages the rider to sit almost upright, with legs aligned with the body, which makes their seat more secure and allows for better control over both their arms and the horse. This position is achieved by placing the stirrup leathers further back than in traditional saddles. The pommel is high, similar to a Mexican saddle, preventing the rider from being thrown forward. The tree is covered with rawhide applied while it's green and sewn on; as it dries and tightens, it gains strength. There's no iron in its construction; it stays together with buckskin strings and can be disassembled easily for repairs or cleaning. It features a hair girth that's about five inches wide.

The whole saddle is covered with a large and thick sheet of sole-leather, having a hole to lay over the pommel; it extends back over the horse's hips, and protects them from rain, and when taken off in camp it furnishes a good security against dampness when placed under the traveler's bed.

The entire saddle is covered with a large, thick piece of leather, with a hole for the pommel; it stretches back over the horse's hips to shield them from rain, and when removed in camp, it serves as a good barrier against dampness when placed under the traveler's bed.

The California saddle-tree is regarded by many as the best of all others for the horse's back, and as having an easier seat than the Mexican.

The California saddle tree is considered by many to be the best for a horse's back and has a more comfortable seat compared to the Mexican one.

General Comte de la Roche-Aymon, in his treatise upon "Light Troops," published in Paris in 1856, says:

General Comte de la Roche-Aymon, in his essay on "Light Troops," published in Paris in 1856, says:

"In nearly all the European armies the equipment of the horse is not in harmony with the new tactics—with those tactics in which, during nearly all of a campaign, the cavalry remains in bivouac. Have we reflected upon the kind of saddle which, under these circumstances, would cover the horse best without incommoding him during the short periods that he is permitted to repose? Have we reflected upon the kind of saddle which, offering the least fragility, exposes the horse to the least danger of sore back? All the cuirassiers and the dragoons of Europe have saddles which they call French saddle, the weight of which is a load for the horse. The interior mechanism of these saddles is complicated and filled with weak bands of iron, which become deranged, bend, and sometimes break; the rider does not perceive these accidents, or he does not wish to perceive them, for fear of being left behind or of having to go on foot; he continues on, and at the end of a day's march his horse has a sore back, and in a few days is absolutely unserviceable. We may satisfy ourselves of the truth of these observations by comparing the lists of horses sent to the rear during the course of a campaign by the cuirassiers and dragoons who use the French saddle, and by the hussars with the Hungarian saddle. The number sent to the rear by the latter is infinitely less, although employed in a service much more active and severe; and it might be still less by making some slight improvements in the manner of fixing their saddle upon the horse.

"In almost all European armies, the horse equipment doesn't align with the new tactics—specifically, the tactics where the cavalry mostly stays in bivouac throughout a campaign. Have we considered what kind of saddle would best suit the horse under these conditions without causing discomfort during the brief moments he gets to rest? Have we thought about what saddle would be the most durable and pose the least risk of causing sore backs? All the cuirassiers and dragoons in Europe use saddles they call French saddle, which are heavy for the horse. The internal structure of these saddles is complex and filled with flimsy iron bands that can get damaged, bend, or even break; the rider often doesn’t notice these issues, or chooses to ignore them, fearing they’ll be left behind or have to walk. They keep going, and by the end of a day’s march, their horse has a sore back and quickly becomes unusable. We can verify these points by comparing the number of horses sent back during a campaign by the cuirassiers and dragoons using the French saddle to the hussars using the Hungarian saddle. The number sent back by the hussars is significantly lower, even though they are engaged in much more active and demanding service; and this number could be even smaller with some minor adjustments to how their saddles are fitted on the horses."

"It is a long time since Marshal Saxe said there was but one kind of saddle fit for cavalry, which was the hussar saddle: this combined all advantages, lightness, solidity, and economy. It is astonishing that the system of actual war had not led to the employment of the kind of saddle in use among the Tartars, the Cossacks, the Hungarians, and, indeed, among all horsemen and nomads. This saddle has the incontestable advantage of permitting the horse to lie down and rest himself without inconvenience. If, notwithstanding the folded blanket which they place under the Hungarian saddle, this saddle will still wound the animal's back sometimes, this only proceeds from the friction occasioned by the motion of the horse and the movement of the rider upon the saddle; a friction which it will be nearly impossible to avoid, inasmuch as the saddle-bow is held in its place only by a surcingle, the ends of which are united by a leathern band: these bands always relax more or less, and the saddle becomes loose. To remedy this, I propose to attach to the saddle-bow itself a double girth, one end of which shall be made fast to the arch in front, and the other end to the rear of the arch upon the right side, to unite in a single girth, which would buckle to a strap attached upon the left side in the usual manner. This buckle will hold the saddle firmly in its place.

"It’s been a long time since Marshal Saxe stated that there’s only one type of saddle suitable for cavalry: the hussar saddle. This saddle combines lightness, sturdiness, and cost-effectiveness. It's surprising that modern warfare hasn’t adopted the type of saddle used by the Tartars, Cossacks, Hungarians, and indeed all horse riders and nomads. This saddle has the clear advantage of allowing the horse to lie down and rest comfortably. If, despite the folded blanket placed under the Hungarian saddle, it still sometimes causes injuries to the horse's back, this is solely due to the friction caused by the horse’s movement and the rider shifting on the saddle. This friction is nearly unavoidable since the saddle-bow is kept in place only by a surcingle, with the ends connected by a leather band. These bands tend to loosen over time, causing the saddle to shift. To fix this, I suggest attaching a double girth directly to the saddle-bow, with one end secured to the front arch and the other end to the rear of the arch on the right side, converging into a single girth that buckles to a strap on the left side as usual. This buckle will keep the saddle securely in place."

"Notwithstanding all these precautions, however, there were still some inconveniences resulting from the nature of the blanket placed under the saddle, which I sought to remedy, and I easily accomplished it. The woolen nap of the cavalry saddle-blankets, not being carefully attended to, soon wears off, and leaves only the rough, coarse threads of the fabric; this absorbs the sweat from the horse, and, after it has dried and become hard, it acts like a rasp upon the withers, first taking off the hair, next the skin, and then the flesh, and, finally, the beast is rendered unserviceable.

"Despite all these precautions, there were still some issues due to the type of blanket under the saddle, which I aimed to fix, and I managed to do so easily. The woolen surface of the cavalry saddle blankets, if not properly maintained, quickly wears away, leaving only the rough, coarse threads of the fabric. This absorbs the horse's sweat and, once it dries and hardens, it acts like a rasp on the withers, first removing the hair, then the skin, and finally the flesh, ultimately making the animal unfit for service."

"I sought, during the campaign of 1807, a means to remedy this evil, and I soon succeeded by a process as simple as it was cheap. I distributed among a great number of cavalry soldiers pieces of linen cloth folded double, two feet square, and previously dipped in melted tallow. This cloth was laid next to the horse's back, under the saddle-blanket, and it prevented all the bad effects of the woolen blanket. No horses, after this appliance, were afflicted with sore backs. Such are the slight changes which I believe should be made in the use of the Hungarian saddle. The remainder of the equipment should remain (as it always has been) composed of a breast-strap, crupper, and martingale, etc."

"I looked for a way to fix this problem during the campaign of 1807, and I quickly found a solution that was both simple and inexpensive. I gave a lot of cavalry soldiers pieces of linen cloth that were folded in half, measuring two feet square, and previously dipped in melted tallow. This cloth was placed next to the horse's back, under the saddle blanket, and it eliminated all the negative effects of the woolen blanket. After using this, no horses had sore backs. These are the minor adjustments that I think should be made in using the Hungarian saddle. The rest of the gear should stay the same as it always has been, which includes a breast strap, crupper, martingale, etc."

The improvements of the present age do not appear to have developed any thing advantageous to the saddle; on the contrary, after experimenting upon numerous modifications and inventions, public sentiment has at length given the preference to the saddle-tree of the natives in Asia and America, which is very similar to that of the Hungarians.

The advancements of today don't seem to have produced anything beneficial for the saddle; in fact, after trying out various changes and innovations, people have ultimately favored the saddle-tree used by the natives in Asia and America, which closely resembles that of the Hungarians.

SORES AND DISEASES.

Sores and illnesses.

If a horse be sweating at the time he is unsaddled, it is well to strap the folded saddle-blanket upon his back with the surcingle, where it is allowed to remain until he is perfectly dry. This causes the back to cool gradually, and prevents scalding or swelling. Some persons are in the habit of washing their horses' backs while heated and sweating with cold water, but this is pernicious, and often produces sores. It is well enough to wash the back after it cools, but not before. After horses' backs or shoulders once become chafed and sore, it is very difficult to heal them, particularly when they are continued at work. It is better, if practicable, to stop using them for a while, and wash the bruised parts often with castile soap and water. Should it be necessary, however, to continue the animal in use, I have known very severe sores entirely healed by the free application of grease to the parts immediately after halting, and while the animal is warm and sweating. This seems to harden the skin and heal the wound even when working with the collar in contact with it. A piece of bacon rind tied upon the collar over the wound is also an excellent remedy.

If a horse is sweating when you unsaddle it, it's a good idea to strap the folded saddle blanket on its back with the surcingle, leaving it there until the horse is completely dry. This helps the back cool down slowly and prevents scalding or swelling. Some people have a habit of washing their horses' backs with cold water while they're still hot and sweating, but this is harmful and often leads to sores. It’s fine to wash the back after it has cooled down, but not before. Once a horse's back or shoulders get chafed and sore, it can be very hard to heal, especially if they keep working. If possible, it’s better to stop using them for a while and frequently wash the sore areas with castile soap and water. However, if you need to keep using the horse, I have seen very severe sores heal completely by applying grease to the affected areas right after stopping, while the horse is still warm and sweaty. This seems to toughen the skin and help heal the wound even when working with the collar against it. Tying a piece of bacon rind on the collar over the sore is also a great remedy.

In Texas, when the horse-flies are numerous, they attack animals without mercy, and where a contusion is found in the skin they deposit eggs, which speedily produce worms in great numbers. I have tried the effect of spirits of turpentine and several other remedies, but nothing seemed to have the desired effect but calomel blown into the wound, which destroyed the worms and soon effected a cure.

In Texas, when horse flies are plentiful, they viciously attack animals, and where there’s a bruise on the skin, they lay eggs that quickly hatch into a lot of worms. I’ve tried using turpentine and several other remedies, but nothing worked as well as calomel blown into the wound, which killed the worms and quickly healed the injury.

In the vicinity of the South Pass, upon the Humboldt River, and in some sections upon other routes to California, alkaline water is found, which is very poisonous to animals that drink it, and generates a disease known in California as "alkali." This disease first makes its appearance by swellings upon the abdomen and between the fore legs, and is attended with a cough, which ultimately destroys the lungs and kills the animal. If taken at an early stage, this disease is curable, and the following treatment is generally considered as the most efficacious. The animal is first raked, after which a large dose of grease is poured down its throat; acids are said to have the same effect, and give immediate relief. When neither of these remedies can be procured, many of the emigrants have been in the habit of mixing starch or flour in a bucket of water, and allowing the animal to drink it. It is supposed that this forms a coating over the mucous membrane, and thus defeats the action of the poison.

In the area near South Pass, along the Humboldt River, and in some parts of other routes to California, there is alkaline water that is very harmful to animals that drink it, causing a disease known in California as "alkali." This disease initially shows up as swelling in the abdomen and between the forelegs, accompanied by a cough that eventually damages the lungs and leads to the animal's death. If caught early, this disease can be treated, and the following method is generally seen as the most effective. First, the animal's coat is brushed vigorously, then a large dose of grease is forced down its throat; acids are also said to have a similar effect and provide immediate relief. When neither of these treatments is available, many emigrants have resorted to mixing starch or flour with water in a bucket and letting the animal drink it. It is believed that this creates a protective layer over the mucous membranes, countering the effects of the poison.

Animals should never be allowed to graze in the vicinity of alkaline water, as the deposits upon the grass after floods are equally deleterious with the water itself.

Animals should never be allowed to graze near alkaline water, as the deposits on the grass after floods are just as harmful as the water itself.

In seasons when the water is low in the Humboldt River, there is much less danger of the alkali, as the running water in the river then comes from pure mountain springs, and is confined to the channel; whereas, during high water, when the banks are overflowed, the salts are dissolved, making the water more impure.

In times when the Humboldt River's water levels are low, there's much less risk of alkali because the flowing water comes from fresh mountain springs and stays within the river's banks. However, during high water, when the banks overflow, the salts get mixed in, which makes the water less pure.

For colic, a good remedy is a mixture of two table-spoonfuls of brandy and two tea-spoonfuls of laudanum dissolved in a bottle of water and poured down the animal's throat. Another remedy, which has been recommended to me by an experienced officer as producing speedy relief, is a table-spoonful of chloride of lime dissolved in a bottle of water, and administered as in the other case.

For colic, a good remedy is a mixture of two tablespoons of brandy and two teaspoons of laudanum dissolved in a bottle of water and poured down the animal's throat. Another remedy, which an experienced officer recommended for quick relief, is a tablespoon of chloride of lime dissolved in a bottle of water, given the same way as before.

RATTLESNAKE BITES.

Rattlesnake bites.

Upon the southern routes to California rattlesnakes are often met with, but it is seldom that any person is bitten by them; yet this is a possible contingency, and it can never be amiss to have an antidote at hand.

On the southern roads to California, you often encounter rattlesnakes, but it’s rare for someone to get bitten by them. Still, it’s a possibility, and it’s always a good idea to have an antidote available.

Hartshorn applied externally to the wound, and drunk in small quantities diluted with water whenever the patient becomes faint or exhausted from the effects of the poison, is one of the most common remedies.

Hartshorn applied to the wound and taken in small amounts diluted with water whenever the patient feels faint or worn out from the effects of the poison is one of the most common treatments.

In the absence of all medicines, a string or ligature should at once be bound firmly above the puncture, then scarify deeply with a knife, suck out the poison, and spit out the saliva.

In the absence of all medicines, a string or ligature should be tied tightly above the puncture, then cut deeply with a knife, suck out the poison, and spit out the saliva.

Andersson, in his book on Southwestern Africa, says: "In the Cape Colony the Dutch farmers resort to a cruel but apparently effective plan to counteract the bad effects of a serpent's bite. An incision having been made in the breast of a living fowl, the bitten part is applied to the wound. If the poison be very deadly, the bird soon evinces symptoms of distress, becomes drowsy, droops its head, and dies. It is replaced by a second, a third, and more if requisite. When, however, the bird no longer exhibits any of the signs just mentioned, the patient is considered out of danger. A frog similarly applied is supposed to be equally efficacious."

Andersson, in his book on Southwestern Africa, says: "In the Cape Colony, Dutch farmers use a harsh but seemingly effective method to combat the harmful effects of a snake bite. They make an incision in the chest of a live chicken and apply the bitten area to the wound. If the poison is very potent, the chicken quickly shows signs of distress, becomes lethargic, lowers its head, and eventually dies. It is then replaced by a second, a third, and more as needed. However, when the chicken stops showing any of those symptoms, the patient is considered out of danger. A frog used in the same way is believed to be equally effective."

Haunberg, in his Travels in South Africa, mentions an antidote against the bite of serpents. He says: "The blood of the turtle was much cried up, which, on account of this extraordinary virtue, the inhabitants dry in the form of small scales or membranes, and carry about them when they travel in this country, which swarms with this most noxious vermin. Whenever any one is wounded by a serpent, he takes a couple of pinches of the dried blood internally, and applies a little of it to the wound."

Haunberg, in his Travels in South Africa, mentions a remedy for snake bites. He says: "The blood of the turtle was highly praised, and because of this unique property, the locals dry it into small scales or membranes and carry it with them while traveling in this region, which is full of these dangerous creatures. Whenever someone is bitten by a snake, they take a couple of pinches of the dried blood internally and apply a bit of it to the wound."

I was present upon one occasion when an Indian child was struck in the fore finger by a large rattlesnake. His mother, who was near at the time, seized him in her arms, and, placing the wounded finger in her mouth, sucked the poison from the puncture for some minutes, repeatedly spitting out the saliva; after which she chewed and mashed some plantain leaves and applied to the wound. Over this she sprinkled some finely-powdered tobacco, and wrapped the finger up in a rag. I did not observe that the child suffered afterward the least pain or inconvenience. The immediate application of the remedies probably saved his life.

I witnessed a moment when an Indian child was bitten on the forefinger by a large rattlesnake. His mother, who was nearby, quickly scooped him up and put his injured finger in her mouth, sucking out the poison for several minutes and spitting out the saliva. Then, she chewed and mashed some plantain leaves and applied them to the wound. She sprinkled some finely powdered tobacco over it and wrapped the finger in a rag. I didn’t see that the child experienced any pain or discomfort afterward. The immediate use of the remedies likely saved his life.

Irritation from the bite of gnats and musquitoes, etc., may be relieved by chewing the plantain, and rubbing the spittle on the bite.

Irritation from the bites of gnats and mosquitoes, etc., can be soothed by chewing the plantain and rubbing the saliva on the bite.

I knew of another instance near Fort Towson, in Northern Texas, where a small child was left upon the earthen floor of a cabin while its mother was washing at a spring near by. She heard a cry of distress, and, on going to the cabin, what was her horror on seeing a rattlesnake coiled around the child's arm, and striking it repeatedly with its fangs. After killing the snake, she hurried to her nearest neighbor, procured a bottle of brandy, and returned as soon as possible; but the poison had already so operated upon the arm that it was as black as a negro's. She poured down the child's throat a huge draught of the liquor, which soon took effect, making it very drunk, and stopped the action of the poison. Although the child was relieved, it remained sick for a long time, but ultimately recovered.

I heard about another incident near Fort Towson in Northern Texas, where a small child was left on the dirt floor of a cabin while its mother was washing at a nearby spring. She heard a cry for help and rushed back to the cabin, horrified to find a rattlesnake coiled around the child's arm, striking it repeatedly. After killing the snake, she hurried to the nearest neighbor, got a bottle of brandy, and returned as quickly as she could. But the poison had already taken such effect that the child's arm was as black as a Black person's. She poured a large amount of the liquor down the child's throat, which quickly took effect, making the child very drunk and halting the poison's action. Although the child was relieved, it stayed sick for a long time but eventually recovered.

A man was struck in the leg by a very large rattlesnake near Fort Belknap, Texas, in 1853. No other remedy being at hand, a small piece of indigo was pulverized, made into a poultice with water, and applied to the puncture. It seemed to draw out the poison, turning the indigo white, after which it was removed and another poultice applied. These applications were repeated until the indigo ceased to change its color. The man was then carried to the hospital at Fort Belknap, and soon recovered, and the surgeon of the post pronounced it a very satisfactory cure.

A man was bitten in the leg by a large rattlesnake near Fort Belknap, Texas, in 1853. With no other treatment available, a small piece of indigo was ground up, mixed with water to create a poultice, and applied to the bite. It seemed to pull out the poison, turning the indigo white, after which it was removed and another poultice was applied. This process was repeated until the indigo stopped changing color. The man was then taken to the hospital at Fort Belknap, where he quickly recovered, and the post surgeon declared it a very successful cure.

A Chickasaw woman, who was bitten upon the foot near Fort Washita by a ground rattlesnake (a very venomous species), drank a bottle of whisky and applied the indigo poultice, and when I saw her, three days afterward, she was recovering, but the flesh around the wound sloughed away.

A Chickasaw woman, who was bitten on the foot near Fort Washita by a ground rattlesnake (a highly venomous type), drank a bottle of whiskey and used an indigo poultice. When I saw her three days later, she was on the mend, but the flesh around the wound was dying off.

A Delaware remedy, which is said to be efficacious, is to burn powder upon the wound, but I have never known it to be tried excepting upon a horse. In this case it was successful, or, at all events, the animal recovered.

A Delaware remedy that’s believed to be effective is to sprinkle gunpowder on the wound, but I’ve only heard of it being used on a horse. In that case, it worked, or at least the horse recovered.

Of all the remedies known to me, I should decidedly prefer ardent spirits. It is considered a sovereign antidote among our Western frontier settlers, and I would make use of it with great confidence. It must be taken until the patient becomes very much intoxicated, and this requires a large quantity, as the action of the poison seems to counteract its effects.

Of all the remedies I know, I would definitely choose strong alcohol. It’s seen as a powerful cure among our Western frontier settlers, and I’d use it with great confidence. It needs to be taken until the patient is quite drunk, and that takes a lot because the poison seems to work against its effects.

Should the fangs of the snake penetrate deep enough to reach an artery, it is probable the person would die in a short time. I imagine, however, that this does not often occur.

Should the snake's fangs pierce deep enough to hit an artery, it's likely the person would die quickly. I think, though, that this doesn't happen very often.

The following remedial measures for the treatment of the bites of poisonous reptiles are recommended by Dr. Philip Weston in the London Lancet for July, 1859:

The following treatments for bites from poisonous snakes are recommended by Dr. Philip Weston in the London Lancet for July, 1859:

1. The application of a ligature round the limb close to the wound, between it and the heart, to arrest the return of venous blood.

1. The use of a band around the limb near the wound, between the wound and the heart, to stop the flow of venous blood back to the heart.

2. Excision of the bitten parts, or free incision through the wounds made by the poison-teeth, subsequently encouraging the bleeding by warm solutions to favor the escape of the poison from the circulation.

2. Removing the bitten areas or making a clean cut through the wounds caused by the poisonous teeth, and then promoting bleeding with warm solutions to help the poison exit the bloodstream.

3. Cauterization widely round the limb of the bite with a strong solution of nitrate of silver, one drachm to the ounce, to prevent the introduction of the poison into the system by the lymphatics.

3. Cauterize around the area of the bite with a strong solution of silver nitrate, one drachm to the ounce, to stop the poison from entering the system through the lymphatic system.

4. As soon as indications of the absorption of the poison into the circulation begin to manifest themselves, the internal administration of ammonia in aerated or soda-water every quarter of an hour, to support the nervous energy and allay the distressing thirst.

4. As soon as signs that the poison has entered the bloodstream start to appear, give ammonia mixed with carbonated water every fifteen minutes to help sustain nerve energy and ease the intense thirst.

"But," he continues, "there is yet wanting some remedy that shall rapidly counteract the poison introduced into the blood, and assist in expelling it from the system. The well-authenticated accounts of the success attending the internal use of arsenic in injuries arising from the bites of venomous reptiles in the East and West Indies, and also in Africa, and the well-known properties of this medicine as a powerful tonic and alterative in conditions of impaired vitality of the blood arising from the absorption of certain blood-poisons, would lead me to include this agent in the treatment already mentioned. It should be administered in combination with ammonia, in full doses, frequently repeated, so as to neutralize quickly the poison circulating in the blood before it can be eliminated from the system. This could readily be accomplished by adding ten to fifteen minims of Fowler's solution to the compound spirit of ammonia, to be given every quarter of an hour in aerated or soda-water, until the vomiting and the more urgent symptoms of collapse have subsided, subsequently repeating the dose at longer intervals until reaction had become fully established, and the patient relieved by copious bilious dejections."

"But," he continues, "there's still a need for a remedy that can quickly counteract the poison in the blood and help expel it from the body. The well-documented success of using arsenic internally for injuries from the bites of venomous snakes in the East and West Indies, and also in Africa, along with its known properties as a strong tonic and alterative for conditions caused by certain blood-poisons, makes me think this agent should be part of the treatment mentioned earlier. It should be given with ammonia, in large doses, taken frequently, to quickly neutralize the poison in the blood before it can be expelled from the body. This can easily be done by adding ten to fifteen minims of Fowler's solution to the compound spirit of ammonia, to be administered every 15 minutes in carbonated or soda water, until vomiting and the more severe symptoms of collapse ease up, and then repeating the dose at longer intervals until the body has fully reacted and the patient is relieved with significant bilious discharges."

Cedron, which is a nut that grows on the Isthmus of Panama, and which is sold by the druggists in New York, is said to be an infallible antidote to serpent-bites. In the Bullet. de l'Acad. de Méd. for February, 1858, it is stated that a man was bitten at Panama by a coral snake, the most poisonous species on the Isthmus. During the few seconds that it took him to take the cedron from his bag, he was seized with violent pains at the heart and throat; but he had scarcely chewed and swallowed a piece of the nut about the size of a small bean, when the pains ceased as by magic. He chewed a little more, and applied it externally to the wound, when the pains disappeared, and were followed by a copious evacuation of a substance like curdled milk. Many other cases are mentioned where the cedron proved an antidote.

Cedron, a nut that grows on the Isthmus of Panama and is sold by pharmacies in New York, is said to be a foolproof remedy for snake bites. In the Bullet. de l'Acad. de Méd. from February 1858, it’s reported that a man was bitten in Panama by a coral snake, the most venomous species on the Isthmus. In the few seconds it took him to grab the cedron from his bag, he felt severe pain in his heart and throat; however, after he chewed and swallowed a piece of the nut about the size of a small bean, the pain disappeared as if by magic. He chewed a bit more and applied it to the wound, after which the pain vanished and was followed by a significant release of a substance resembling curdled milk. Many other cases are reported where cedron acted as an antidote.

CHAPTER V.

Chapter 5.

Bivouacs. Tente d'Abri. Gutta-percha Knapsack Tent. Comanche Lodge. Sibley Tent. Camp Furniture. Litters. Rapid Traveling. Fuel. Making Fires. Fires on the Prairies. Jerking Meat. Making Lariats. Making Caches. Disposition of Fire-arms. Colt's Revolvers. Gun Accidents. Trailing. Indian Sagacity.

Bivouacs. Shelter Tent. Gutta-percha Knapsack Tent. Comanche Lodge. Sibley Tent. Camp Furniture. Litters. Fast Traveling. Fuel. Building Fires. Fires on the Prairies. Jerking Meat. Making Lariats. Creating Caches. Handling Firearms. Colt's Revolvers. Gun Accidents. Tracking. Native Intelligence.

BIVOUACS AND TENTS.

Camps and tents.

In traveling with pack animals it is not always convenient or practicable to transport tents, and the traveler's ingenuity is often taxed in devising the most available means for making himself comfortable and secure against winds and storms. I have often been astonished to see how soon an experienced voyager, without any resources save those provided by nature, will erect a comfortable shelter in a place where a person having no knowledge of woodcraft would never think of such a thing.

In traveling with pack animals, it’s not always easy or practical to carry tents, and a traveler’s creativity is often challenged to come up with the best ways to stay comfortable and safe from winds and storms. I've often been amazed at how quickly an experienced traveler, using only what nature provides, can set up a cozy shelter in a spot where someone without any skills in outdoor living would never think to.

Almost all people in different parts of the world have their own peculiar methods of bivouacking.

Almost everyone in different parts of the world has their own unique ways of camping out.

In the severe climate of Thibet, Dr. Hooker informs us that they encamp near large rocks, which absorb the heat during the day, and give it out slowly during the night. They form, as it were, reservoirs of caloric, the influence of which is exceedingly grateful during a cold night.

In the harsh climate of Tibet, Dr. Hooker tells us that they camp near big rocks that soak up the heat during the day and release it slowly at night. These rocks act like heat reservoirs, which is incredibly comforting on a cold night.

In the polar regions the Esquimaux live and make themselves comfortable in huts of ice or snow, and with no other combustible but oil.

In the polar regions, the Eskimos live and make themselves comfortable in huts made of ice or snow, using only oil for fuel.

The natives of Australia bury their bodies in the sand, keeping their heads only above the surface, and thus sleep warm during the chilly nights of that climate.

The Indigenous people of Australia bury their bodies in the sand, leaving only their heads above the surface, so they can stay warm during the cold nights in that climate.

Fortunately for the health and comfort of travelers upon the Plains, the atmosphere is pure and dry during the greater part of the year, and it is seldom that any rain or dew is seen; neither are there marshes or ponds of stagnant water to generate putrid exhalations and poisonous malaria. The night air of the summer months is soft, exhilarating, and delightful. Persons may therefore sleep in it and inhale it with perfect impunity, and, indeed, many prefer this to breathing the confined atmosphere of a house or tent.

Fortunately for the health and comfort of travelers on the Plains, the air is clean and dry for most of the year, and it's rare to see any rain or dew; there are also no marshes or ponds of stagnant water that could create foul odors and harmful malaria. The summer nights are mild, refreshing, and enjoyable. People can sleep outside and breathe the air without any worries, and many actually prefer this to the stale air of a house or tent.

During the rainy season only is it necessary to seek shelter. In traveling with covered wagons one always has protection from storms, but with pack trains it becomes necessary to improvise the best substitutes for tents.

During the rainy season, it’s only necessary to find shelter. When traveling with covered wagons, there’s always protection from storms, but with pack trains, you have to come up with the best alternatives for tents.

A very secure protection against storms may be constructed by planting firmly in the ground two upright poles, with forks at their tops, and crossing them with a light pole laid in the forks. A gutta-percha cloth, or sheet of canvas, or, in the absence of either of these two, blankets, may be attached by one side to the horizontal pole, the opposite edge being stretched out to the windward at an angle of about forty-five degrees to the ground, and there fastened with wooden pins, or with buckskin strings tied to the lower border of the cloth and to pegs driven firmly into the earth. This forms a shelter for three or four men, and is a good defense against winds and rains. If a fire be then made in front, the smoke will be carried away, so as not to incommode the occupants of the bivouac.

A strong protection against storms can be set up by firmly planting two upright poles in the ground, with forks at the tops, and crossing them with a lightweight pole laid in the forks. A gutta-percha cloth, a sheet of canvas, or, if neither is available, blankets can be attached to one side of the horizontal pole, with the opposite edge stretched out towards the wind at about a forty-five-degree angle to the ground, and secured with wooden pins or buckskin strings tied to the lower edge of the cloth and to pegs driven firmly into the ground. This creates a shelter for three or four people and provides good protection against wind and rain. If a fire is made in front, the smoke will be directed away, so it won’t bother those inside the bivouac.

This is called a "half-faced" camp.

This is called a "half-faced" camp.

HALF-FACED CAMP.

Half-Faced Camp.

Another method practiced a great deal among mountain men and Indians consists in placing several rough poles equidistant around in a half circle, and bringing the small ends together at the top, where they are bound with a thong. This forms the conical frame-work of the bivouac, which, when covered with a cloth stretched around it, makes a very good shelter, and is preferable to the half-faced camp, because the sides are covered.

Another method commonly used by mountain men and Native Americans involves setting up several rough poles spaced evenly in a half circle and bringing the small ends together at the top, where they are tied with a thong. This creates the conical framework of the bivouac, which, when covered with a cloth wrapped around it, provides a solid shelter and is better than a half-faced camp because the sides are enclosed.

CONICAL BIVOUAC.

Cone Tent.

When no cloths, blankets, or hides are at hand to be placed over the poles of the lodge, it may be covered with green boughs laid on compactly, so as to shed a good deal of rain, and keep out the wind in cold weather. We adopted this description of shelter in crossing the Rocky Mountains during the winter of 1857-8, and thus formed a very effectual protection against the bleak winds which sweep with great violence over those lofty and inhospitable sierras. We always selected a dense thicket for our encampment, and covered the lodges with a heavy coating of pine boughs, wattling them together as compactly as possible, and piling snow upon the outside in such a manner as to make them quite impervious to the wind. The fires were then kindled at the mouths of the lodges, and our heads and bodies were completely sheltered, while our feet were kept warm by the fires.

When there aren't any cloths, blankets, or hides available to cover the poles of the lodge, you can use green branches stacked closely together to shed a lot of rain and block the wind in cold weather. We used this kind of shelter while crossing the Rocky Mountains during the winter of 1857-58, and it provided very effective protection against the harsh winds that blow fiercely over those high and unforgiving mountains. We always chose a thick group of trees for our campsite and covered the lodges with a heavy layer of pine branches, weaving them together as tightly as we could and piling snow on the outside to make them nearly impermeable to the wind. Then we built fires at the entrance of the lodges, completely sheltering our heads and bodies while keeping our feet warm by the fire.

The French troops, while serving in the Crimea, used what they call the tente d'abri, or shelter tent, which seems to have been received with great favor in Europe. It is composed of two, four, or six square pieces of cloth, with buttons and buttonholes adjusted upon the edges, and is pitched by planting two upright stakes in the ground at a distance corresponding with the length of the canvas when buttoned together. The two sticks are connected by a cord passed around the top of each, drawn tight, and the ends made fast to pins driven firmly into the ground. The canvas is then laid over the rope between the sticks, spread out at an angle of about forty-five degrees, and the lower edges secured to the earth with wooden pins. This makes some defense against the weather, and was the only shelter enjoyed by the mass of the French army in the Crimea up to October, 1855. For a permanent camp it is usual to excavate a shallow basement under the tent, and to bank up the earth on the outside in cold weather. It is designed that upon marches the tente d'abri shall be taken to pieces and carried by the soldiers.

The French troops, while serving in Crimea, used what they call the tente d'abri, or shelter tent, which seems to have been very popular in Europe. It consists of two, four, or six square pieces of fabric, with buttons and buttonholes on the edges, and is set up by planting two upright stakes in the ground at a distance that matches the length of the canvas when buttoned together. The two sticks are connected by a cord wrapped around the top of each, pulled tight, and the ends secured to pins driven firmly into the ground. The canvas is then laid over the rope between the sticks, spread out at about a forty-five-degree angle, and the lower edges anchored to the ground with wooden pins. This provides some protection against the weather and was the only shelter available to the bulk of the French army in Crimea until October 1855. For a permanent camp, it is common to dig a shallow pit underneath the tent and to mound up the earth on the outside during cold weather. It is intended that during marches, the tente d'abri is taken apart and carried by the soldiers.

A tent has recently been prepared by Mr. John Rider, 165 Broadway, New York, which is called the "tent knapsack." It has been examined by a board of army officers, and recommended for adoption in our military service.

A tent has recently been developed by Mr. John Rider, 165 Broadway, New York, called the "tent knapsack." It has been reviewed by a panel of army officers and recommended for use in our military service.

TENT KNAPSACK.

Tent backpack.

This tent is somewhat similar to the tente d'abri, and is pitched in the same manner, but it has this advantage, that each separate piece may be converted into a water-proof knapsack.

This tent is somewhat similar to the tente d'abri, and is set up in the same way, but it has the advantage that each separate piece can be turned into a waterproof backpack.

The following extracts from the Report of the Board go to show that this tent knapsack will be useful to parties traveling on the prairies with pack trains:

The following excerpts from the Board's Report demonstrate that this tent knapsack will be helpful for groups traveling on the prairies with pack trains:

"It is a piece of gutta-percha 5 feet 3 inches long, and 3 feet 8 inches wide, with double edges on one side, and brass studs and button-holes along two edges, and straps and buckles on the fourth edge; the whole weighing three pounds; two sticks, 3 feet 8 inches long by 1-1/4 inches in diameter, and a small cord. When used as a knapsack, the clothing is packed in a cotton bag, and the gutta-percha sheet is folded round it, lapping at the ends. The clothing is thus protected by two or three thicknesses of gutta-percha, and in this respect there is a superiority over the knapsack now used by our troops. Other advantages are, that the tent knapsack has no seams, the parts at which those in use wear out soonest; it adapts itself to the size of the contents, so that a compact and portable bundle can be made, whether the kit be entire or not; and, with the cotton bag, it forms a convenient, commodious, and durable receptacle for all a soldier's clothing and necessaries.

"It’s a piece of gutta-percha that's 5 feet 3 inches long and 3 feet 8 inches wide, with double edges on one side, brass studs and buttonholes along two edges, and straps and buckles on the fourth edge; it weighs three pounds. There are also two sticks, 3 feet 8 inches long and 1-1/4 inches in diameter, plus a small cord. When used as a knapsack, the clothing is packed in a cotton bag, and the gutta-percha sheet is folded around it, overlapping at the ends. The clothing is then protected by two or three layers of gutta-percha, which is an improvement over the knapsack currently used by our troops. Other benefits include that the tent knapsack has no seams, which are the parts that wear out fastest in the ones we use now; it adjusts to the size of the contents, allowing for a compact and portable bundle whether the kit is complete or not; and with the cotton bag, it creates a convenient, spacious, and durable storage solution for all a soldier's clothes and essentials."

"On a scout a soldier usually carries only a blanket, overcoat, and at most a single shirt, pair of drawers, and a pair of socks, all of which can be packed in the tent knapsack in a small bundle, perfectly protected from rain, and capable of being suspended from the shoulders and carried with comfort and ease during a march.

"On a scout, a soldier typically carries just a blanket, an overcoat, and at most one shirt, a pair of underwear, and a pair of socks, all of which can be packed into the tent backpack in a compact bundle, completely shielded from rain, and able to be slung over the shoulders for easy and comfortable transport during a march."

"2d. As a shelter. The studs and eyelets along two edges of the tent knapsack are for the purpose of fastening a number of them together, and thus making a sheet of larger dimensions.

"2d. As a shelter. The studs and eyelets along two edges of the tent knapsack are meant for connecting several of them together, creating a larger sheet."

"A sheet formed by fastening together four knapsacks was exhibited to the Board, stretched upon a frame of wood. When used in service the sheet is to be stretched on a rope supported by two poles, or by two rifles, muskets, or carbines, and pinned down at the sides with six pins, three on each side.

A sheet made by tying together four backpacks was shown to the Board, stretched over a wooden frame. When it’s used, the sheet will be stretched on a rope held up by two poles, or by two rifles, muskets, or carbines, and secured at the sides with six pins, three on each side.

"The sheet of four knapsacks is 10 feet 6 inches long, and 7 feet 4 inches wide, and when pitched on a rope 4 feet 4 inches above the ground, covers a horizontal space 6 feet 6 inches wide, and 7 feet 4 inches long, which will accommodate five men, and may be made to shelter seven. The sheet can also be used on the ground, and is a great protection from dampness, and as a shawl or talma; indeed, a variety of advantageous uses to which the gutta-percha sheet may be put will suggest themselves to persons using it.

The sheet of four backpacks measures 10 feet 6 inches long and 7 feet 4 inches wide. When hung on a rope 4 feet 4 inches off the ground, it covers a space 6 feet 6 inches wide and 7 feet 4 inches long, which can fit five people and could potentially shelter seven. The sheet can also be laid on the ground, providing excellent protection from moisture, and can serve as a shawl or cape. In fact, there are many useful ways to use the gutta-percha sheet that will come to mind for anyone using it.

"The Board is satisfied with its merits in all the uses to which it is proposed to be put, and is of opinion that the gutta-percha tent knapsack may be adopted in the military service with advantage."

"The Board is pleased with its benefits in all the proposed uses and believes that the gutta-percha tent knapsack could be beneficial for military service."


The usual tenement of the prairie tribes, and of the traders, trappers, and hunters who live among them, is the Comanche lodge, which is made of eight straight peeled poles about twenty feet long, covered with hides or cloth. The lodge is pitched by connecting the smaller extremities of three of the poles with one end of a long line. The three poles are then raised perpendicularly, and the larger extremities spread out in a tripod to the circumference of the circle that is to form the base of the lodge. The other poles are then raised, laid into the forks of the three first, and spread out equidistant upon the circle, thus forming the conical framework of the structure. Nine or ten poles are generally used in one lodge.

The typical dwelling of the prairie tribes, along with the traders, trappers, and hunters living among them, is the Comanche lodge. It's made from eight straight peeled poles about twenty feet long, covered with hides or cloth. To set it up, the smaller ends of three poles are connected with one end of a long line. The three poles are then raised upright, and the larger ends are spread out in a tripod shape to match the circumference of the circle that will be the base of the lodge. The other poles are then raised, placed into the forks of the first three, and spread out evenly around the circle, creating the conical framework of the structure. Generally, nine or ten poles are used for one lodge.

COMANCHE LODGE.

Comanche Lodge.

The long line attached to the tripod is then wound several times around the top, where the poles intersect, and the lower end made fast at the base of the lodge, thus securing the frame firmly in its position. The covering, made of buffalo hides, dressed without the hair, and cut and sewed together to fit the conical frame, is raised with a pole, spread out around the structure, and united at the edges with sharpened wooden pegs, leaving sufficient space open at the bottom for a doorway, which may be closed with a blanket spread out with two small sticks, and suspended over the opening.

The long line connected to the tripod is wrapped several times around the top, where the poles meet, and the lower end is secured at the base of the lodge, firmly anchoring the frame in place. The covering, made from buffalo hides that have been processed without the hair, is cut and sewn to fit the conical frame. It is raised with a pole, spread out around the structure, and joined at the edges with sharpened wooden pegs, leaving enough space open at the bottom for a doorway. This doorway can be closed with a blanket draped over two small sticks that are hung over the opening.

The lower edge of the lodge is made fast to the ground with wooden pins. The apex is left open, with a triangular wing or flap on each side, and the windward flap constantly stretched out by means of a pole inserted into a pocket in the end of it, which causes it to draw like a sail, and thus occasions a draught from the fire built upon the ground in the centre of the lodge, and makes it warm and comfortable in the coldest winter weather. Canvas makes a very good substitute for the buffalo-skin covering.

The bottom edge of the lodge is secured to the ground with wooden stakes. The top remains open, featuring a triangular flap on each side. The flap facing the wind is always held out by a pole inserted into a pocket at its end, which makes it act like a sail. This creates a draft from the fire that’s in the center of the lodge, keeping it warm and cozy even during the coldest winter weather. Canvas is a great alternative to the buffalo-hide covering.

SIBLEY TENT.

SIBLEY TENT.

A tent has been invented by Major H. H. Sibley, of the army, which is known as the "Sibley tent." It is somewhat similar to the Comanche lodge, but in place of the conical frame-work of poles it has but one upright standard, resting upon an iron tripod in the centre. The tripod can be used to suspend cooking utensils over the fire, and, when folded up, admits the wooden standard between the legs, thereby reducing the length one half, and making it more convenient for packing and traveling.

A tent has been created by Major H. H. Sibley from the army, known as the "Sibley tent." It's somewhat similar to the Comanche lodge, but instead of a conical frame of poles, it has a single upright pole resting on an iron tripod in the center. The tripod can be used to hang cooking utensils over the fire, and when it’s folded up, the wooden pole can fit between the legs, cutting its length in half and making it easier to pack and travel.

THE SIBLEY TENT.

THE SIBLEY TENT.

This tent constituted the entire shelter of the army in Utah during the winter of 1857-8, and, notwithstanding the severity of the climate in the elevated locality of Camp Scott, the troops were quite comfortable, and pleased with the tent.

This tent served as the army's only shelter in Utah during the winter of 1857-58, and despite the harsh climate at the high elevation of Camp Scott, the troops were fairly comfortable and happy with the tent.

In permanent camps the Sibley tent may be so pitched as to give more room by erecting a tripod upon the outside with three poles high and stout enough to admit of the tent's being suspended by ropes attached to the apex. This method dispenses with the necessity of the central upright standard.

In permanent camps, the Sibley tent can be set up in a way that allows for more space by building a tripod outside with three sturdy poles tall enough to hold the tent up by ropes tied to the top. This way, there's no need for the central upright pole.

When the weather is very cold, the tent may be made warmer by excavating a basement about three feet deep, which also gives a wall to the tent, making it more roomy.

When it's really cold outside, you can make the tent warmer by digging a basement about three feet deep. This also creates a wall for the tent, making it feel more spacious.

The tent used in the army will shelter comfortably twelve men.

The tent used in the army can comfortably accommodate twelve men.

Captain G. Rhodes, of the English army, in his recent work upon tents and tent-life, has given a description of most of the tents used in the different armies in Europe, but, in my judgment, none of them, in point of convenience, comfort, and economy, will compare with the Sibley tent for campaigning in cold weather. One of its most important features, that of admitting of a fire within it and of causing a draught by the disposition of the wings, is not, that I am aware, possessed by any other tent. Moreover, it is exempt from the objections that are urged against some other tents on account of insalubrity from want of top ventilation to carry off the impure air during the night.

Captain G. Rhodes, from the English army, in his recent work on tents and tent life, describes most of the tents used by various armies in Europe. However, in my opinion, none of them come close to the Sibley tent in terms of convenience, comfort, and cost-effectiveness for camping in cold weather. One of its key features is that it allows for a fire inside and creates a draft through the arrangement of the wings, which, to my knowledge, is not found in any other tent. Additionally, it avoids the issues that some tents have regarding unhealthy air quality due to a lack of ventilation at the top to remove stale air during the night.

CAMP FURNITURE.

Camping Gear.

The accompanying illustrations present some convenient articles of portable camp furniture.

The illustrations show some handy pieces of portable camping furniture.

CAMP CHAIR. NO. 1.

CAMP CHAIR #1.

Camp Chair No. 1 is of oak or other hard wood. Fig. 1 represents it opened for use; in Fig. 2 it is closed for transportation. A is a stout canvas, forming the back and seat; b, b, b are iron butt-hinges; c, c are leather straps, one inch and a quarter wide, forming the arms; d is an iron rod, with nut and screw at one end.

Camp Chair # 1 is made of oak or another hardwood. Fig. 1 shows it opened for use; in Fig. 2, it’s closed for transportation. A is a sturdy canvas that makes up the back and seat; b, b, b are iron butt-hinges; c, c are leather straps, one and a quarter inches wide, forming the arms; d is an iron rod with a nut and screw at one end.

 

CAMP CHAIRS. NOS. 2 AND 3.

CAMP CHAIRS. NOS. 2 AND 3.

CAMP CHAIRS. NOS. 2 AND 3.

CAMP CHAIRS. NOS. 2 AND 3.

Camp Chair No. 2 is made of sticks tied together with thongs of buckskin or raw hide.

No Camp Chair. 2 is made of sticks tied together with strips of buckskin or rawhide.

Camp Chair No. 3 is a very comfortable seat, made of a barrel, the part forming the seat being filled with grass.

No Camping Chair. 3 is a really comfy seat made from a barrel, with the seat part filled with grass.

 

CAMP TABLE.

Campsite Table.

Camp Table. Fig. 1 represents the table folded for transportation; in Fig. 2 it is spread out for use. A is the top of the table; a, a are side boards, and c, c are end boards, turning on butt-hinges, b, b, b.

Camping Table. Fig. 1 shows the table folded for transportation; in Fig. 2, it is set up for use. A is the tabletop; a, a are the side boards, and c, c are the end boards, which pivot on butt hinges, b, b, b.

 

FIELD COT. NO. 1.

FIELD COT. NO. 1.

FIELD COT. NO. 1.

FIELD COT. NO. 1.

 

FIELD COT. NO. 2.

FIELD COT. NO. 2.

FIELD COT. NO. 2.

FIELD COT #2.

Field Cots. In No. 1, A represents the cot put up for use; B, the cot folded for transportation. The legs turn upon iron bolts running through the head and foot boards; they are then placed upon the canvas, and the whole is rolled up around the side pieces. In No. 2 the upper figure represents the cot put up for use; the lower shows it folded for transportation. A is a stout canvas; b, b are iron butt-hinges; c, c, the legs; d, d, leather straps, with buckles, which hold the legs firm; f, f, ends, which fold upon hinges; g, g, cross-bars from leg to leg. This cot is strong, light, and portable.

Portable Cots. In No. 1, A shows the cot set up for use; B shows the cot folded for transport. The legs pivot on iron bolts that go through the head and foot boards; then they are set on the canvas, and everything is rolled up around the side pieces. In No. 2, the upper image depicts the cot set up for use, while the lower one shows it folded for transport. A is a sturdy canvas; b, b are iron butt-hinges; c, c are the legs; d, d are leather straps with buckles that keep the legs secure; f, f are ends that fold on hinges; g, g are cross-bars connecting the legs. This cot is strong, lightweight, and portable.

 

CAMP BUREAU.

CAMP OFFICE.

Camp Bureau. This cut represents two chests, A, A, with their handles, a, a; the covers taken off, they are placed one upon the other, and secured by the clamps B, B; d shows the division between the two chests. When it is to be transported, the knobs, c, are unscrewed from the drawers, the looking-glass, f, is removed, the drawers are filled with clothing, etc., and the lids are screwed on.

Camp Agency. This design features two chests, A, A, with their handles, a, a; when the covers are removed, they are stacked on top of each other and secured with the clamps B, B; d indicates the division between the two chests. For transport, the knobs, c, are unscrewed from the drawers, the mirror, f, is taken off, the drawers are packed with clothes, etc., and the lids are screwed back on.

 

MESS-CHEST.

Storage box.

Mess-chest. A represents the chest open for table; B is the same closed; C is the upper tray of tin, with compartments, b, b; E is the lower wooden tray, divided into compartments, a, a, for various purposes, and made fast to the bottom of the chest; d, d are lids opening with hinges; f (in figure B) is a wooden leg, turning upon a hinge, and fitting snugly between two pieces of wood screwed upon the cover.

Mess kit. A shows the chest open for use; B is the same chest closed; C is the top tin tray with compartments, b, b; E is the bottom wooden tray, split into compartments, a, a, for different uses, and secured to the bottom of the chest; d, d are lids that open on hinges; f (in figure B) is a wooden leg that swings on a hinge and fits snugly between two wooden pieces screwed onto the lid.

LITTERS.

Litter.

Should a party traveling with pack animals, and without ambulances or wagons, have one of its members wounded or taken so sick as to be unable to walk or ride on horseback, a litter may be constructed by taking two poles about twenty feet in length, uniting them by two sticks three feet long lashed across the centre at six feet apart, and stretching a piece of stout canvas, a blanket, or hide between them to form the bed. Two steady horses or mules are then selected, placed between the poles in the front and rear of the litter, and the ends of the poles made fast to the sides of the animals, either by attachment to the stirrups or to the ends of straps secured over their backs.

If a group traveling with pack animals, and without ambulances or wagons, has a member who gets injured or becomes too sick to walk or ride on horseback, a stretcher can be made by taking two poles about twenty feet long, connecting them with two three-foot sticks tied across the middle, spaced six feet apart, and stretching a strong piece of canvas, a blanket, or hide between them to create a bed. Two steady horses or mules are then chosen, placed between the poles at the front and back of the stretcher, and the ends of the poles are secured to the sides of the animals, either by attaching them to the stirrups or to straps fastened over their backs.

HORSE-LITTER.

Horse manure.

The patient may then be placed upon the litter, and is ready for the march.

The patient can then be placed on the stretcher and is ready to go.

The elasticity of the long poles gives an easy motion to the conveyance, and makes this method of locomotion much more comfortable than might be supposed.

The flexibility of the long poles makes it easy to move the vehicle, making this way of traveling much more comfortable than one might think.

The prairie Indians have a way of transporting their sick and children upon a litter very similar in construction to the one just described, excepting that one animal is used instead of two. One end of the litter is made fast to the sides of the animal, while the other end is left to trail upon the ground. A projection is raised for the feet to rest against and prevent the patient from sliding down. Instead of canvas, the Indians sometimes lash a large willow basket across the poles, in which they place the person to be transported. The animals harnessed to the litter must be carefully conducted upon the march, and caution used in passing over rough and broken ground.

The prairie Indians have a way of carrying their sick and children on a litter that’s quite similar to the one mentioned earlier, except it uses one animal instead of two. One end of the litter is secured to the sides of the animal, while the other end drags on the ground. There’s a raised section for the feet to rest against, which keeps the patient from sliding down. Instead of canvas, the Indians sometimes tie a large willow basket across the poles, placing the person to be transported inside. The animals pulling the litter need to be handled carefully while on the move, and extra caution is required when crossing rough or uneven terrain.

HAND-LITTER.

Littering.

A very convenient and comfortable method of packing a sick or wounded man when there are no animals disposable, and which is sometimes resorted to by the Indians, is to take two small poles about ten feet long, and lash three cross-pieces to them, one in the centre, and the other two about eighteen inches from the ends. A blanket or hide is then secured firmly to this frame, and the patient placed upon it under the centre cross-piece, which prevents him from falling out. Two men act as carriers, walking between the ends of the long poles. The patient may be protected against the rain or sun by bending small willows over the frame, and covering them with a cloth.

A simple and comfortable way to carry a sick or injured person when no animals are available, which is sometimes used by Native Americans, is to take two small poles about ten feet long and tie three cross pieces to them—one in the center and the other two about eighteen inches from each end. A blanket or hide is then securely attached to this frame, and the person is laid on it under the center cross piece to keep them from falling off. Two people carry it, walking between the ends of the long poles. To protect the patient from rain or sun, small willow branches can be bent over the frame and covered with a cloth.

RAPID TRAVELING.

FAST TRAVEL.

Small parties with good animals, light vehicles, and little lading, may traverse the Plains rapidly and comfortably, if the following injunctions be observed.

Small groups with good animals, light vehicles, and minimal cargo can cross the Plains quickly and comfortably if they follow these guidelines.

The day's drive should commence as soon as it is light, and, where the road is good, the animals kept upon a slow trot for about three hours, then immediately turned out upon the best grass that can be found for two hours, thus giving time for grazing and breakfast. After which another drive of about three hours may be made, making the noon halt about three hours, when the animals are again harnessed, and the journey continued until night.

The day's drive should start as soon as it gets light. Where the road is good, the animals should keep a slow trot for about three hours, then be let out to graze on the best grass available for two hours, allowing time for them to eat and have breakfast. After that, another drive of about three hours can be done, with a break at noon for about three hours, when the animals are harnessed again, and the journey continues until nighttime.

In passing through a country infested by hostile Indians, the evening drive should be prolonged until an hour or two after dark, turning off at a point where the ground is hard, going about half a mile from the road, and encamping without fires, in low ground, where the Indians will find it difficult to track or see the party.

In traveling through an area with hostile Native Americans, extend your evening drive for an hour or two after dark. Turn off at a place where the ground is solid, travel about half a mile from the road, and set up camp without fires in low ground, making it hard for the Native Americans to track or spot your group.

These frequent halts serve to rest and recruit the animals so that they will, without injury, make from thirty to forty miles a day for a long time. This, however, can only be done with very light loads and vehicles, such, for example, as an ambulance with four mules, only three or four persons, and a small amount of luggage.

These frequent breaks allow the animals to rest and gather their strength so that they can cover thirty to forty miles a day for an extended period without getting hurt. However, this can only be achieved with very light loads and vehicles, like an ambulance pulled by four mules, carrying just three or four people and a small amount of luggage.

FUEL AND FIRE.

Fuel and Fire.

There are long distances upon some of the routes to California where no other fuel is found but the dried dung of the buffalo, called by the mountaineers "chips," and by the French "bois de vache," the argul of the Tartary deserts. It burns well when perfectly dry, answers a good purpose for cooking, and some men even prefer it to wood. As it will not burn when wet, it is well, in a country where no other fuel can be had, when it threatens to rain, for the traveler to collect a supply before the rain sets in, and carry it in wagons to the camp. When dry, the chips are easily lighted.

There are long stretches on some routes to California where the only fuel available is the dried dung of buffalo, known by mountaineers as "chips" and by the French as "bois de vache," the argul of the Tartary deserts. It burns well when completely dry, is good for cooking, and some people even prefer it over wood. Since it won’t burn when wet, it’s smart for travelers in an area without other fuel to gather some before it starts to rain and transport it in wagons to their camp. When dry, the chips ignite easily.

A great saving in fuel may be made by digging a trench about two feet long by eight inches in width and depth; the fires are made in the bottom of the trench, and the cooking utensils placed upon the top, where they receive all the heat. This plan is especially recommended for windy weather, and it is convenient at all times. The wood should be cut short, and split into small pieces.

You can save a lot of fuel by digging a trench about two feet long and eight inches wide and deep. Build the fires at the bottom of the trench, and place the cooking utensils on top, where they'll get all the heat. This method is particularly good for windy weather and is convenient all the time. Make sure to cut the wood short and split it into small pieces.

It is highly important that travelers should know the different methods that may be resorted to for kindling fires upon a march.

It is very important for travelers to know the different ways to start a fire while on the move.

The most simple and most expeditious of these is by using the lucifer matches; but, unless they are kept in well-corked bottles, they are liable to become wet, and will then fail to ignite.

The easiest and quickest way to do this is by using the safety matches; however, if they’re not kept in tightly sealed containers, they can get wet and won’t ignite.

The most of those found in the shops easily imbibe dampness, and are of but little use in the prairies. Those marked "Van Duser, New York," and put up in flat rectangular boxes, are the best I have met with, and were the only ones I saw which were not affected by the humid climate of Mexico. Wax lucifers are better than wooden, as they are impervious to moisture.

Most of the ones you find in stores easily soak up moisture and aren’t very useful in the prairies. The ones labeled "Van Duser, New York," packaged in flat rectangular boxes, are the best I’ve come across and were the only ones I saw that weren’t affected by the humid climate of Mexico. Wax matches are better than wooden ones because they resist moisture.

I have seen an Indian start a fire with flint and steel after others had failed to do it with matches. This was during a heavy rain, when almost all available fuel had become wet. On such occasions dry fuel may generally be obtained under logs, rocks, or leaning trees.

I’ve seen an Indian start a fire with flint and steel when others couldn’t do it with matches. This was during a heavy rain, when almost all the fuel was soaked. In situations like this, you can usually find dry fuel under logs, rocks, or leaning trees.

The inner bark of some dry trees, cedar for instance, is excellent to kindle a fire. The bark is rubbed in the hand until the fibres are made fine and loose, when it takes fire easily; dry grass or leaves are also good. After a sufficient quantity of small kindling fuel has been collected, a moistened rag is rubbed with powder, and a spark struck into it with a flint and steel, which will ignite it; this is then placed in the centre of the loose nest of inflammable material, and whirled around in the air until it bursts out into a flame. When it is raining, the blaze should be laid upon the dryest spot that can be found, a blanket held over it to keep off the water, and it is fed with very small bits of dry wood and shavings until it has gained sufficient strength to burn the larger damp wood. When no dry place can be found, the fire may be started in a kettle or frying-pan, and afterward transferred to the ground.

The inner bark of some dry trees, like cedar, is great for starting a fire. You rub the bark in your hands until it becomes fine and loose, which makes it easy to ignite. Dry grass or leaves also work well. Once you have enough small kindling gathered, take a damp rag, rub it with powder, and strike a spark into it using flint and steel, which will catch fire. Then, place it in the middle of the loose nest of combustible material and swirl it around until it bursts into flames. When it's raining, lay the fire on the driest spot you can find and hold a blanket over it to keep off the water. Feed it with very small pieces of dry wood and shavings until it’s strong enough to burn the larger, damp wood. If you can’t find a dry spot, you can start the fire in a kettle or frying pan and then transfer it to the ground.

Should there be no other means of starting a fire, it can always be made with a gun or pistol, by placing upon the ground a rag saturated with damp powder, and a little dry powder sprinkled over it. The gun or pistol is then (uncharged) placed with the cone directly over and near the rag, and a cap exploded, which will invariably ignite it. Another method is by placing about one fourth of a charge of powder into a gun, pushing a rag down loosely upon it, and firing it out with the muzzle down near the ground, which ignites the rag.

If there’s no other way to start a fire, you can always use a gun or pistol. Just lay a rag soaked in damp gunpowder on the ground and sprinkle a little dry powder over it. Then, place the gun or pistol (unloaded) with the cone directly over and close to the rag and fire a cap, which will always ignite it. Another method is to put about a quarter charge of powder into the gun, push a rag down loosely on top of it, and fire it with the muzzle pointed down near the ground, which will ignite the rag.

The most difficult of all methods of making a fire, but one that is practiced by some of the Western Indians, is by friction between two pieces of wood. I had often heard of this process, but never gave credit to its practicability until I saw the experiment successfully tried. It was done in the following manner: Two dried stalks of the Mexican soap-plant, about three fourths of an inch in diameter, were selected, and one of them made flat on one side; near the edge of this flat surface a very small indentation was made to receive the end of the other stick, and a groove cut from this down the side. The other stick is cut with a rounded end, and placed upright upon the first. One man then holds the horizontal piece upon the ground, while another takes the vertical stick between the palms of his hands, and turns it back and forth as rapidly as possible, at the same time pressing forcibly down upon it. The point of the upright stick wears away the indentation into a fine powder, which runs off to the ground in the groove that has been cut; after a time it begins to smoke, and by continued friction it will at length take fire.

The hardest way to make a fire, but one that some Western Native Americans practice, is by rubbing two pieces of wood together. I had heard about this method often but never believed it could actually work until I saw it done successfully. Here’s how it was executed: Two dried stalks of the Mexican soap plant, about three-quarters of an inch in diameter, were chosen. One of them was flattened on one side; a tiny indentation was made near the edge of this flat surface to hold the end of the other stick, and a groove was cut from this indentation down the side. The other stick was shaped with a rounded end and stood upright on the first stick. One person holds the horizontal piece on the ground while another takes the vertical stick and rubs it back and forth between their hands as fast as possible, pressing down firmly. The tip of the upright stick grinds the indentation into fine powder, which falls into the groove cut below; after a while, it starts to smoke, and with continued friction, it will eventually ignite.

This is an operation that is difficult, and requires practice; but if a drill-stick is used with a cord placed around the centre of the upright stick, it can be turned much more rapidly than with the hands, and the fire produced more readily. The upright stick may be of any hard, dry wood, but the lower horizontal stick must be of a soft, inflammable nature, such as pine, cottonwood, or black walnut, and it must be perfectly dry. The Indians work the sticks with the palms of the hands, holding the lower piece between the feet; but it is better to have a man to hold the lower piece while another man works the drill-bow.

This is a tricky operation that takes practice. However, if you use a drill stick with a cord wrapped around the center of the upright stick, you can spin it much faster than by hand, making it easier to create fire. The upright stick can be made of any hard, dry wood, but the lower horizontal stick needs to be from a soft, flammable type like pine, cottonwood, or black walnut, and it has to be completely dry. The Indigenous people use their palms to work the sticks, holding the lower piece between their feet, but it's better to have one person hold the lower piece while another operates the drill bow.

Inexperienced travelers are very liable, in kindling fires at their camp, to ignite the grass around them. Great caution should be taken to guard against the occurrence of such accidents, as they might prove exceedingly disastrous. We were very near having our entire train of wagons and supplies destroyed, upon one occasion, by the carelessness of one of our party in setting fire to the grass, and it was only by the most strenuous and well-timed efforts of two hundred men in setting counter fires, and burning around the train, that it was saved. When the grass is dry it will take fire like powder, and if thick and tall, with a brisk wind, the flames run like a race-horse, sweeping every thing before them. A lighted match, or the ashes from a segar or pipe, thrown carelessly into the dry grass, sometimes sets it on fire; but the greatest danger lies in kindling camp-fires.

Inexperienced campers are very likely to accidentally start fires in the grass around them when they light campfires. It's crucial to be careful and prevent such accidents, as they can be extremely dangerous. There was one time when we almost lost our entire convoy of wagons and supplies due to the negligence of someone in our group who set fire to the grass. It was only through the hard work and quick action of two hundred men setting counter fires and burning around the convoy that we managed to save it. When the grass is dry, it ignites quickly, and if it's thick and tall, with a strong wind, the flames spread uncontrollably, consuming everything in their path. A lit match or the ashes from a cigar or pipe thrown carelessly into dry grass can sometimes start a fire, but the biggest risk comes from lighting campfires.

To prevent accidents of this kind, before kindling the fire a space should be cleared away sufficient to embrace the limits of the flame, and all combustibles removed therefrom, and while the fire is being made men should be stationed around with blankets ready to put it out if it takes the grass.

To prevent accidents like this, before starting the fire, you should clear an area large enough to contain the flames and remove any flammable materials. While the fire is being made, there should be people nearby with blankets ready to extinguish it if it catches the grass.

When a fire is approaching, and escape from its track is impossible, it may be repelled in the following manner: The train and animals are parked compactly together; then several men, provided with blankets, set fire to the grass on the lee side, burning it away gradually from the train, and extinguishing it on the side next the train. This can easily be done, and the fire controlled with the blankets, or with dry sand thrown upon it, until an area large enough to give room for the train has been burned clear. Now the train moves on to this ground of safety, and the fire passes by harmless.

When a fire is approaching and escape isn’t possible, you can handle it this way: Park the train and animals close together. Then, several people with blankets set fire to the grass on the side away from the wind, gradually burning it away from the train while putting it out on the side nearest the train. This can be done easily, using the blankets or throwing dry sand on it to keep the fire under control until there’s enough cleared space for the train. After that, the train can move onto this safe ground, and the fire will pass by harmlessly.

JERKING MEAT.

Jerk meat.

So pure is the atmosphere in the interior of our continent that fresh meat may be cured, or jerked, as it is termed in the language of the prairies, by cutting it into strips about an inch thick, and hanging it in the sun, where in a few days it will dry so well that it may be packed in sacks, and transported over long journeys without putrefying.

The air in the interior of our continent is so clean that fresh meat can be cured, or jerked, as it's called in prairie talk, by slicing it into strips about an inch thick and hanging it in the sun. Within a few days, it dries so well that it can be packed in sacks and transported over long distances without spoiling.

When there is not time to jerk the meat by the slow process described, it may be done in a few hours by building an open frame-work of small sticks about two feet above the ground, placing the strips of meat upon the top of it, and keeping up a slow fire beneath, which dries the meat rapidly.

When there isn’t time to jerk the meat using the slow method described, you can do it in a few hours by making a open frame of small sticks about two feet off the ground, placing the strips of meat on top, and maintaining a low fire underneath, which dries the meat quickly.

The jerking process may be done upon the march without any loss of time by stretching lines from front to rear upon the outside of loaded wagons, and suspending the meat upon them, where it is allowed to remain until sufficiently cured to be packed away. Salt is never used in this process, and is not required, as the meat, if kept dry, rarely putrefies.

The jerking process can be done while on the move without wasting any time by stretching lines from the front to the back on the outside of loaded wagons and hanging the meat on them, where it can stay until it's cured enough to be stored away. Salt isn't used in this process, nor is it needed, because the meat, if kept dry, rarely spoils.

If travelers have ample transportation, it will be a wise precaution, in passing through the buffalo range, to lay in a supply of jerked meat for future exigences.

If travelers have plenty of transportation, it would be smart to stock up on jerky when passing through the buffalo range for future needs.

LARIATS.

Lasso.

It frequently happens upon long journeys that the lariat ropes wear out or are lost, and if there were no means of replacing them great inconvenience might result therefrom. A very good substitute may be made by taking the green hide of a buffalo, horse, mule, or ox, stretching it upon the ground, and pinning it down by the edges. After it has been well stretched, a circle is described with a piece of charcoal, embracing as much of the skin as practicable, and a strip about an inch wide cut from the outer edge of sufficient length to form the lariat. The strip is then wrapped around between two trees or stakes, drawn tight, and left to dry, after which it is subjected to a process of friction until it becomes pliable, when it is ready for use; this lariat answers well so long as it is kept dry, but after it has been wet and dried again it becomes very hard and unyielding. This, however, may be obviated by boiling it in oil or grease until thoroughly saturated, after which it remains pliable.

It often happens on long trips that lariat ropes wear out or get lost, and if there's no way to replace them, it could cause a lot of hassle. A really good substitute can be made by taking the fresh hide of a buffalo, horse, mule, or ox, laying it out on the ground, and pinning it down at the edges. Once it’s well-stretched, draw a circle with a piece of charcoal, covering as much of the skin as possible, and cut a strip about an inch wide from the outer edge that’s long enough to make the lariat. The strip is then wrapped around two trees or stakes, pulled tight, and left to dry. Once dry, it’s rubbed until it becomes flexible and is ready to use; this lariat works well as long as it stays dry, but if it gets wet and then dries out, it can become very stiff and unyielding. However, this can be fixed by boiling it in oil or grease until it’s fully soaked, after which it stays flexible.

The Indians make very good lariat ropes of dressed buffalo or buck skins cut into narrow strips and braided; these, when oiled, slip much more freely than the hemp or cotton ropes, and are better for lassoing animals, but they are not as suitable for picketing as those made of other material, because the wolves will eat them, and thus set free the animals to which they are attached.

The Native Americans create excellent lariat ropes from tanned buffalo or deer hides cut into narrow strips and braided together. When oiled, these ropes glide more smoothly than those made from hemp or cotton, making them ideal for lassoing animals. However, they aren't as good for tying up animals because wolves will chew on them, freeing the animals they’re meant to secure.

CACHÉS.

Caches.

It not unfrequently happens that travelers are compelled, for want of transportation, to abandon a portion of their luggage, and if it is exposed to the keen scrutiny of the thieving savages who often follow the trail of a party, and hunt over old camps for such things as may be left, it will be likely to be appropriated by them. Such contingencies have given rise to a method of secreting articles called by the old French Canadian voyagers "caching."

It often happens that travelers have to leave behind some of their luggage due to a lack of transportation. If their bags are left out in the open, they are likely to be stolen by the ruthless thieves who frequently follow groups and search through old camps for anything that might be left behind. These situations led to the practice of hiding items, which the old French Canadian traders called "caching."

The proper places for making cachés are in loose sandy soils, where the earth is dry and easily excavated. Near the bank of a river is the most convenient for this purpose, as the earth taken out can be thrown into the water, leaving no trace behind.

The best spots for making caches are in loose sandy soils, where the ground is dry and easy to dig. The area near the riverbank is the most convenient for this because you can toss the dirt you remove into the water, leaving no trace.

When the spot has been chosen, the turf is carefully cut and laid aside, after which a hole is dug in the shape of an egg, and of sufficient dimensions to contain the articles to be secreted, and the earth, as it is taken out, thrown upon a cloth or blanket, and carried to a stream or ravine, where it can be disposed of, being careful not to scatter any upon the ground near the caché. The hole is then lined with bushes or dry grass, the articles placed within, covered with grass, the hole filled up with earth, and the sods carefully placed back in their original position, and every thing that would be likely to attract an Indian's attention removed from the locality. If an India-rubber or gutta-percha cloth is disposable, it should be used to envelop the articles in the caché.

When the spot has been chosen, the grass is carefully cut and set aside. Then, a hole is dug in the shape of an egg, large enough to hold the items to be hidden. The dirt that is removed is tossed onto a cloth or blanket and taken to a stream or ravine for disposal, making sure not to scatter any on the ground near the stash. The hole is lined with bushes or dry grass, the items are placed inside, covered with grass, the hole is filled with dirt, and the sod is carefully put back in its original position. Anything that might catch an Indian's attention is cleared from the area. If there's a rubber or gutta-percha cloth available, it should be used to wrap the items in the stash.

Another plan of making a caché is to dig the hole inside a tent, and occupy the tent for some days after the goods are deposited. This effaces the marks of excavation.

Another way to create a stash is to dig a hole inside a tent and stay in the tent for a few days after the items are buried. This hides the signs of digging.

The mountain traders were formerly in the habit of building fires over their cachés, but the Indians have become so familiar with this practice that I should think it no longer safe.

The mountain traders used to build fires over their hidden supplies, but the Indians have become so accustomed to this practice that I think it’s no longer safe.

Another method of caching which is sometimes resorted to is to place the articles in the top of an evergreen tree, such as the pine, hemlock, or spruce. The thick boughs are so arranged around the packages that they can not be seen from beneath, and they are tied to a limb to prevent them from being blown out by the wind. This will only answer for such articles as will not become injured by the weather.

Another way to cache items is to put them in the top of an evergreen tree, like a pine, hemlock, or spruce. The thick branches are arranged around the packages so they can't be seen from below, and they're tied to a limb to keep them from being blown out by the wind. This method is only suitable for items that won't be damaged by the weather.

Caves or holes in the rocks that are protected from the rains are also secure deposits for caching goods, but in every case care must be taken to obliterate all tracks or other indications of men having been near them. These cachés will be more secure when made at some distance from roads or trails, and in places where Indians would not be likely to pass.

Caves or holes in the rocks that are sheltered from the rain are also safe spots for storing goods, but in every case, you must be careful to eliminate any signs or traces of people having been nearby. These caches will be safer when placed away from roads or trails, and in areas where Native Americans are unlikely to travel.

To find a caché again, the bearing and distance from the centre of it to some prominent object, such as a mound, rock, or tree, should be carefully determined and recorded, so that any one, on returning to the spot, would have no difficulty in ascertaining its position.

To relocate a cache, you should accurately determine and record the direction and distance from its center to a prominent landmark like a mound, rock, or tree. This way, anyone returning to the area will easily find its location.

DISPOSITION OF FIRE-ARMS.

DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS.

The mountaineers and trappers exercise a very wise precaution, on laying down for the night, by placing their arms and ammunition by their sides, where they can be seized at a moment's notice. This rule is never departed from, and they are therefore seldom liable to be surprised. In Parkyns's "Abyssinia," I find the following remarks upon this subject:

The mountain climbers and trappers take a smart precaution at night by keeping their weapons and ammo close at hand, ready to grab in an instant. They always stick to this rule, so they are rarely caught off guard. In Parkyns's "Abyssinia," I found these comments on the topic:

"When getting sleepy, you return your rifle between your legs, roll over, and go to sleep. Some people may think this is a queer place for a rifle; but, on the contrary, it is the position of all others where utility and comfort are most combined. The butt rests on the arm, and serves as a pillow for the head; the muzzle points between the knees, and the arms encircle the lock and breech, so that you have a smooth pillow, and are always prepared to start up armed at a moment's notice."

"When you start to feel sleepy, you place your rifle between your legs, roll over, and fall asleep. Some might think it's a strange spot for a rifle, but actually, it's the position that offers the best combination of usefulness and comfort. The butt rests on your arm, acting as a pillow for your head; the muzzle points between your knees, and your arms wrap around the lock and breech, giving you a nice smooth pillow while ensuring you're ready to wake up armed at a moment's notice."

I have never made the experiment of sleeping in this way, but I should imagine that a gun-stock would make rather a hard pillow.

I’ve never tried sleeping like this, but I’d think that a gun stock would make a pretty hard pillow.

Many of our experienced frontier officers prefer carrying their pistols in a belt at their sides to placing them in holsters attached to the saddle, as in the former case they are always at hand when they are dismounted; whereas, by the other plan, they become useless when a man is unhorsed, unless he has time to remove them from the saddle, which, during the excitement of an action, would seldom be the case.

Many of our seasoned frontier officers prefer to carry their pistols in a belt at their sides instead of in holsters attached to the saddle. This way, the guns are always accessible when they’re off their horses. In contrast, if the pistols are in the saddle holsters, they become useless if a person is thrown off the horse, unless there's enough time to take them out, which rarely happens during the chaos of a fight.

Notwithstanding Colt's army and navy sized revolvers have been in use for a long time in our army, officers are by no means of one mind as to their relative merits for frontier service. The navy pistol, being more light and portable, is more convenient for the belt, but it is very questionable in my mind whether these qualities counterbalance the advantages derived from the greater weight of powder and lead that can be fired from the larger pistol, and the consequent increased projectile force.

Despite the fact that Colt's army and navy-sized revolvers have been used for a long time in our military, officers don't completely agree on which is better for frontier service. The navy pistol is lighter and easier to carry on a belt, but I'm not sure if those benefits outweigh the advantages of the larger pistol, which can fire more powder and lead, resulting in greater force.

This point is illustrated by an incident which fell under my own observation. In passing near the "Medicine-Bow Butte" during the spring of 1858, I most unexpectedly encountered and fired at a full-grown grizzly bear; but, as my horse had become somewhat blown by a previous gallop, his breathing so much disturbed my aim that I missed the animal at the short distance of about fifty yards, and he ran off. Fearful, if I stopped to reload my rifle, the bear would make his escape, I resolved to drive him back to the advanced guard of our escort, which I could see approaching in the distance; this I succeeded in doing, when several mounted men, armed with the navy revolvers, set off in pursuit. They approached within a few paces, and discharged ten or twelve shots, the most of which entered the animal, but he still kept on, and his progress did not seem materially impeded by the wounds. After these men had exhausted their charges, another man rode up armed with the army revolver, and fired two shots, which brought the stalwart beast to the ground. Upon skinning him and making an examination of the wounds, it was discovered that none of the balls from the small pistols had, after passing through his thick and tough hide, penetrated deeper than about an inch into the flesh, but that the two balls from the large pistol had gone into the vitals and killed him. This test was to my mind a decisive one as to the relative efficiency of the two arms for frontier service, and I resolved thenceforth to carry the larger size.

This point is highlighted by an incident I witnessed myself. While passing near "Medicine-Bow Butte" in the spring of 1858, I unexpectedly came across and shot at a full-grown grizzly bear. However, since my horse was a bit out of breath from a previous gallop, his heavy breathing threw off my aim, and I missed the bear from about fifty yards away, causing it to run off. Worried that if I stopped to reload my rifle, the bear would escape, I decided to drive it back to the advancing guard of our escort, which I could see coming in the distance. I managed to do this, and several mounted men armed with navy revolvers set off in pursuit. They got within a few paces and fired ten or twelve shots, most of which hit the animal, but it continued moving, seemingly unaffected by the wounds. After they ran out of ammo, another man rode up with an army revolver and fired two shots, which finally brought the strong beast down. Upon skinning it and examining the wounds, we found that none of the bullets from the smaller pistols had penetrated more than an inch into its thick hide, while the two bullets from the larger pistol reached the vitals and killed it. To me, this was a clear demonstration of the relative effectiveness of the two firearms for frontier use, and I decided from then on to carry the larger size.

THE GRIZZLY.

THE GRIZZLY.

Several different methods are practiced in slinging and carrying fire-arms upon horseback. The shoulder-strap, with a swivel to hook into a ring behind the guard, with the muzzle resting downward in a leather cup attached by a strap to the same staple as the stirrup-leather, is a very handy method for cavalry soldiers to sling their carbines; but, the gun being reversed, the jolting caused by the motion of the horse tends to move the charge and shake the powder out of the cone, which renders it liable to burst the gun and to miss fire.

Several different ways are used to carry firearms while riding on horseback. The shoulder strap, with a swivel that hooks into a ring behind the guard and the muzzle resting downward in a leather cup attached by a strap to the same staple as the stirrup leather, is a very convenient method for cavalry soldiers to carry their carbines. However, with the gun flipped around, the jolting from the horse's movement can shift the charge and shake the powder out of the cone, making it prone to bursting and misfiring.

An invention of the Namaquas, in Africa, described by Galton in his Art of Travel, is as follows:

An invention by the Namaquas in Africa, described by Galton in his Art of Travel, is as follows:

"Sew a bag of canvas, leather, or hide, of such bigness as to admit the butt of the gun pretty freely. The straps that support it buckle through a ring in the pommel, and the thongs by which its slope is adjusted fasten round the girth below. The exact adjustments may not be hit upon by an unpracticed person for some little time, but, when they are once ascertained, the straps need never be shifted. The gun is perfectly safe, and never comes below the arm-pit, even in taking a drop leap; it is pulled out in an instant by bringing the elbow in front of the gun and close to the side, so as to throw the gun to the outside of the arm; then, lowering the hand, the gun is caught up. It is a bungling way to take out the gun while its barrel lies between the arm and the body. Any sized gun can be carried in this fashion. It offers no obstacle to mounting or dismounting."

"Sew a bag from canvas, leather, or hide, large enough to fit the butt of the gun comfortably. The straps that hold it in place buckle through a ring on the pommel, and the straps used to adjust the angle fasten around the girth below. It may take some time for an inexperienced person to make the exact adjustments, but once they’re figured out, the straps don’t need to be changed. The gun is completely secure and never drops below the armpit, even when taking a leap. You can pull it out quickly by bringing your elbow in front of the gun and close to your side, which shifts the gun to the outside of your arm; then, by lowering your hand, you can grab the gun easily. It’s clumsy to take out the gun when its barrel is stuck between your arm and body. You can carry any size of gun this way, and it won’t hinder you when getting on or off."

This may be a convenient way of carrying the gun; I have never tried it. Of all methods I have used, I prefer, for hunting, a piece of leather about twelve inches by four, with a hole cut in each end; one of the ends is placed over the pommel of the saddle, and with a buckskin string made fast to it, where it remains a permanent fixture. When the rider is mounted, he places his gun across the strap upon the saddle, and carries the loose end forward over the pommel, the gun resting horizontally across his legs. It will now only be necessary occasionally to steady the gun with the hand. After a little practice the rider will be able to control it with his knees, and it will be found a very easy and convenient method of carrying it. When required for use, it is taken out in an instant by simply raising it with the hand, when the loose end of the strap comes off the pommel.

This might be a convenient way to carry the gun; I’ve never tried it. Out of all the methods I’ve used, I prefer a piece of leather about twelve inches by four, with a hole cut in each end for hunting. One end goes over the pommel of the saddle, and I secure it with a buckskin string, where it stays as a permanent fixture. When the rider is on the horse, they place their gun across the strap on the saddle, with the loose end going forward over the pommel, resting horizontally across their legs. Now, it will only be necessary to occasionally steady the gun with their hand. After some practice, the rider can control it with their knees, and it’s a very easy and convenient way to carry it. When it’s needed, the rider can take it out instantly by simply raising it with their hand, which makes the loose end of the strap come off the pommel.

The chief causes of accidents from the use of fire-arms arise from carelessness, and I have always observed that those persons who are most familiar with their use are invariably the most careful. Many accidents have happened from carrying guns with the cock down upon the cap. When in this position, a blow upon the cock, and sometimes the concussion produced by the falling of the gun, will explode the cap; and, occasionally, when the cock catches a twig, or in the clothes, and lifts it from the cap, it will explode. With a gun at half-cock there is but little danger of such accidents; for, when the cock is drawn back, it either comes to the full-cock, and remains, or it returns to the half-cock, but does not go down upon the cone. Another source of very many sad and fatal accidents resulting from the most stupid and culpable carelessness is in persons standing before the muzzles of guns and attempting to pull them out of wagons, or to draw them through a fence or brush in the same position. If the cock encounters an obstacle in its passage, it will, of course, be drawn back and fall upon the cap. These accidents are of frequent occurrence, and the cause is well understood by all, yet men continue to disregard it, and their lives pay the penalty of their indiscretion. It is a wise maxim, which applies with especial force in campaigning on the prairies, "Always look to your gun, but never let your gun look at you."

The main reasons for accidents when using firearms come from carelessness, and I've noticed that those who are most experienced with them tend to be the most cautious. Many accidents occur when guns are carried with the hammer down on the cap. In this position, a strike to the hammer or sometimes the impact from dropping the gun can cause the cap to fire; occasionally, if the hammer catches on a twig or clothing and lifts off the cap, it can also trigger an explosion. A gun at half-cock has much less risk of these accidents; when the hammer is pulled back, it either stays at full-cock or returns to half-cock without going down onto the firing pin. Another source of numerous tragic accidents due to extreme negligence is when people stand in front of gun muzzles trying to pull them out of wagons or to pull them through a fence or brush. If the hammer hits an obstruction, it will be drawn back and fall onto the cap. These incidents happen frequently, and the reasons are well known to everyone, yet people still ignore the warnings, often with fatal consequences. A wise saying, particularly relevant when campaigning on the prairies, is, "Always look to your gun, but never let your gun look at you."

An equally important maxim might be added to this: Never to point your gun at another, whether charged or uncharged, and never allow another to point his gun at you. Young men, before they become accustomed to the use of arms, are very apt to be careless, and a large percentage of gun accidents may be traced to this cause. That finished sportsman and wonderful shot, my friend Captain Martin Scott, than whom a more gallant soldier never fought a battle, was the most careful man with fire-arms I ever knew, and up to the time he received his death-wound upon the bloody field of Molino del Rey he never ceased his cautionary advice to young officers upon this subject. His extended experience and intimate acquaintance with the use of arms had fully impressed him with its importance, and no man ever lived whose opinions upon this subject should carry greater weight. As incomprehensible as it may appear to persons accustomed to the use of fire-arms, recruits are very prone, before they have been drilled at target practice with ball cartridges, to place the ball below the powder in the piece. Officers conducting detachments through the Indian country should therefore give their special attention to this, and require the recruits to tear the cartridge and pour all the powder into the piece before the ball is inserted.

An equally important principle can be added to this: Never point your gun at someone, whether it's loaded or not, and don't let anyone point their gun at you. Young men, before they get used to handling weapons, can be very careless, and a lot of gun accidents can be traced back to this. My friend Captain Martin Scott, a skilled marksman and brave soldier, was the most cautious person with firearms I've ever known. Until the day he was fatally wounded on the bloody field of Molino del Rey, he never stopped giving precautionary advice to young officers about this issue. His extensive experience and deep understanding of weaponry made him realize how crucial this is, and no one ever had more authority on the topic. As strange as it may seem to those familiar with firearms, new recruits often tend to place the bullet below the powder in the gun before they have been properly trained in target practice with live rounds. Officers leading units through Indian territory should pay special attention to this and make sure recruits tear the cartridge and pour all the gunpowder into the weapon before placing the bullet in.

As accidents often occur in camp from the accidental discharge of fire-arms that have been capped, I would recommend that the arms be continually kept loaded in campaigning, but the caps not placed upon the cones until they are required for firing. This will cause but little delay in an action, and will conduce much to security from accidents.

As accidents frequently happen in camp due to the accidental firing of loaded firearms, I suggest keeping the weapons loaded during campaigns, but not putting the caps on the cones until they're needed for firing. This will only cause minimal delay in action and greatly improve safety from accidents.

When loaded fire-arms have been exposed for any considerable time to a moist atmosphere, they should be discharged, or the cartridges drawn, and the arms thoroughly cleaned, dried, and oiled. Too much attention can not be given in keeping arms in perfect firing order.

When loaded firearms have been kept in a humid environment for an extended period, they should be discharged, or the cartridges removed, and the firearms should be cleaned, dried, and oiled thoroughly. You can’t be too careful about keeping firearms in top working condition.

TRAILING.

TRAILING.

I know of nothing in the woodman's education of so much importance, or so difficult to acquire, as the art of trailing or tracking men and animals. To become an adept in this art requires the constant practice of years, and with some men a lifetime does not suffice to learn it.

I don't know anything in a woodworker's training that's as important or as hard to master as the skill of tracking people and animals. Becoming skilled in this area takes years of consistent practice, and for some people, a lifetime isn't enough to learn it.

Almost all the Indians whom I have met with are proficient in this species of knowledge, the faculty for acquiring which appears to be innate with them. Exigencies of woodland and prairie-life stimulate the savage from childhood to develop faculties so important in the arts of war and of the chase.

Almost all the Native Americans I've encountered are skilled in this type of knowledge, which seems to be something they are born with. The demands of life in the woods and on the plains push individuals from a young age to develop abilities that are crucial for warfare and hunting.

I have seen very few white men who were good trailers, and practice did not seem very materially to improve their faculties in this regard; they have not the same acute perceptions for these things as the Indian or the Mexican. It is not apprehended that this difficult branch of woodcraft can be taught from books, as it pertains almost exclusively to the school of practice, yet I will give some facts relating to the habits of the Indians that will facilitate its acquirement.

I have seen very few white men who were good at tracking, and practice didn’t seem to significantly improve their skills in this area; they don’t have the same sharp perceptions for it as the Indian or the Mexican do. It's understood that this challenging aspect of woodcraft can't be learned from books, as it mostly comes from hands-on experience, but I will share some facts about the habits of the Indians that will help make it easier to learn.

A party of Indians, for example, starting out upon a war excursion, leave their families behind, and never transport their lodges; whereas, when they move with their families, they carry their lodges and other effects. If, therefore, an Indian trail is discovered with the marks of the lodge-poles upon it, it has certainly not been made by a war-party; but if the track do not show the trace of lodge-poles, it will be equally certain that a war or hunting party has passed that way, and if it is not desired to come in conflict with them, their direction may be avoided. Mustangs or wild horses, when moving from place to place, leave a trail which is sometimes difficult to distinguish from that made by a mounted party of Indians, especially if the mustangs do not stop to graze. This may be determined by following upon the trail until some dung is found, and if this should lie in a single pile, it is a sure indication that a herd of mustangs has passed, as they always stop to relieve themselves, while a party of Indians would keep their horses in motion, and the ordure would be scattered along the road. If the trail pass through woodland, the mustangs will occasionally go under the limbs of trees too low to admit the passage of a man on horseback.

A group of Native Americans, for example, embarking on a war mission, leave their families behind and don’t take their lodges with them; however, when they travel with their families, they do carry their lodges and belongings. Therefore, if an Indian trail is found with marks from lodge poles, it clearly wasn’t made by a war party; but if the trail shows no sign of lodge poles, it’s certain that a war or hunting party has gone by, and if you want to avoid confronting them, you can steer clear of their path. Wild horses, or mustangs, when moving around, create a trail that can sometimes be hard to tell apart from one made by a group of mounted Native Americans, especially if the mustangs don’t stop to graze. You can figure it out by following the trail until you find some dung; if it’s in a single pile, it’s a clear sign that a herd of mustangs has passed, since they always stop to relieve themselves, while a group of Native Americans would keep their horses moving, leaving the droppings scattered along the way. If the trail goes through a wooded area, the mustangs will sometimes go under tree branches that are too low for a person on horseback to get through.

An Indian, on coming to a trail, will generally tell at a glance its age, by what particular tribe it was made, the number of the party, and many other things connected with it astounding to the uninitiated.

An Indian, upon reaching a trail, can usually tell its age at a glance, by which tribe created it, the size of the group, and many other details that are impressive to those who are inexperienced.

I remember, upon one occasion, as I was riding with a Delaware upon the prairies, we crossed the trail of a large party of Indians traveling with lodges. The tracks appeared to me quite fresh, and I remarked to the Indian that we must be near the party. "Oh no," said he, "the trail was made two days before, in the morning," at the same time pointing with his finger to where the sun would be at about 8 o'clock. Then, seeing that my curiosity was excited to know by what means he arrived at this conclusion, he called my attention to the fact that there had been no dew for the last two nights, but that on the previous morning it had been heavy. He then pointed out to me some spears of grass that had been pressed down into the earth by the horses' hoofs, upon which the sand still adhered, having dried on, thus clearly showing that the grass was wet when the tracks were made.

I remember one time, while I was riding with a Delaware on the prairies, we crossed the path of a large group of Indians traveling with lodges. The tracks looked pretty fresh to me, and I mentioned to the Indian that we must be close to the group. "Oh no," he said, "the trail was made two days ago, in the morning," while pointing to where the sun would be around 8 o'clock. Then, noticing my curiosity about how he figured that out, he pointed out that there had been no dew for the last two nights, but that it had been heavy the morning before. He also showed me some blades of grass that had been pressed down into the ground by the horses' hooves, still holding some sand that had dried on, clearly indicating that the grass was wet when the tracks were made.

At another time, as I was traveling with the same Indian, I discovered upon the ground what I took to be a bear-track, with a distinctly-marked impression of the heel and all the toes. I immediately called the Indian's attention to it, at the same time flattering myself that I had made quite an important discovery, which had escaped his observation. The fellow remarked with a smile, "Oh no, captain, may be so he not bear-track." He then pointed with his gun-rod to some spears of grass that grew near the impression, but I did not comprehend the mystery until he dismounted and explained to me that, when the wind was blowing, the spears of grass would be bent over toward the ground, and the oscillating motion thereby produced would scoop out the loose sand into the shape I have described. The truth of this explanation was apparent, yet it occurred to me that its solution would have baffled the wits of most white men.

At another time, while I was traveling with the same Indian, I found what I thought was a bear track on the ground, complete with a clear impression of the heel and all the toes. I quickly pointed it out to the Indian, thinking I had made a significant discovery that he had missed. He smiled and said, "Oh no, captain, that may not be a bear track." He then used his gun to point at some blades of grass growing near the impression, but I didn’t understand the mystery until he got off his horse and explained that when the wind blew, the grass would bend down, and the movement would scoop out the loose sand into the shape I described. The truth of his explanation was clear, yet I thought that figuring it out would have stumped most white men.

Fresh tracks generally show moisture where the earth has been turned up, but after a short exposure to the sun they become dry. If the tracks be very recent, the sand may sometimes, where it is very loose and dry, be seen running back into the tracks, and by following them to a place where they cross water, the earth will be wet for some distance after they leave it. The droppings of the dung from animals are also good indications of the age of a trail. It is well to remember whether there have been any rains within a few days, as the age of a trail may sometimes be conjectured in this way. It is very easy to tell whether tracks have been made before or after a rain, as the water washes off all the sharp edges.

Fresh tracks usually show moisture where the ground has been disturbed, but after a bit of sunshine, they dry up. If the tracks are very recent, you might see the sand running back into them, especially if it’s loose and dry. Following the tracks to where they cross water, the ground will still be wet for a while after they’ve passed. Animal droppings are also good clues for figuring out how old a trail is. It's useful to keep in mind if it has rained in the past few days, as that can help estimate the trail's age. You can easily tell if tracks were made before or after a rain because water washes away all the sharp edges.

It is not a difficult matter to distinguish the tracks of American horses from those of Indian horses, as the latter are never shod; moreover, they are much smaller.

It’s easy to tell the tracks of American horses apart from those of Indian horses, since Indian horses are never shod and are also much smaller.

In trailing horses, there will be no trouble while the ground is soft, as the impressions they leave will then be deep and distinct; but when they pass over hard or rocky ground, it is sometimes a very slow and troublesome process to follow them. Where there is grass, the trace can be seen for a considerable time, as the grass will be trodden down and bent in the direction the party has moved; should the grass have returned to its upright position, the trail can often be distinguished by standing upon it and looking ahead for some distance in the direction it has been pursuing; the grass that has been turned over will show a different shade of green from that around it, and this often marks a trail for a long time.

When following horses, you won't have any issues while the ground is soft because the tracks they leave will be deep and clear. However, when they walk over hard or rocky surfaces, it can be a slow and challenging process to track them. In areas with grass, you can see the trail for quite a while since the grass will be flattened and bent in the direction the group has gone. If the grass has stood back up, you can often spot the trail by standing on it and looking ahead for a distance in the direction it was going. The grass that has been pressed down will show a different shade of green compared to the surrounding grass, and this can mark the trail for an extended period.

Should all traces of the track be obliterated in certain localities, it is customary with the Indians to follow on in the direction it has been pursuing for a time, and it is quite probable that in some place where the ground is more favorable it will show itself again. Should the trail not be recovered in this way, they search for a place where the earth is soft, and make a careful examination, embracing the entire area where it is likely to run.

Should all signs of the trail be erased in certain areas, it's common for the Indians to continue on in the direction it was heading for a while, and it's very likely that in some spot where the ground is more suitable, it will reappear. If they can't find the trail this way, they look for a place where the ground is soft and thoroughly examine the whole area where it might have passed.

Indians who find themselves pursued and wish to escape, scatter as much as possible, with an understanding that they are to meet again at some point in advance, so that, if the pursuing party follows any one of the tracks, it will invariably lead to the place of rendezvous. If, for example, the trail points in the direction of a mountain pass, or toward any other place which affords the only passage through a particular section of country, it would not be worth while to spend much time in hunting it, as it would probably be regained at the pass.

Indians who are being chased and want to get away spread out as much as they can, knowing that they will meet up again later. This way, if the pursuers follow any of their trails, it will always lead them to the meeting spot. For instance, if a trail heads toward a mountain pass or another location that is the only way through a certain area, it wouldn’t be worth it to spend a lot of time tracking it, since it’s likely they’ll regroup at the pass.

HORSE-TRACKS AT ORDINARY SPEED
HORSE-TRACKS AT ORDINARY SPEED.

Horse Tracks at Regular Speed
Horse Tracks at Regular Speed.

As it is important in trailing Indians to know at what gaits they are traveling, and as the appearance of the tracks of horses are not familiar to all, I have in the following cut represented the prints made by the hoofs at the ordinary speed of the walk, trot, and gallop, so that persons, in following the trail of Indians, may form an idea as to the probability of overtaking them, and regulate their movements accordingly.

As it’s important when tracking Native Americans to know what speeds they’re moving at, and since not everyone is familiar with the look of horse tracks, I’ve included the following diagram showing the hoof prints made at the typical speeds of walking, trotting, and galloping. This way, people can get an idea of how likely they are to catch up with them and adjust their pace accordingly.

In traversing a district of unknown country where there are no prominent landmarks, and with the view of returning to the point of departure, a pocket compass should always be carried, and attached by a string to a button-hole of the coat, to prevent its being lost or mislaid; and on starting out, as well as frequently during the trip, to take the bearing, and examine the appearance of the country when facing toward the starting-point, as a landscape presents a very different aspect when viewing it from opposite directions. There are few white men who can retrace their steps for any great distance unless they take the above precautions in passing over an unknown country for the first time; but with the Indians it is different; the sense of locality seems to be innate with them, and they do not require the aid of the magnetic needle to guide them.

When exploring an unfamiliar area without clear landmarks and aiming to return to where you started, it's essential to carry a pocket compass. Attach it to a buttonhole on your coat with a string to keep it from getting lost. Before you set off and regularly during your journey, check your direction and observe the landscape while facing back toward your starting point, since it can look completely different from the opposite side. Few white people can retrace their steps accurately over long distances without taking these precautions in an unknown area for the first time. However, it's different for Native Americans; their sense of direction seems to be natural, and they don’t need a compass to find their way.

Upon a certain occasion, when I had made a long march over an unexplored section, and was returning upon an entirely different route without either road or trail, a Delaware, by the name of "Black Beaver," who was in my party, on arriving at a particular point, suddenly halted, and, turning to me, asked if I recognized the country before us. Seeing no familiar objects, I replied in the negative. He put the same question to the other white men of the party, all of whom gave the same answers, whereupon he smiled, and in his quaint vernacular said, "Injun he don't know nothing. Injun big fool. White man mighty smart; he know heap." At the same time he pointed to a tree about two hundred yards from where we were then standing, and informed us that our outward trail ran directly by the side of it, which proved to be true.

Once, after I had trekked a long way through unexplored territory and was heading back on a completely different path without any road or trail, a Delaware named "Black Beaver," who was part of my group, suddenly stopped at a certain point. He turned to me and asked if I recognized the land in front of us. Not seeing anything familiar, I said no. He asked the same question to the other white men in the group, and they all replied the same way. He then smiled and, in his unique way of speaking, said, "Injun he don’t know nothing. Injun big fool. White man mighty smart; he know heap." At the same time, he pointed to a tree about two hundred yards away and told us that our outward trail ran right next to it, which turned out to be true.

Another time, as I was returning from the Comanche country over a route many miles distant from the one I had traveled in going out, one of my Delaware hunters, who had never visited the section before, on arriving upon the crest of an eminence in the prairie, pointed out to me a clump of trees in the distance, remarking that our outward track would be found there. I was not, however, disposed to credit his statement until we reached the locality and found the road passing the identical spot he had indicated.

Another time, as I was coming back from the Comanche area along a route that was many miles away from the one I took on the way out, one of my Delaware hunters, who had never been to this area before, pointed out a group of trees in the distance when we reached the top of a rise in the prairie, saying that our outbound path would be found there. I wasn't ready to believe him, though, until we got to the location and found the road passing right by the exact spot he had mentioned.

This same Indian would start from any place to which he had gone by a sinuous route, through an unknown country, and keep a direct bearing back to the place of departure; and he assured me that he has never, even during the most cloudy or foggy weather, or in the darkest nights, lost the points of compass. There are very few white men who are endowed with these wonderful faculties, and those few are only rendered proficient by matured experience.

This same Indian could set off from any location he reached by a winding path through unfamiliar land and maintain a straight line back to where he started. He told me that he has never lost track of the compass points, even in the cloudiest or foggiest weather or on the darkest nights. Very few white men have such remarkable abilities, and those few only become skilled through extensive experience.

I have known several men, after they had become lost in the prairies, to wander about for days without exercising the least judgment, and finally exhibiting a state of mental aberration almost upon the verge of lunacy. Instead of reasoning upon their situation, they exhaust themselves running a-head at their utmost speed without any regard to direction. When a person is satisfied that he has lost his way, he should stop and reflect upon the course he has been traveling, the time that has elapsed since he left his camp, and the probable distance that he is from it; and if he is unable to retrace his steps, he should keep as nearly in the direction of them as possible; and if he has a compass, this will be an easy matter; but, above all, he should guard against following his own track around in a circle with the idea that he is in a beaten trace.

I’ve known several men who, after getting lost in the prairies, wandered around for days without using any judgment, eventually reaching a point of mental instability almost resembling madness. Instead of thinking clearly about their situation, they exhaust themselves running at full speed without any sense of direction. When someone realizes they’re lost, they should stop and consider the path they’ve taken, how long it’s been since they left their camp, and how far they likely are from it. If they can’t retrace their steps, they should try to move in the general direction of where they came from; having a compass makes this much easier. But most importantly, they should avoid going in circles, thinking they’re on a familiar path.

When he is traveling with a train of wagons which leaves a plain trail, he can make the distance he has traveled from camp the radius of a circle in which to ride around, and before the circle is described he will strike the trail. If the person has no compass, it is always well to make an observation, and to remember the direction of the wind at the time of departure from camp; and as this would not generally change during the day, it would afford a means of keeping the points of the compass.

When he’s traveling with a line of wagons that leaves a clear path, he can use the distance he’s traveled from camp as the radius of a circle to ride around, and he will hit the trail before completing the circle. If someone doesn’t have a compass, it’s a good idea to take note of the direction of the wind when leaving camp; since this usually doesn’t change much throughout the day, it can help keep track of where north is.

In the night Ursa Major (the Great Bear) is not only useful to find the north star, but its position, when the pointers will be vertical in the heavens, may be estimated with sufficient accuracy to determine the north even when the north star can not be seen. In tropical latitudes, the zodiacal stars, such as Orion and Antares, give the east and west bearing, and the Southern Cross the north and south when Polaris and the Great Bear can not be seen.

In the night sky, Ursa Major (the Great Bear) is not only helpful for locating the North Star, but you can also estimate its position—when the pointers are vertical in the sky—to determine the north, even if the North Star isn’t visible. In tropical regions, the zodiacal stars, like Orion and Antares, indicate east and west, while the Southern Cross shows north and south when Polaris and the Great Bear can’t be seen.

It is said that the moss upon the firs and other trees in Europe gives a certain indication of the points of compass in a forest country, the greatest amount accumulating upon the north side of the trees. But I have often observed the trees in our own forests, and have not been able to form any positive conclusions in this way.

It’s said that the moss on firs and other trees in Europe can help indicate directions in a forest, with the most moss growing on the north side of the trees. However, I've often looked at the trees in our own forests and haven’t been able to draw any definite conclusions about this.

CHAPTER VI.

Chapter 6.

Guides and Hunters. Delawares and Shawnees. Khebirs. Black Beaver. Anecdotes. Domestic Troubles. Lodges. Similarity of Prairie Tribes to the Arabs. Method of making War. Tracking and pursuing Indians. Method of attacking them. Telegraphing by Smokes.

Guides and Hunters. Delawares and Shawnees. Khebirs. Black Beaver. Stories. Home Issues. Camps. Similarities between Prairie Tribes and Arabs. Ways of Waging War. Tracking and Following Indians. Approaches to Attacking Them. Signaling with Smoke.

DELAWARES AND SHAWNEES.

Delawares and Shawnees.

It is highly important that parties making expeditions through an unexplored country should secure the services of the best guides and hunters, and I know of none who are superior to the Delawares and Shawnee Indians. They have been with me upon several different occasions, and I have invariably found them intelligent, brave, reliable, and in every respect well qualified to fill their positions. They are endowed with those keen and wonderful powers in woodcraft which can only be acquired by instinct, practice, and necessity, and which are possessed by no other people that I have heard of, unless it be the khebirs or guides who escort the caravans across the great desert of Sahara.

It's really important for groups venturing into uncharted territory to hire the best guides and hunters, and I don't know anyone better than the Delawares and Shawnee Indians. They’ve accompanied me on several occasions, and I’ve always found them to be intelligent, brave, dependable, and fully capable in their roles. They have exceptional skills in navigating the woods, abilities that come from instinct, experience, and necessity, and no one else I know has these skills—except for the khebirs or guides who lead caravans across the vast Sahara Desert.

General E. Dumas, in his treatise upon the "Great Desert," published in Paris, 1856, in speaking of these guides, says:

General E. Dumas, in his essay on the "Great Desert," published in Paris in 1856, talks about these guides, saying:

"The khebir is always a man of intelligence, of tried probity, bravery, and skill. He knows how to determine his position from the appearance of the stars; by the experience of other journeys he has learned all about the roads, wells, and pastures; the dangers of certain passes, and the means of avoiding them; all the chiefs whose territories it is necessary to pass through; the salubrity of the different localities; the remedies against diseases; the treatment of fractures, and the antidotes to the venom of snakes and scorpions.

"The khebir is always a smart guy, known for his integrity, courage, and expertise. He can figure out his location by looking at the stars; from previous trips, he has learned everything about the roads, wells, and grazing lands; the risks of certain routes and how to steer clear of them; all the leaders whose lands he needs to cross; the healthiness of various areas; cures for illnesses; how to treat fractures, and the antidotes for snake and scorpion venom."

"In these vast solitudes, where nothing seems to indicate the route, where the wind covers up all traces of the track with sand, the khebir has a thousand ways of directing himself in the right course. In the night, when there are no stars in sight, by the simple inspection of a handful of grass, which he examines with his fingers, which he smells and tastes, he informs himself of his locale without ever being lost or wandering.

"In these vast empty spaces, where nothing shows the way and the wind buries all signs of the path in sand, the khebir has numerous ways to stay on course. At night, when there are no stars visible, by just examining a handful of grass with his fingers, smelling it, and tasting it, he figures out his location without ever getting lost or straying."

"I saw with astonishment that our conductor, although he had but one eye, and that defective, recognized perfectly the route; and Leon, the African, states that the conductor of his caravan became blind upon the journey from ophthalmia, yet by feeling the grass and sand he could tell when we were approaching an inhabited place.

"I was amazed to see that our guide, even though he had only one eye, and it was flawed, perfectly knew the way; and Leon, the African, says that the leader of his caravan went blind during the trip from an eye infection, yet by feeling the grass and sand, he could sense when we were getting close to a place with people."

"Our guide had all the qualities which make a good khebir. He was young, large, and strong; he was a master of arms; his eye commanded respect, and his speech won the heart. But if in the tent he was affable and winning, once en route he spoke only when it was necessary, and never smiled."

"Our guide had all the qualities that make a good khebir. He was young, big, and strong; he was skilled with weapons; his gaze commanded respect, and his words won people over. But while he was friendly and charming in the tent, once en route, he only spoke when needed and never smiled."

The Delawares are but a minute remnant of the great Algonquin family, whose early traditions declare them to be the parent stock from which the other numerous branches of the Algonquin tribes originated. And they are the same people whom the first white settlers found so numerous upon the banks of the Delaware.

The Delawares are just a small remnant of the larger Algonquin family, whose early traditions say they are the original group from which many other Algonquin tribes came. They are also the same people that the first white settlers encountered in large numbers along the banks of the Delaware.

When William Penn held his council with the Delawares upon the ground where the city of Philadelphia now stands, they were as peaceful and unwarlike in their habits as the Quakers themselves. They had been subjugated by the Five Nations, forced to take the appellation of squaws, and forego the use of arms; but after they moved west, beyond the influence of their former masters, their naturally independent spirit revived, they soon regained their lofty position as braves and warriors, and the male squaws of the Iroquois soon became formidable men and heroes, and so have continued to the present day. Their war-path has reached the shores of the Pacific Ocean on the west, Hudson's Bay on the north, and into the very heart of Mexico on the south.

When William Penn met with the Delawares where Philadelphia is now located, they were as peaceful and non-violent as the Quakers themselves. They had been dominated by the Five Nations, forced to be called squaws and give up their weapons; but after they moved west, away from the control of their former rulers, their natural independent spirit returned. They quickly regained their status as brave warriors, and the male squaws of the Iroquois transformed into powerful men and heroes, continuing this legacy to this day. Their territories have extended to the Pacific Ocean on the west, Hudson's Bay to the north, and deep into Mexico to the south.

They are not clannish in their dispositions like most other Indians, nor by their habits confined to any given locality, but are found as traders, trappers, or hunters among most of the Indian tribes inhabiting our continent. I even saw them living with the Mormons in Utah. They are among the Indians as the Jews among the whites, essentially wanderers.

They aren't clannish like many other Native Americans, nor are they limited to one specific area by their habits. Instead, they're found as traders, trappers, or hunters among various Indian tribes across our continent. I even saw them living with the Mormons in Utah. They are to the Native Americans what Jews are to white people—essentially nomads.

The Shawnees have been associated with the Delawares 185 years. They intermarry and live as one people. Their present places of abode are upon the Missouri River, near Fort Leavenworth, and in the Choctaw Territory, upon the Canadian River, near Fort Arbuckle. They are familiar with many of the habits and customs of their pale-faced neighbors, and some of them speak the English language, yet many of their native characteristics tenaciously cling to them.

The Shawnees have been connected with the Delawares for 185 years. They intermarry and live as a single community. Today, they reside along the Missouri River, near Fort Leavenworth, and in the Choctaw Territory, along the Canadian River, near Fort Arbuckle. They know many of the habits and customs of their white neighbors, and some of them speak English, but many of their native traits still strongly remain.

Upon one occasion I endeavored to teach a Delaware the use of the compass. He seemed much interested in its mechanism, and very attentively observed the oscillations of the needle. He would move away a short distance, then return, keeping his eyes continually fixed upon the needle and the uniform position into which it settled. He did not, however, seem to comprehend it in the least, but regarded the entire proceeding as a species of necromantic performance got up for his especial benefit, and I was about putting away the instrument when he motioned me to stop, and came walking toward it with a very serious but incredulous countenance, remarking, as he pointed his finger toward it, "Maybe so he tell lie sometime."

Once, I tried to teach a Delaware how to use a compass. He was really interested in how it worked and watched the needle swing back and forth with great attention. He would walk a little way off and then come back, keeping his eyes glued to the needle and the stable position it settled into. However, he didn’t seem to understand it at all; instead, he viewed the whole thing as some kind of magical trick meant just for him. I was about to put the compass away when he gestured for me to stop and walked toward it with a serious but skeptical expression, saying, as he pointed at it, "Maybe it lies sometimes."

The ignorance evinced by this Indian regarding the uses of the compass is less remarkable than that of some white men who are occasionally met upon the frontier.

The ignorance shown by this Indian about how to use a compass is less surprising than that of some white men you sometimes encounter on the frontier.

While surveying Indian lands in the wilds of Western Texas during the summer of 1854, I encountered a deputy surveyor traveling on foot, with his compass and chain upon his back. I saluted him very politely, remarking that I presumed he was a surveyor, to which he replied, "I reckon, stranger, I ar that thar individoal."

While surveying Indian lands in the wilds of Western Texas during the summer of 1854, I came across a deputy surveyor walking on foot, with his compass and chain on his back. I greeted him politely, mentioning that I assumed he was a surveyor, to which he responded, "I guess, stranger, I am that individual."

I had taken the magnetic variation several times, always with nearly the same results (about 10° 20'); but, in order to verify my observations, I was curious to learn how they accorded with his own working, and accordingly inquired of him what he made the variation of the compass in that particular locality. He seemed struck with astonishment, took his compass from his back and laid it upon a log near by, then facing me, and pointing with his hand toward it, said,

I had measured the magnetic variation several times, getting almost the same results (about 10° 20'); but, to double-check my observations, I was interested to see how they matched up with his findings. So, I asked him what he thought the compass variation was in that specific area. He looked surprised, took his compass from his bag, and placed it on a nearby log. Then, facing me and pointing at it, he said,

"Straanger, do yer see that thar instru-ment?" to which I replied in the affirmative. He continued,

"Stranger, do you see that instrument?" to which I replied yes. He continued,

"I've owned her well-nigh goin on twenty year. I've put her through the perarries and through the timber, and now look yeer, straanger, you can just bet your life on't she never var-ried arry time, and if you'll just follow her sign you'll knock the centre outer the north star. She never lies, she don't."

"I've had her for almost twenty years. I've taken her through all kinds of rough stuff, and now, listen here, stranger, you can bet your life that she never varies. If you just follow her signals, you’ll hit the center of the North Star. She never lies, she doesn't."

He seemed to consider my interrogatory as a direct insinuation that his compass was an imperfect one, and hence his indignation. Thinking that I should not get any very important intelligence concerning the variation of the needle from this surveyor, I begged his pardon for questioning the accuracy of his instru-ment, bid him good-morning, and continued on my journey.

He appeared to take my question as a direct suggestion that his compass was flawed, which made him angry. Realizing I wouldn’t get any significant information about the needle's variation from this surveyor, I apologized for doubting the accuracy of his instrument, wished him good morning, and carried on with my journey.

BLACK BEAVER.

BLACK BEAVER.

In 1849 I met with a very interesting specimen of the Delaware tribe whose name was Black Beaver. He had for ten years been in the employ of the American Fur Company, and during this time had visited nearly every point of interest within the limits of our unsettled territory. He had set his traps and spread his blanket upon the head waters of the Missouri and Columbia; and his wanderings had led him south to the Colorado and Gila, and thence to the shores of the Pacific in Southern California. His life had been that of a veritable cosmopolite, filled with scenes of intense and startling interest, bold and reckless adventure. He was with me two seasons in the capacity of guide, and I always found him perfectly reliable, brave, and competent. His reputation as a resolute, determined, and fearless warrior did not admit of question, yet I have never seen a man who wore his laurels with less vanity.

In 1849, I met a very interesting member of the Delaware tribe named Black Beaver. He had worked for the American Fur Company for ten years, and during that time, he had explored nearly every point of interest in our unsettled territory. He had set his traps and laid his blanket on the headwaters of the Missouri and Columbia Rivers; his travels took him south to the Colorado and Gila Rivers and then to the shores of the Pacific in Southern California. His life was truly cosmopolitan, filled with intense and exciting experiences, bold and reckless adventures. He worked with me for two seasons as a guide, and I always found him completely reliable, brave, and skilled. His reputation as a determined and fearless warrior was beyond question, yet I’ve never met a man who wore his accomplishments with less arrogance.

When I first made his acquaintance I was puzzled to know what to think of him. He would often, in speaking of the Prairie Indians, say to me,

When I first met him, I wasn't sure what to think. He would often talk about the Prairie Indians and say to me,

"Captain, if you have a fight, you mustn't count much on me, for I'ze a big coward. When the fight begins I 'spect you'll see me run under the cannon; Injun mighty 'fraid of big gun."

"Captain, if there's a fight, don’t rely on me much, because I’m a big coward. When the fight starts, I expect you’ll see me running under the cannon; I’m really scared of big guns."

I expressed my surprise that he should, if what he told me was true, have gained such a reputation as a warrior; whereupon he informed me that many years previous, when he was a young man, and before he had ever been in battle, he, with about twenty white men and four Delawares, were at one of the Fur Company's trading-posts upon the Upper Missouri, engaged in trapping beaver. While there, the stockade fort was attacked by a numerous band of Blackfeet Indians, who fought bravely, and seemed determined to annihilate the little band that defended it.

I expressed my surprise that he had gained such a reputation as a warrior, if what he told me was true. He then told me that many years ago, when he was a young man and had never been in battle, he was with about twenty white men and four Delawares at one of the Fur Company's trading posts on the Upper Missouri, trapping beaver. While they were there, the stockade fort was attacked by a large group of Blackfeet Indians, who fought fiercely and seemed determined to wipe out the small group defending it.

After the investment had been completed, and there appeared no probability of the attacking party's abandoning their purpose, "One d——d fool Delaware" (as Black Beaver expressed it) proposed to his countrymen to make a sortie, and thereby endeavor to effect an impression upon the Blackfeet. This, Beaver said, was the last thing he would ever have thought of suggesting, and it startled him prodigiously, causing him to tremble so much that it was with difficulty he could stand.

After the investment was finished and it looked like the attackers weren't going to give up, "One damn fool Delaware" (as Black Beaver put it) suggested to his fellow countrymen that they should make a sudden attack to try to shock the Blackfeet. Beaver said this was the last thing he would have ever thought to suggest, and it shocked him so much that he trembled heavily and could barely stand.

He had, however, started from home with the fixed purpose of becoming a distinguished brave, and made a great effort to stifle his emotion. He assumed an air of determination, saying that was the very idea he was just about to propose; and, slapping his comrades upon the back, started toward the gate, telling them to follow. As soon as the gate was passed, he says, he took particular care to keep in the rear of the others, so that, in the event of a retreat, he would be able to reach the stockade first.

He had, however, left home with the clear goal of becoming a notable hero and made a strong effort to suppress his feelings. He put on a confident front, claiming that was exactly what he was about to suggest; and, patting his friends on the back, headed toward the gate, urging them to follow. As soon as they went through the gate, he made sure to stay behind the others, so that if they needed to retreat, he could get to the stockade first.

They had not proceeded far before a perfect shower of arrows came falling around them on all sides, but, fortunately, without doing them harm. Not fancying this hot reception, those in front proposed an immediate retreat, to which he most gladly acceded, and at once set off at his utmost speed, expecting to reach the fort first. But he soon discovered that his comrades were more fleet, and were rapidly passing and leaving him behind. Suddenly he stopped and called out to them, "Come back here, you cowards, you squaws; what for you run away and leave brave man to fight alone?" This taunting appeal to their courage turned them back, and, with their united efforts, they succeeded in beating off the enemy immediately around them, securing their entrance into the fort.

They hadn’t gone far when a shower of arrows started falling around them from all sides, but luckily, they weren't hurt. Not liking this warm welcome, the people in front suggested a quick retreat, which he eagerly agreed to, and took off at full speed, hoping to reach the fort first. However, he soon realized that his teammates were faster and were quickly leaving him behind. Suddenly, he stopped and shouted, "Come back here, you cowards, you weaklings; why are you running away and leaving a brave man to fight alone?" This challenge to their courage made them turn back, and together, they managed to fend off the enemies surrounding them and safely enter the fort.

Beaver says when the gate was closed the captain in charge of the establishment grasped him warmly by the hand, saying, "Black Beaver, you are a brave man; you have done this day what no other man in the fort would have the courage to do, and I thank you from the bottom of my heart."

Beaver recalls that when the gate was shut, the captain in charge of the place shook his hand warmly and said, "Black Beaver, you're a brave man; what you did today is something no one else at the fort would have the guts to do, and I sincerely thank you."

In relating the circumstance to me he laughed most heartily, thinking it a very good joke, and said after that he was regarded as a brave warrior.

In telling me the story, he laughed really hard, thinking it was a great joke, and then said he was seen as a brave warrior.

The truth is, my friend Beaver was one of those few heroes who never sounded his own trumpet; yet no one that knows him ever presumed to question his courage.

The truth is, my friend Beaver was one of those rare heroes who never bragged about himself; yet no one who knows him ever dared to doubt his bravery.

At another time, while Black Beaver remained upon the head waters of the Missouri, he was left in charge of a "caché" consisting of a quantity of goods buried to prevent their being stolen by the Indians. During the time he was engaged upon this duty he amused himself by hunting in the vicinity, only visiting his charge once a day. As he was making one of these periodical visits, and had arrived upon the summit of a hill overlooking the locality, he suddenly discovered a large number of hostile Blackfeet occupying it, and he supposed they had appropriated all the goods. As soon as they espied him, they beckoned for him to come down and have a friendly chat with them.

At another time, while Black Beaver was at the headwaters of the Missouri, he was put in charge of a "caché" containing a stash of goods buried to keep them safe from being stolen by the Indians. While he was responsible for this duty, he passed the time by hunting nearby, only checking on the goods once a day. During one of these visits, he reached the top of a hill that overlooked the area and suddenly spotted a large group of hostile Blackfeet in the vicinity. He assumed they had taken all the goods. As soon as they saw him, they waved for him to come down for a friendly conversation.

Knowing that their purpose was to beguile him into their power, he replied that he did not feel in a talking humor just at that time, and started off in another direction, whereupon they hallooed after him, making use of the most insulting language and gestures, and asking him if he considered himself a man thus to run away from his friends, and intimating that, in their opinion, he was an old woman, who had better go home and take care of the children.

Knowing that their aim was to manipulate him, he said he wasn't in the mood to talk right then and walked away in another direction. They shouted after him, using the most insulting words and gestures, asking if he thought of himself as a man for running away from his friends, and implying that, in their view, he was acting like an old woman who should just go home and look after the kids.

Beaver says this roused his indignation to such a pitch that he stopped, turned around, and replied, "Maybe so; s'pose three or four of you Injuns come up here alone, I'll show you if I'ze old womans." They did not, however, accept the challenge, and Beaver rode off.

Beaver said this made him so angry that he stopped, turned around, and replied, "Maybe so; suppose three or four of you guys come up here alone, I'll show you if I’m an old woman." They didn’t, however, take the challenge, and Beaver rode off.

Although the Delawares generally seem quite happy in their social relations, yet they are not altogether exempt from some of those minor discords which occasionally creep in and mar the domestic harmony of their more civilized pale-faced brethren.

Although the Delawares generally appear quite happy in their social relationships, they are not completely free from some of the small disagreements that sometimes arise and disrupt the domestic harmony of their more civilized white counterparts.

I remember, upon one occasion, I had bivouacked for the night with Black Beaver, and he had been endeavoring to while away the long hours of the evening by relating to me some of the most thrilling incidents of his highly-adventurous and erratic life, when at length a hiatus in the conversation gave me an opportunity of asking him if he was a married man. He hesitated for some time; then looking up and giving his forefinger a twirl, to imitate the throwing of a lasso, replied, "One time me catch 'um wife. I pay that woman, his modder, one hoss—one saddle—one bridle—two plug tobacco, and plenty goods. I take him home to my house—got plenty meat—plenty corn—plenty every thing. One time me go take walk, maybe so three, maybe so two hours. When I come home, that woman he say, 'Black Beaver, what for you go way long time?' I say, 'I not go nowhere; I just take one littel walk.' Then that woman he get heap mad, and say, 'No, Black Beaver, you not take no littel walk. I know what for you go way; you go see nodder one woman.' I say, 'Maybe not.' Then that woman she cry long time, and all e'time now she mad. You never seen 'Merican woman that a-way?"

I remember one time I was camping for the night with Black Beaver, and he was trying to pass the long evening hours by sharing some of the most exciting stories from his adventurous and unpredictable life. Eventually, a pause in the conversation allowed me to ask him if he was married. He hesitated for a bit, then looked up and twirled his finger to mimic the motion of throwing a lasso and replied, "Once I caught a wife. I paid that woman, her mother, one horse—one saddle—one bridle—two plugs of tobacco, and a lot of other stuff. I brought her home to my place—had plenty of meat—plenty of corn—plenty of everything. One time I went for a walk, maybe two or three hours. When I came back home, that woman said, 'Black Beaver, why were you gone so long?' I replied, 'I didn't go anywhere; I just took a little walk.' Then that woman got really mad and said, 'No, Black Beaver, you didn’t just take a little walk. I know why you were gone; you went to see another woman.' I said, 'Maybe not.' Then she cried for a long time, and now she’s always mad. You’ve never seen an American woman act like that?"

I sympathized most deeply with my friend in his distress, and told him for his consolation that, in my opinion, the women of his nation were not peculiar in this respect; that they were pretty much alike all over the world, and I was under the impression that there were well-authenticated instances even among white women where they had subjected themselves to the same causes of complaint so feelingly depicted by him. Whereupon he very earnestly asked, "What you do for cure him? Whip him?" I replied, "No; that, so far as my observation extended, I was under the impression that this was generally regarded by those who had suffered from its effects as one of those chronic and vexatious complaints which would not be benefited by the treatment he suggested, even when administered in homœopathic doses, and I believed it was now admitted by all sensible men that it was better in all such cases to let nature take its course, trusting to a merciful Providence."

I felt deep sympathy for my friend in his distress and offered him some comfort by saying that, in my view, the women of his culture weren’t unique in this regard; they were pretty much the same everywhere in the world. I also pointed out that there were well-documented cases among white women who had experienced the same types of complaints he described so passionately. He then earnestly asked, "What do you do to cure him? Whip him?" I replied, "No; based on what I’ve seen, I believe this is generally considered one of those ongoing and frustrating issues that won't improve with the treatment you suggested, even in small doses. I think it's now accepted by all sensible people that in such cases, it’s better to let nature take its course and trust in a merciful Providence."

At this reply his countenance assumed a dejected expression, but at length he brightened up again and triumphantly remarked, "I tell you, my friend, what I do; I ketch 'um nodder one wife when I go home."

At this response, his face showed a sad expression, but eventually he cheered up and said triumphantly, "I’m telling you, my friend, what I’m going to do; I'm going to catch another wife when I go home."

Black Beaver had visited St. Louis and the small towns upon the Missouri frontier, and he prided himself not a little upon his acquaintance with the customs of the whites, and never seemed more happy than when an opportunity offered to display this knowledge in presence of his Indian companions. It so happened, upon one occasion, that I had a Comanche guide who bivouacked at the same fire with Beaver. On visiting them one evening according to my usual practice, I found them engaged in a very earnest and apparently not very amicable conversation. On inquiring the cause of this, Beaver answered,

Black Beaver had traveled to St. Louis and the small towns along the Missouri frontier, and he took great pride in his familiarity with white people's customs, often seeming happiest when he had the chance to showcase this knowledge in front of his Indian friends. One time, I had a Comanche guide who camped at the same fire as Beaver. When I visited them one evening, as I usually did, I found them in a serious and seemingly unfriendly discussion. When I asked what was going on, Beaver replied,

"I've been telling this Comanche what I seen 'mong the white folks."

"I've been telling this Comanche what I saw among the white people."

I said, "Well, Beaver, what did you tell him?"

I said, "So, Beaver, what did you tell him?"

"I tell him 'bout the steam-boats, and the railroads, and the heap o' houses I seen in St. Louis."

"I tell him about the steamboats, the railroads, and the bunch of houses I saw in St. Louis."

"Well, sir, what does he think of that?"

"Well, sir, what does he think about that?"

"He say I'ze d——d fool."

"He said I'm a damn fool."

"What else did you tell him about?"

"What else did you say to him about?"

"I tell him the world is round, but he keep all e'time say, Hush, you fool! do you spose I'ze child? Haven't I got eyes? Can't I see the prairie? You call him round? He say, too, maybe so I tell you something you not know before. One time my grandfather he make long journey that way (pointing to the west). When he get on big mountain, he seen heap water on t'other side, jest so flat he can be, and he seen the sun go right straight down on t'other side. I then tell him all these rivers he seen, all e'time the water he run; s'pose the world flat the water he stand still. Maybe so he not b'lieve me?"

"I tell him the world is round, but he keeps saying all the time, 'Hush, you fool! Do you think I'm a child? Haven't I got eyes? Can't I see the prairie? You call it round?' He also says, 'Maybe I'll tell you something you don't know. One time my grandfather took a long journey that way (pointing to the west). When he got to a big mountain, he saw a lot of water on the other side, as flat as it could be, and he saw the sun go down right on the other side. I then tell him all these rivers he sees, all the time the water is flowing; if the world were flat, the water would stay still. Maybe he doesn't believe me?'"

I told him it certainly looked very much like it. I then asked him to explain to the Comanche the magnetic telegraph. He looked at me earnestly, and said,

I told him it definitely looked that way. I then asked him to explain the magnetic telegraph to the Comanche. He looked at me seriously and said,

"What you call that magnetic telegraph?"

"What do you call that magnetic telegraph?"

I said, "you have heard of New York and New Orleans?"

I asked, "Have you heard of New York and New Orleans?"

"Oh yes," he replied.

"Oh yeah," he replied.

"Very well; we have a wire connecting these two cities, which are about a thousand miles apart, and it would take a man thirty days to ride it upon a good horse. Now a man stands at one end of this wire in New York, and by touching it a few times he inquires of his friend in New Orleans what he had for breakfast. His friend in New Orleans touches the other end of the wire, and in ten minutes the answer comes back—ham and eggs. Tell him that, Beaver."

"Alright, we have a wire connecting these two cities that are about a thousand miles apart, and it would take someone thirty days to ride that distance on a good horse. Now, a guy is at one end of this wire in New York, and by tapping it a few times, he asks his friend in New Orleans what he had for breakfast. His friend in New Orleans taps the other end of the wire, and in ten minutes, the answer comes back—ham and eggs. Let him know, Beaver."

His countenance assumed a most comical expression, but he made no remark until I again requested him to repeat what I had said to the Comanche, when he observed,

His face took on a really funny look, but he didn't say anything until I asked him again to repeat what I had said to the Comanche. Then he remarked,

"No, captain, I not tell him that, for I don't b'lieve that myself."

"No, captain, I won't tell him that because I don't believe it myself."

Upon my assuring him that such was the fact, and that I had seen it myself, he said,

Upon my assuring him that this was true and that I had witnessed it myself, he said,

"Injun not very smart; sometimes he's big fool, but he holler pretty loud; you hear him maybe half a mile; you say 'Merican man he talk thousand miles. I 'spect you try to fool me now, captain; maybe so you lie."

"Injun isn't very smart; sometimes he's a big fool, but he yells pretty loud; you can hear him from maybe half a mile away; you say 'American man talks a thousand miles.' I suspect you're trying to fool me now, captain; maybe you're lying."

The Indians living between the outer white settlements and the nomadic tribes of the Plains form intermediate social links in the chain of civilization.

The Native Americans living between the outer white settlements and the nomadic tribes of the Plains create essential social connections in the chain of civilization.

The first of these occupy permanent habitations, but the others, although they cultivate the soil, are only resident while their crops are growing, going out into the prairies after harvest to spend the winter in hunting. Among the former may be mentioned the Cherokees, Creeks, Choctaws, and Chickasaws, and of the latter are the Delawares, Shawnees, Kickapoos, etc., who are perfectly familiar with the use of the rifle, and, in my judgment, would make as formidable partisan warriors as can be found in the universe.

The first group has permanent homes, while the others, although they farm the land, only stay put while their crops are growing. After the harvest, they head out to the prairies to spend the winter hunting. Among the first group are the Cherokees, Creeks, Choctaws, and Chickasaws. The second group includes the Delawares, Shawnees, Kickapoos, and others, who are well-versed in using rifles and, in my opinion, would make as fierce partisan warriors as can be found anywhere in the world.

THE WILD TRIBES OF THE WEST.

THE WILD TRIBES OF THE WEST.

These are very different in their habits from the natives that formerly occupied the country bordering upon the Atlantic coast. The latter lived permanently in villages, where they cultivated the soil, and never wandered very far from them. They did not use horses, but always made their war expeditions on foot, and never came into action unless they could screen themselves behind the cover of trees. They inflicted the most inhuman tortures upon their prisoners, but did not, that I am aware, violate the chastity of women.

These people have very different habits from the natives who used to live along the Atlantic coast. The latter settled in villages, where they farmed the land, and rarely strayed far from them. They didn't use horses and always went on their war missions on foot, only engaging in battles when they could hide behind trees. They subjected their prisoners to terrible torture, but as far as I know, they didn't violate the women.

The prairie tribes have no permanent abiding places; they never plant a seed, but roam for hundreds of miles in every direction over the Plains. They are perfect horsemen, and seldom go to war on foot. Their attacks are made in the open prairies, and when unhorsed they are powerless. They do not, like the eastern Indians, inflict upon their prisoners prolonged tortures, but invariably subject all females that have the misfortune to fall into their merciless clutches to an ordeal worse than death.

The prairie tribes don’t have permanent homes; they never plant seeds but travel hundreds of miles in every direction across the Plains. They are incredible horse riders and rarely go to war on foot. Their attacks happen on the open prairies, and when they’re unhorsed, they are defenseless. Unlike the eastern Indians, they don’t subject their prisoners to long tortures, but they do consistently put all females who fall into their ruthless hands through an ordeal that’s worse than death.

It is highly important to every man passing through a country frequented by Indians to know some of their habits, customs, and propensities, as this will facilitate his intercourse with friendly tribes, and enable him, when he wishes to avoid a conflict, to take precautions against coming in collision with those who are hostile.

It’s really important for anyone traveling through areas with Native Americans to understand some of their habits, customs, and tendencies. This knowledge will help him interact more easily with friendly tribes and, when he wants to avoid a conflict, take steps to steer clear of hostile ones.

Almost every tribe has its own way of constructing its lodges, encamping, making fires, its own style of dress, by some of which peculiarities the experienced frontiersman can generally distinguish them.

Almost every tribe has its own method of building lodges, setting up camp, making fires, and its own style of clothing, which experienced frontiersmen can usually recognize by these unique traits.

The Osages, for example, make their lodges in the shape of a wagon-top, of bent rods or willows covered with skins, blankets, or the bark of trees.

The Osages, for example, build their lodges in the shape of a wagon top, using bent rods or willows covered with skins, blankets, or tree bark.

The Kickapoo lodges are made in an oval form, something like a rounded hay-stack, of poles set in the ground, bent over, and united at top; this is covered with cloths or bark.

The Kickapoo lodges are shaped like an oval, resembling a rounded haystack, constructed with poles planted in the ground, bent over, and joined at the top; this is covered with cloth or bark.

The Witchetaws, Wacos, Towackanies, and Tonkowas erect their hunting lodges of sticks put up in the form of the frustum of a cone and covered with brush.

The Witchetaws, Wacos, Towackanies, and Tonkowas build their hunting lodges out of sticks arranged in the shape of a truncated cone and covered with brush.

All these tribes leave the frame-work of their lodges standing when they move from camp to camp, and this, of course, indicates the particular tribe that erected them.

All these tribes leave the structure of their lodges up when they move from camp to camp, which clearly shows which tribe built them.

The Delawares and Shawnees plant two upright forked poles, place a stick across them, and stretch a canvas covering over it, in the same manner as with the "tente d'abri."

The Delawares and Shawnees set up two standing forked poles, lay a stick across them, and drape a canvas over it, just like they do with the "tente d'abri."

The Sioux, Arapahoes, Cheyennes, Utés, Snakes, Blackfeet, and Kioways make use of the Comanche lodge, covered with dressed buffalo hides.

The Sioux, Arapahos, Cheyennes, Utes, Snakes, Blackfeet, and Kiowas use the Comanche lodge, covered with tanned buffalo hides.

All the Prairie Indians I have met with are the most inveterate beggars. They will flock around strangers, and, in the most importunate manner, ask for every thing they see, especially tobacco and sugar; and, if allowed, they will handle, examine, and occasionally pilfer such things as happen to take their fancy. The proper way to treat them is to give them at once such articles as are to be disposed of, and then, in a firm and decided manner, let them understand that they are to receive nothing else.

All the Prairie Indians I’ve encountered are the most persistent beggars. They gather around strangers and, in the most demanding way, ask for everything they see, especially tobacco and sugar; and if allowed, they will touch, inspect, and sometimes steal things that catch their eye. The best way to handle them is to give them the items you’re willing to part with right away, and then, firmly and clearly, let them know that they won’t receive anything else.

A party of Keechis once visited my camp with their principal chief, who said he had some important business to discuss, and demanded a council with the capitan. After consent had been given, he assembled his principal men, and, going through the usual preliminary of taking a big smoke, he arose, and with a great deal of ceremony commenced his pompous and flowery speech, which, like all others of a similar character, amounted to nothing, until he touched upon the real object of his visit. He said he had traveled a long distance over the prairies to see and have a talk with his white brothers; that his people were very hungry and naked. He then approached me with six small sticks, and, after shaking hands, laid one of the sticks in my hand, which he said represented sugar, another signified tobacco, and the other four, pork, flour, whisky, and blankets, all of which he assured me his people were in great need of, and must have. His talk was then concluded, and he sat down, apparently much gratified with the graceful and impressive manner with which he had executed his part of the performance.

A group of Keechis once came to my camp with their chief, who said he had some important matters to discuss and asked for a meeting with the capitan. After getting the go-ahead, he gathered his key men, and after going through the usual step of taking a big smoke, he stood up and, with a lot of ceremony, started his elaborate and flowery speech, which, like many others of its kind, didn't mean much until he got to the point of his visit. He said he had traveled a long way over the prairies to talk with his white brothers; that his people were very hungry and lacking clothing. He then came closer to me with six small sticks, and after shaking hands, he placed one of the sticks in my hand, saying it represented sugar, another stood for tobacco, and the other four represented pork, flour, whisky, and blankets, all of which he insisted his people desperately needed and had to have. His speech wrapped up, and he sat down, looking quite pleased with the graceful and impressive way he had delivered his part of the discussion.

It then devolved upon me to respond to the brilliant effort of the prairie orator, which I did in something like the following manner. After imitating his style for a short time, I closed my remarks by telling him that we were poor infantry soldiers, who were always obliged to go on foot; that we had become very tired of walking, and would like very much to ride. Furthermore, I had observed that they had among them many fine horses and mules. I then took two small sticks, and imitating as nearly as possible the manner of the chief, placed one in his hand, which I told him was nothing more or less than a first-rate horse, and then the other, which signified a good large mule. I closed by saying that I was ready to exchange presents whenever it suited his convenience.

It then fell to me to reply to the impressive speech of the prairie orator, which I did in a way that went something like this. After mimicking his style for a short while, I finished my remarks by telling him that we were just ordinary infantry soldiers, always forced to travel on foot; that we had grown quite tired of walking and would really prefer to ride. Moreover, I had noticed that they had many fine horses and mules. I then took two small sticks and, trying my best to imitate the chief’s manner, handed one to him, saying it represented a top-notch horse, and the other, which symbolized a good-sized mule. I concluded by saying that I was ready to exchange gifts whenever it worked for him.

They looked at each other for some time without speaking, but finally got up and walked away, and I was not troubled with them again.

They stared at each other for a while without saying anything, but eventually got up and walked off, and I didn't have to deal with them again.

INDIAN FIGHTING.

INDIAN BRAWL.

The military system, as taught and practiced in our army up to the time of the Mexican war, was, without doubt, efficient and well adapted to the art of war among civilized nations. This system was designed for the operations of armies acting in populated districts, furnishing ample resources, and against an enemy who was tangible, and made use of a similar system.

The military system, as taught and practiced in our army until the Mexican War, was definitely effective and well-suited for warfare among civilized nations. This system was aimed at operations involving armies in populated areas, providing plenty of resources, and against an enemy who was visible and used a similar approach.

The vast expanse of desert territory that has been annexed to our domain within the last few years is peopled by numerous tribes of marauding and erratic savages, who are mounted upon fleet and hardy horses, making war the business and pastime of their lives, and acknowledging none of the ameliorating conventionalities of civilized warfare. Their tactics are such as to render the old system almost wholly impotent.

The large area of desert land that we’ve taken over in the past few years is inhabited by many tribes of wandering and unpredictable warriors. They ride fast and tough horses, making war their main focus and hobby, and they don't follow the usual rules of civilized combat. Their strategies make the traditional approach pretty much useless.

To act against an enemy who is here to-day and there to-morrow; who at one time stampedes a herd of mules upon the head waters of the Arkansas, and when next heard from is in the very heart of the populated districts of Mexico, laying waste haciendas, and carrying devastation, rapine, and murder in his steps; who is every where without being any where; who assembles at the moment of combat, and vanishes whenever fortune turns against him; who leaves his women and children far distant from the theatre of hostilities, and has neither towns or magazines to defend, nor lines of retreat to cover; who derives his commissariat from the country he operates in, and is not encumbered with baggage-wagons or pack-trains; who comes into action only when it suits his purposes, and never without the advantage of numbers or position—with such an enemy the strategic science of civilized nations loses much of its importance, and finds but rarely, and only in peculiar localities, an opportunity to be put in practice.

To fight against an enemy who is here today and gone tomorrow; who one moment is stampeding a herd of mules in the headwaters of the Arkansas, and the next is in the heart of Mexico, destroying farms and bringing chaos, looting, and murder in his wake; who is everywhere yet nowhere at the same time; who gathers for battle and disappears the moment luck turns against him; who leaves his women and children far from the battlefield, and has no towns or supplies to protect, nor escape routes to secure; who gets his supplies from the area he’s operating in, without dragging around wagons or pack animals; who only engages in combat when it benefits him, and never without the advantage of numbers or positioning—against such an enemy, the strategic methods of civilized nations lose much of their relevance, and find opportunities to be applied only rarely, and only in unique situations.

Our little army, scattered as it has been over the vast area of our possessions, in small garrisons of one or two companies each, has seldom been in a situation to act successfully on the offensive against large numbers of these marauders, and has often been condemned to hold itself almost exclusively upon the defensive. The morale of the troops must thereby necessarily be seriously impaired, and the confidence of the savages correspondingly augmented. The system of small garrisons has a tendency to disorganize the troops in proportion as they are scattered, and renders them correspondingly inefficient. The same results have been observed by the French army in Algeria, where, in 1845, their troops were, like ours, disseminated over a vast space, and broken up into small detachments stationed in numerous intrenched posts. Upon the sudden appearance of Abd el Kader in the plain of Mitidja, they were defeated with serious losses, and were from day to day obliged to abandon these useless stations, with all the supplies they contained. A French writer, in discussing this subject, says:

Our small army, spread out as it is across our vast territory in tiny garrisons of one or two companies each, rarely finds itself in a position to launch an effective offensive against large groups of these raiders and often has been forced to focus almost entirely on defense. This situation inevitably damages the morale of the troops and boosts the confidence of the savages. The system of small garrisons tends to disorganize the troops the more they are spread out, making them less effective. Similar outcomes have been noted by the French army in Algeria, where in 1845 their troops were, like ours, dispersed over a large area and divided into small detachments stationed in various fortified posts. When Abd el Kader suddenly appeared in the Mitidja plain, they suffered a significant defeat and had to abandon these pointless posts day by day, along with all the supplies they held. A French writer, discussing this topic, states:

"We have now abandoned the fatal idea of defending Algeria by small intrenched posts. In studying the character of the war, the nature of the men who are to oppose us, and of the country in which we are to operate, we must be convinced of the danger of admitting any other system of fortification than that which is to receive our grand depôts, our magazines, and to serve as places to recruit and rest our troops when exhausted by long expeditionary movements.

"We have now given up the dangerous idea of defending Algeria with small, fortified outposts. By examining the nature of the war, the character of the people who will be opposing us, and the terrain we will be operating in, we must recognize the risk of accepting any fortification system other than those that will house our main supply depots, our storage facilities, and serve as locations to recruit and rest our troops when they are worn out from long missions."

"These fortifications should be established in the midst of the centres of action, so as to command the principal routes, and serve as pivots to expeditionary columns.

"These fortifications should be set up in the middle of the action centers, to control the main routes and act as hubs for expeditionary columns."

"We owe our success to a system of war which has its proofs in twice changing our relations with the Arabs. This system consists altogether in the great mobility we have given to our troops. Instead of disseminating our soldiers with the vain hope of protecting our frontiers with a line of small posts, we have concentrated them, to have them at all times ready for emergencies, and since then the fortune of the Arabs has waned, and we have marched from victory to victory.

"We owe our success to a strategy in warfare that is evident in how we’ve changed our relations with the Arabs twice. This strategy is all about the great mobility we've given to our troops. Instead of spreading our soldiers thin in a futile attempt to protect our borders with a series of small outposts, we’ve concentrated them to keep them ready for any emergencies. Since then, the fortunes of the Arabs have declined, and we’ve moved from victory to victory."

"This system, which has thus far succeeded, ought to succeed always, and to conduct us, God willing, to the peaceful possession of the country."

"This system, which has been successful so far, should continue to succeed and, with God's help, lead us to peacefully owning the country."


In reading a treatise upon war as it is practiced by the French in Algeria, by Colonel A. Laure, of the 2d Algerine Tirailleurs, published in Paris in 1858, I was struck with the remarkable similarity between the habits of the Arabs and those of the wandering tribes that inhabit our Western prairies. Their manner of making war is almost precisely the same, and a successful system of strategic operations for one will, in my opinion, apply to the other.

In reading a discussion about warfare as practiced by the French in Algeria by Colonel A. Laure of the 2nd Algerine Tirailleurs, published in Paris in 1858, I was struck by the striking similarity between the habits of the Arabs and those of the nomadic tribes living on our Western prairies. Their approach to warfare is almost exactly the same, and I believe a successful strategic system for one would also work for the other.

As the Turks have been more successful than the French in their military operations against the Arab tribes, it may not be altogether uninteresting to inquire by what means these inferior soldiers have accomplished the best results.

As the Turks have been more successful than the French in their military operations against the Arab tribes, it might be interesting to look into how these lesser soldiers achieved such impressive results.

The author above mentioned, in speaking upon this subject, says:

The author mentioned above, while discussing this topic, says:

"In these latter days the world is occupied with the organization of mounted infantry, according to the example of the Turks, where, in the most successful experiments that have been made, the mule carries the foot-soldier.

"In today's world, there’s a focus on creating mounted infantry, inspired by the Turks, where in the most successful trials, the mule carries the foot soldier."

"The Turkish soldier mounts his mule, puts his provisions upon one side and his accoutrements upon the other, and, thus equipped, sets out upon long marches, traveling day and night, and only reposing occasionally in bivouac. Arrived near the place of operations (as near the break of day as possible), the Turks dismount in the most profound silence, and pass in succession the bridle of one mule through that of another in such a manner that a single man is sufficient to hold forty or fifty of them by retaining the last bridle, which secures all the others; they then examine their arms, and are ready to commence their work. The chief gives his last orders, posts his guides, and they make the attack, surprise the enemy, generally asleep, and carry the position without resistance. The operation terminated, they hasten to beat a retreat, to prevent the neighboring tribes from assembling, and thus avoid a combat.

The Turkish soldier gets on his mule, loads his supplies on one side and his gear on the other, and sets off on long marches, traveling day and night, resting only occasionally in camps. When they reach the operational area (as close to dawn as possible), the Turks dismount in total silence and pass the bridle of one mule through the next in such a way that one person can easily manage forty or fifty by holding onto the last bridle, which secures all the others. They then check their weapons and get ready to start their mission. The chief gives his final orders, positions his guides, and they launch the attack, typically catching the enemy off guard and taking the position without any resistance. Once the operation is done, they quickly retreat to prevent nearby tribes from gathering and avoid a fight.

"The Turks had only three thousand mounted men and ten thousand infantry in Algeria, yet these thirteen thousand men sufficed to conquer the same obstacles which have arrested us for twenty-six years, notwithstanding the advantage we had of an army which was successively re-enforced until it amounted to a hundred thousand.

"The Turks had only three thousand cavalry and ten thousand foot soldiers in Algeria, yet these thirteen thousand troops were enough to overcome the same challenges that have held us back for twenty-six years, despite the fact that we had an army that was continually bolstered until it reached a hundred thousand."

"Why not imitate the Turks, then, mount our infantry upon mules, and reduce the strength of our army?

"Why not copy the Turks, then, put our infantry on mules, and weaken our army?"

"The response is very simple:

"The answer is very simple:"

"The Turks are Turks—that is to say, Mussulmans—and indigenous to the country; the Turks speak the Arabic language; the Deys of Algiers had less country to guard than we, and they care very little about retaining possession of it. They are satisfied to receive a part of its revenues. They were not permanent; their dominion was held by a thread. The Arab dwells in tents; his magazines are in caves. When he starts upon a war expedition, he folds his tent, drives far away his beasts of burden, which transport his effects, and only carries with him his horse and arms. Thus equipped, he goes every where; nothing arrests him; and often, when we believe him twenty leagues distant, he is in ambush at precisely rifle range from the flanks of his enemy.

"The Turks are Turks—that is to say, Muslims—and native to the country; the Turks speak Arabic; the Deys of Algiers had less territory to defend than we do, and they don't care much about keeping it. They're happy just to get a share of its income. Their rule was not stable; it was held by a thread. The Arab lives in tents; his supplies are stored in caves. When he sets off on a military campaign, he packs up his tent, moves his pack animals far away, which carry his belongings, and only takes his horse and weapons with him. With this setup, he can go anywhere; nothing stops him; and often, when we think he's twenty leagues away, he’s hiding right within rifle range of his enemy's side."

"It may be thought the union of contingents might retard their movements, but this is not so. The Arabs, whether they number ten or a hundred thousand, move with equal facility. They go where they wish and as they wish upon a campaign; the place of rendezvous merely is indicated, and they arrive there.

"It might be believed that the joining of groups could slow them down, but that's not true. The Arabs, whether there are ten or a hundred thousand of them, move just as easily. They go wherever they want and however they want during a campaign; they’re just told where to meet, and they show up."

"What calculations can be made against such an organization as this?

"What calculations can be made against an organization like this?"

"Strategy evidently loses its advantages against such enemies; a general can only make conjectures; he marches to find the Arabs, and finds them not; then, again, when he least expects it, he suddenly encounters them.

"Strategy clearly loses its edge against such foes; a general can only guess; he marches to locate the Arabs and doesn't find them; then, when he least expects it, he suddenly runs into them."

"When the Arab despairs of success in battle, he places his sole reliance upon the speed of his horse to escape destruction; and as he is always in a country where he can make his camp beside a little water, he travels until he has placed a safe distance between himself and his enemy."

"When the Arab loses hope of winning in battle, he relies entirely on the speed of his horse to escape danger; and since he is usually in a place where he can set up his camp near a small water source, he rides until he has put a safe distance between himself and his enemy."


No people probably on the face of the earth are more ambitious of martial fame, or entertain a higher appreciation for the deeds of a daring and successful warrior, than the North American savages. The attainment of such reputation is the paramount and absorbing object of their lives; all their aspirations for distinction invariably take this channel of expression. A young man is never considered worthy to occupy a seat in council until he has encountered an enemy in battle; and he who can count the greatest number of scalps is the most highly honored by his tribe. This idea is inculcated from their earliest infancy. It is not surprising, therefore, that, with such weighty inducements before him, the young man who, as yet, has gained no renown as a brave or warrior, should be less discriminate in his attacks than older men who have already acquired a name. The young braves should, therefore, be closely watched when encountered on the Plains.

No group of people on the planet is likely more driven by the desire for military honor or has a greater respect for the actions of a bold and successful warrior than the Native Americans. Achieving such a reputation is the central and consuming goal of their lives; all their ambitions for recognition typically express this pursuit. A young man isn’t seen as worthy of participating in council until he has faced an enemy in battle, and the one who can claim the highest number of scalps is the most respected by his tribe. This belief is instilled in them from a very young age. It’s understandable, then, that a young man without any reputation as a brave or warrior may be less discerning in his attacks compared to older men who have already made a name for themselves. Therefore, young warriors should be closely monitored when they are encountered on the Plains.

The prairie tribes are seldom at peace with all their neighbors, and some of the young braves of a tribe are almost always absent upon a war excursion. These forays sometimes extend into the heart of the northern states of Mexico, where the Indians have carried on successful invasions for many years. They have devastated and depopulated a great portion of Sonora and Chihuahua. The objects of these forays are to steal horses and mules, and to take prisoners; and if it so happens that a war-party has been unsuccessful in the accomplishment of these ends, or has had the misfortune to lose some of its number in battle, they become reckless, and will often attack a small party with whom they are not at war, provided they hope to escape detection. The disgrace attendant upon a return to their friends without some trophies as an offset to the loss of their comrades is a powerful incentive to action, and they extend but little mercy to defenseless travelers who have the misfortune to encounter them at such a conjuncture.

The prairie tribes are rarely at peace with all their neighbors, and some of the young warriors from a tribe are almost always away on a war expedition. These raids sometimes reach deep into the northern states of Mexico, where the tribes have been carrying out successful invasions for many years. They have ravaged and depopulated much of Sonora and Chihuahua. The goals of these raids are to steal horses and mules and to take prisoners; if a war party fails to achieve these goals or loses some members in battle, they become reckless and often attack a small group they aren’t officially at war with, as long as they believe they can evade detection. The shame of returning to their tribe without any trophies to compensate for the loss of their comrades is a strong motivator, and they show little mercy to defenseless travelers who happen to cross their paths at such times.

While en route from New Mexico to Arkansas in 1849 I was encamped near the head of the Colorado River, and wishing to know the character of the country for a few miles in advance of our position, I desired an officer to go out and make the reconnoissance. I was lying sick in my bed at the time, or I should have performed the duty myself. I expected the officer would have taken an escort with him, but he omitted to do so, and started off alone. After proceeding a short distance he discovered four mounted Indians coming at full speed directly toward him, when, instead of turning his own horse toward camp, and endeavoring to make his escape (he was well mounted), or of halting and assuming a defensive attitude, he deliberately rode up to them; after which the tracks indicated that they proceeded about three miles together, when the Indians most brutally killed and scalped my most unfortunate but too credulous friend, who might probably have saved his life had he not, in the kindness of his excellent heart, imagined that the savages would reciprocate his friendly advances. He was most woefully mistaken, and his life paid the forfeit of his generous and noble disposition.

While traveling from New Mexico to Arkansas in 1849, I was camped near the head of the Colorado River. Wanting to understand the area a few miles ahead of our position, I asked an officer to go out and scout. I was lying sick in bed at the time, or I would have done it myself. I thought the officer would take an escort with him, but he didn't and set off alone. After going a short distance, he saw four mounted Indians charging toward him. Instead of turning his horse back to camp and trying to escape (he was on a good horse) or stopping to defend himself, he rode straight up to them. The tracks showed they went together for about three miles before the Indians brutally killed and scalped my unfortunate friend, who was too trusting. He might have saved his life if he hadn't, in his kindheartedness, believed the savages would reciprocate his friendly approach. He was tragically wrong, and his life paid the price for his generous nature.

I have never been able to get any positive information as to the persons who committed this murder, yet circumstances render it highly probable that they were a party of young Indians who were returning from an unsuccessful foray, and they were unable to resist the temptation of taking the scalp and horse of the lieutenant.

I have never been able to get any reliable information about the people who committed this murder, but the circumstances make it very likely that they were a group of young Indians returning from a failed raid, and they couldn't resist the temptation to take the lieutenant's scalp and horse.

A small number of white men, in traveling upon the Plains, should not allow a party of strange Indians to approach them unless able to resist an attack under the most unfavorable circumstances.

A few white men traveling on the Plains shouldn't let a group of unfamiliar Indians get close unless they're prepared to defend themselves even in the worst situations.

It is a safe rule, when a man finds himself alone in the prairies, and sees a party of Indians approaching, not to allow them to come near him, and if they persist in so doing, to signal them to keep away. If they do not obey, and he be mounted upon a fleet horse, he should make for the nearest timber. If the Indians follow and press him too closely, he should halt, turn around, and point his gun at the foremost, which will often have the effect of turning them back, but he should never draw trigger unless he finds that his life depends upon the shot; for, as soon as his shot is delivered, his sole dependence, unless he have time to reload, must be upon the speed of his horse.

It’s a good rule that when a man finds himself alone on the prairies and sees a group of Indians approaching, he shouldn’t let them come too close. If they continue to approach, he should signal them to stay away. If they don’t listen and he’s riding a fast horse, he should head for the nearest trees. If the Indians follow and get too close, he should stop, turn around, and aim his gun at the front one, which often makes them back off. However, he should never pull the trigger unless he feels his life is on the line; once he fires, unless he has time to reload, he can only rely on the speed of his horse.

The Indians of the Plains, notwithstanding the encomiums that have been heaped upon their brethren who formerly occupied the Eastern States for their gratitude, have not, so far as I have observed, the most distant conception of that sentiment. You may confer numberless benefits upon them for years, and the more that is done for them the more they will expect. They do not seem to comprehend the motive which dictates an act of benevolence or charity, and they invariably attribute it to fear or the expectation of reward. When they make a present, it is with a view of getting more than its equivalent in return.

The Plains Indians, despite the praise given to their counterparts who used to live in the Eastern States for their thankfulness, don’t seem to have any understanding of that feeling. You can do countless good things for them over the years, but the more you do, the more they’ll expect. They don’t seem to grasp the intention behind acts of kindness or charity, and they always think it's driven by fear or the hope of a reward. When they give a gift, it's with the goal of receiving something greater in return.

I have never yet been able to discover that the Western wild tribes possessed any of those attributes which among civilized nations are regarded as virtues adorning the human character. They have yet to be taught the first rudiments of civilization, and they are at this time as far from any knowledge of Christianity, and as worthy subjects for missionary enterprise, as the most untutored natives of the South Sea Islands.

I have never been able to find that the Western wild tribes have any of those traits that civilized nations consider to be the virtues that enhance human character. They still need to learn the basics of civilization, and right now they are just as unfamiliar with Christianity and just as deserving of missionary efforts as the most uneducated natives of the South Sea Islands.

KEEP AWAY!

STAY BACK!

The only way to make these merciless freebooters fear or respect the authority of our government is, when they misbehave, first of all to chastise them well by striking such a blow as will be felt for a long time, and thus show them that we are superior to them in war. They will then respect us much more than when their good-will is purchased with presents.

The only way to make these ruthless pirates fear or respect our government's authority is to punish them hard when they act out, hitting them with a blow they'll remember for a long time, and showing them that we're stronger than they are in battle. They'll respect us a lot more than if we try to win them over with gifts.

The opinion of a friend of mine, who has passed the last twenty-five years of his life among the Indians of the Rocky Mountains, corroborates the opinions I have advanced upon this head, and although I do not endorse all of his sentiments, yet many of them are deduced from long and matured experience and critical observation. He says:

The views of a friend of mine, who has spent the last twenty-five years living among the Indians in the Rocky Mountains, support the ideas I've shared on this topic. While I don't agree with all his opinions, many come from years of deep experience and careful observation. He says:

"They are the most onsartainest varmints in all creation, and I reckon tha'r not mor'n half human; for you never seed a human, arter you'd fed and treated him to the best fixins in your lodge, jist turn round and steal all your horses, or ary other thing he could lay his hands on. No, not adzackly. He would feel kinder grateful, and ask you to spread a blanket in his lodge ef you ever passed that a-way. But the Injun he don't care shucks for you, and is ready to do you a heap of mischief as soon as he quits your feed. No, Cap.," he continued, "it's not the right way to give um presents to buy peace; but ef I war governor of these yeer United States, I'll tell you what I'd do. I'd invite um all to a big feast, and make b'lieve I wanted to have a big talk; and as soon as I got um all together, I'd pitch in and sculp about half of um, and then t'other half would be mighty glad to make a peace that would stick. That's the way I'd make a treaty with the dog'ond, red-bellied varmints; and as sure as you're born, Cap., that's the only way."

"They're the most unreliable creatures in existence, and I doubt they're more than half human; because you’d never see a human, after you’ve fed and treated him to the best at your place, just turn around and steal all your horses or anything else he could grab. No, definitely not. He would feel kind of grateful and invite you to spread a blanket in his place if you ever passed through. But the Indian doesn’t care about you at all and is ready to cause you a lot of trouble as soon as he’s done eating your food. No, Cap.,” he continued, “it’s not the right way to give them gifts to buy peace; but if I were the governor of these United States, I’ll tell you what I’d do. I’d invite them all to a big feast and pretend I wanted to have an important conversation; and as soon as I got them all together, I’d jump in and scalp about half of them, and then the other half would be really happy to make a peace that would last. That’s how I’d make a treaty with those darn, red-bellied creatures; and as sure as you’re alive, Cap., that’s the only way."

I suggested to him the idea that there would be a lack of good faith and honor in such a proceeding, and that it would be much more in accordance with my notions of fair dealing to meet them openly in the field, and there endeavor to punish them if they deserve it. To this he replied,

I suggested to him that it would lack good faith and honor to proceed that way, and that it would be much more in line with my idea of fair dealing to confront them directly in the field and try to hold them accountable if they deserved it. To this, he replied,

"Tain't no use to talk about honor with them, Cap.; they hain't got no such thing in um; and they won't show fair fight, any way you can fix it. Don't they kill and sculp a white man when-ar they get the better on him? The mean varmints, they'll never behave themselves until you give um a clean out and out licking. They can't onderstand white folks' ways, and they won't learn um; and ef you treat um decently, they think you ar afeard. You may depend on't, Cap., the only way to treat Injuns is to thrash them well at first, then the balance will sorter take to you and behave themselves."

"It's pointless to talk about honor with them, Cap; they don't have any, and they won't fight fair, no matter what you do. Don’t they kill and scalp a white man whenever they get the chance? Those mean creatures will never behave until you really give them a good beating. They can't understand white people's ways, and they won't learn them; if you treat them decently, they think you’re scared. You can count on it, Cap; the only way to handle Indians is to give them a good thrashing at first, then the rest will kind of warm up to you and act right."

The wealth of the Prairie Indians consists almost exclusively in their horses, of which they possess large numbers; and they are in the saddle from infancy to old age. Horsemanship is with them, as with the Arab of the Sahara, a necessary part of their education. The country they occupy is unsuited to cultivation, and their only avocations are war, rapine, and the chase. They have no fixed habitations, but move from place to place with the seasons and the game. All their worldly effects are transported in their migrations, and wherever their lodges are pitched there is their home. They are strangers to all cares, creating for themselves no artificial wants, and are perfectly happy and contented so long as the buffalo is found within the limits of their wanderings. Every man is a soldier, and they generally exhibit great confidence in their own military prowess.

The wealth of the Prairie Indians mainly comes from their horses, of which they have many; they are in the saddle from childhood to old age. For them, riding is as essential to their upbringing as it is for the Arabs of the Sahara. The land they live on isn't suitable for farming, and their only activities are warfare, raiding, and hunting. They don’t have permanent homes but move according to the seasons and the availability of game. They carry all their belongings during these migrations, and wherever they set up their lodges is considered their home. They have no worries, create no unnecessary wants, and are perfectly happy and content as long as buffalo are within reach of their travels. Every man is a warrior, and they usually show great confidence in their military skills.

MEETING INDIANS.

MEETING NATIVE AMERICANS.

On approaching strangers these people put their horses at full speed, and persons not familiar with their peculiarities and habits might interpret this as an act of hostility; but it is their custom with friends as well as enemies, and should not occasion groundless alarm.

When approaching strangers, these people ride their horses at full speed, and anyone who isn’t used to their quirks and behaviors might see this as a sign of aggression; however, it’s just how they greet both friends and foes, and there's no need to be unnecessarily alarmed.

When a party is discovered approaching thus, and are near enough to distinguish signals, all that is necessary in order to ascertain their disposition is to raise the right hand with the palm in front, and gradually push it forward and back several times. They all understand this to be a command to halt, and if they are not hostile it will at once be obeyed.

When a group is spotted approaching like this, and they're close enough to see signals, all you need to do to determine their intentions is raise your right hand with the palm facing forward and slowly move it back and forth a few times. Everyone understands this as a signal to stop, and if they aren't hostile, they will immediately comply.

After they have stopped the right hand is raised again as before, and slowly moved to the right and left, which signifies "I do not know you. Who are you?" As all the wild tribes have their peculiar pantomimic signals by which they are known, they will then answer the inquiry by giving their signal. If this should not be understood, they may be asked if they are friends by raising both hands grasped in the manner of shaking hands, or by locking the two fore-fingers firmly while the hands are held up. If friendly, they will respond with the same signal; but if enemies, they will probably disregard the command to halt, or give the signal of anger by closing the hand, placing it against the forehead, and turning it back and forth while in that position.

After they stop, the right hand is raised again like before and slowly moved to the right and left, which means "I don't know you. Who are you?" Just like all wild tribes have their unique signals that identify them, they will respond to the question with their own signal. If that isn’t understood, they might be asked if they are friends by raising both hands as if shaking hands, or by firmly locking their two forefingers together with their hands held up. If they’re friendly, they will use the same signal; but if they are enemies, they will likely ignore the command to stop or signal anger by closing their hand, placing it against their forehead, and moving it back and forth while in that position.

The pantomimic vocabulary is understood by all the Prairie Indians, and when oral communication is impracticable it constitutes the court or general council language of the Plains. The signs are exceedingly graceful and significant; and, what was a fact of much astonishment to me, I discovered they were very nearly the same as those practiced by the mutes in our deaf and dumb schools, and were comprehended by them with perfect facility.

The sign language is understood by all the Prairie Indians, and when speaking isn't possible, it serves as the language for court or general council on the Plains. The gestures are incredibly graceful and meaningful; and, what surprised me a lot, I found that they were very similar to those used by deaf students in our schools, and these students understood them effortlessly.

The Comanche is represented by making with the hand a waving motion in imitation of the crawling of a snake.

The Comanche is shown by moving the hand in a waving motion, mimicking the movement of a snake crawling.

The Cheyenne, or "Cut-arm," by drawing the hand across the arm, to imitate cutting it with a knife.

The Cheyenne, or "Cut-arm," mimics cutting the arm with a knife by dragging the hand across it.

The Arapahoes, or "Smellers," by seizing the nose with the thumb and fore-finger.

The Arapahoes, or "Smellers," would grab the nose with their thumb and index finger.

The Sioux, or "Cut-throats," by drawing the hand across the throat.

The Sioux, also known as the "Cut-throats," by making a slicing motion across the throat.

The Pawnees, or "Wolves," by placing a hand on each side of the forehead, with two fingers pointing to the front, to represent the narrow, sharp ears of the wolf.

The Pawnees, or "Wolves," would place a hand on each side of their forehead with two fingers pointing forward to represent the wolf's narrow, sharp ears.

The Crows, by imitating the flapping of the bird's wings with the palms of the hands.

The Crows, by copying the flapping of the bird's wings with their hands.

When Indians meet a party of strangers, and are disposed to be friendly, the chiefs, after the usual salutations have been exchanged, generally ride out and accompany the commander of the party some distance, holding a friendly talk, and, at the same time, indulging their curiosity by learning the news, etc. Phlegmatic and indifferent as they appear to be, they are very inquisitive and observing, and, at the same time, exceedingly circumspect and cautious about disclosing their own purposes.

When Native Americans meet a group of strangers and feel friendly, the chiefs usually ride out and accompany the leader of the group for a while after the typical greetings are exchanged. They engage in friendly conversation while also satisfying their curiosity by gathering news and information. Although they may seem calm and indifferent, they are actually quite inquisitive and observant, while also being very careful and cautious about revealing their own intentions.

They are always desirous of procuring, from whomsoever they meet, testimonials of their good behavior, which they preserve with great care, and exhibit upon all occasions to strangers as a guarantee of future good conduct.

They are always eager to get testimonials of their good behavior from everyone they meet. They keep these testimonials carefully and show them off to strangers as proof of their future good conduct.

On meeting with a chief of the Southern Comanches in 1849, after going through the usual ceremony of embracing, and assuring me that he was the best friend the Americans ever had among the Indians, he exhibited numerous certificates from the different white men he had met with, testifying to his friendly disposition. Among these was one that he desired me to read with special attention, as he said he was of the opinion that perhaps it might not be so complimentary in its character as some of the others. It was in these words:

On meeting with a chief of the Southern Comanches in 1849, after going through the usual ceremony of embracing and assuring me that he was the best friend the Americans ever had among the Indians, he showed me several certificates from different white men he had interacted with, confirming his friendly nature. Among these was one that he wanted me to read carefully, as he believed it might not be as flattering as some of the others. It said:

"The bearer of this says he is a Comanche chief, named Senaco; that he is the biggest Indian and best friend the whites ever had; in fact, that he is a first-rate fellow; but I believe he is a d——d rascal, so look out for him."

"The person carrying this message claims he is a Comanche chief named Senaco; that he is the greatest Indian and the best friend the white people ever had; in fact, that he is a top-notch guy; but I think he is a damn rascal, so watch out for him."

I smiled on reading the paper, and, looking up, found the chief's eyes intently fixed upon mine with an expression of the most earnest inquiry. I told him the paper was not as good as it might be, whereupon he destroyed it.

I smiled when I read the paper, and, looking up, I found the chief's eyes locked onto mine with a look of intense curiosity. I told him the paper wasn't as good as it could be, and he then tore it up.

Five years after this interview I met Senaco again near the same place. He recognized me at once, and, much to my surprise, pronounced my name quite distinctly.

Five years after this interview, I ran into Senaco again near the same spot. He recognized me immediately and, to my surprise, pronounced my name clearly.

A circumstance which happened in my interview with this Indian shows their character for diplomatic policy.

A situation that occurred during my meeting with this Indian reveals their approach to diplomacy.

I was about locating and surveying a reservation of land upon which the government designed to establish the Comanches, and was desirous of ascertaining whether they were disposed voluntarily to come into the measure. In this connection, I stated to him that their Great Father, the President, being anxious to improve their condition, was willing to give them a permanent location, where they could cultivate the soil, and, if they wished it, he would send white men to teach them the rudiments of agriculture, supply them with farming utensils, and all other requisites for living comfortably in their new homes. I then desired him to consult with his people, and let me know what their views were upon the subject.

I was in the process of finding and surveying a piece of land where the government planned to settle the Comanches, and I wanted to know if they were willing to go along with this plan. In that context, I told him that their Great Father, the President, wanted to help improve their situation by offering them a permanent place to live where they could farm. If they wanted, he would send white men to teach them the basics of agriculture, provide them with farming tools, and everything else they needed to live comfortably in their new homes. I then asked him to talk to his people and let me know what they thought about this.

After talking a considerable time with his head men, he rose to reply, and said, "He was very happy to learn that the President remembered his poor red children in the Plains, and he was glad to see me again, and hear from me that their Great Father was their friend; that he was also very much gratified to meet his agent who was present, and that he should remember with much satisfaction the agreeable interview we had had upon that occasion." After delivering himself of numerous other non-committal expressions of similar import, he closed his speech and took his seat without making the slightest allusion to the subject in question.

After talking for a long time with his advisors, he stood up to respond and said, "He was very happy to hear that the President remembered his poor Native kids on the Plains, and he was glad to see me again and hear from me that their Great Father was their friend; he was also really pleased to meet his agent who was there, and he would remember with great satisfaction the pleasant meeting we had that day." After sharing many other vague statements with similar meaning, he finished his speech and sat down without mentioning the main topic at all.

On reminding him of this omission, and again demanding from him a distinct and categorical answer, he, after a brief consultation with his people, replied that his talk was made and concluded, and he did not comprehend why it was that I wanted to open the subject anew. But, as I continued to press him for an answer, he at length said, "You come into our country and select a small patch of ground, around which you run a line, and tell us the President will make us a present of this to live upon, when every body knows that the whole of this entire country, from the Red River to the Colorado, is now, and always has been, ours from time immemorial. I suppose, however, if the President tells us to confine ourselves to these narrow limits, we shall be forced to do so, whether we desire it or not."

Upon reminding him of this oversight and again demanding a clear and straightforward answer, he, after a quick discussion with his group, replied that his statement was final and he didn’t understand why I wanted to revisit the topic. But, as I kept pressing him for an answer, he finally said, "You come into our country and pick a small piece of land, mark out a boundary around it, and tell us the President will gift us this area to live on, when everyone knows that this entire region, from the Red River to the Colorado, has always belonged to us since ancient times. I guess, though, if the President tells us to stay within these tight boundaries, we’ll have to do it, whether we like it or not."

He was evidently averse to the proposed change in their mode of life, and has been at war ever since the establishment of the settlement.

He was clearly opposed to the suggested change in their lifestyle and has been in conflict ever since the settlement was established.

The mode of life of the nomadic tribes, owing to their unsettled and warlike habits, is such as to render their condition one of constant danger and apprehension. The security of their numerous animals from the encroachments of their enemies and habitual liability to attacks compels them to be at all times upon the alert. Even during profound peace they guard their herds both night and day, while scouts are often patrolling upon the surrounding heights to give notice of the approach of strangers, and enable them to secure their animals and take a defensive attitude.

The lifestyle of nomadic tribes, due to their restless and combative nature, puts them in a state of constant danger and worry. Protecting their many animals from threats and being vulnerable to attacks means they must always stay alert. Even in times of peace, they watch over their herds day and night, with scouts patrolling the nearby hills to warn them of approaching strangers, allowing them to secure their animals and prepare to defend themselves.

When one of these people conceives himself injured his thirst for revenge is insatiable. Grave and dignified in his outward bearing, and priding himself upon never exhibiting curiosity, joy, or anger, yet when once roused he evinces the implacable dispositions of his race; the affront is laid up and cherished in his breast, and nothing can efface it from his mind until ample reparation is made. The insult must be atoned for by presents, or be washed out with blood.

When one of these individuals feels wronged, their desire for revenge knows no bounds. They appear serious and composed, taking pride in never showing curiosity, joy, or anger, but once provoked, they reveal the relentless nature of their kind. The insult is held onto and nurtured in their heart, and nothing can erase it from their thoughts until they receive proper compensation. The offense must be made right with gifts, or it will be settled with blood.

WAR EXPEDITIONS.

WAR OPERATIONS.

When a chief desires to organize a war-party, he provides himself with a long pole, attaches a red flag to the end of it, and trims the top with eagle feathers. He then mounts his horse in his war-costume, and rides around through the camp singing the war-song. Those who are disposed to join the expedition mount their horses and fall into the procession; after parading about for a time, all dismount, and the war-dance is performed. This ceremony is continued from day to day until a sufficient number of volunteers are found to accomplish the objects desired, when they set out for the theatre of their intended exploits.

When a leader wants to organize a war party, he grabs a long pole, ties a red flag to the end, and decorates the top with eagle feathers. Then he gets on his horse in his battle outfit and rides through the camp singing the war song. Those who want to join the mission mount their horses and join the procession; after parading for a while, everyone dismounts and performs the war dance. This ritual continues every day until enough volunteers are gathered to meet their goals, at which point they head out to where they plan to carry out their exploits.

As they proceed upon their expedition, it sometimes happens that the chief with whom it originated, and who invariably assumes the command, becomes discouraged at not finding an opportunity of displaying his warlike abilities, and abandons the enterprise; in which event, if others of the party desire to proceed farther, they select another leader and push on, and thus so long as any one of the party holds out.

As they continue on their journey, it occasionally happens that the leader who started it all, and who always takes charge, becomes disheartened due to the lack of opportunities to show off his fighting skills and decides to quit the mission. In that case, if others in the group want to go further, they choose a new leader and keep moving forward, as long as at least one person in the group is still willing to go on.

A war-party is sometimes absent for a great length of time, and for days, weeks, and months their friends at home anxiously await their return, until, suddenly, from afar, the shrill war-cry of an avant courier is heard proclaiming the approach of the victorious warriors. The camp is in an instant alive with excitement and commotion. Men, women, and children swarm out to meet the advancing party. Their white horses are painted and decked out in the most fantastic style, and led in advance of the triumphal procession; and, as they pass around through the village, the old women set up a most unearthly howl of exultation, after which the scalp-dance is performed with all the pomp and display their limited resources admit of, the warriors having their faces painted black.

A war party can be away for a long time, and for days, weeks, or even months, their friends at home anxiously wait for their return. Then, suddenly, from a distance, the sharp war-cry of a scout announces the arrival of the victorious warriors. The camp instantly buzzes with excitement and activity. Men, women, and children rush out to greet the returning party. Their white horses are decorated and adorned in the most elaborate ways, leading the celebratory procession. As they make their way through the village, the older women let out a wild howl of joy, followed by the scalp dance, performed with all the flair and showmanship their limited resources allow, while the warriors have their faces painted black.

When, on the other hand, the expedition terminates disastrously by the loss of some of the party in battle, the relatives of the deceased cut off their own hair, and the tails and manes of their horses, as symbols of mourning, and howl and cry for a long time.

When the expedition ends badly due to the loss of some members in battle, the relatives of the deceased cut their hair, along with the tails and manes of their horses, as a sign of mourning, and they mourn loudly for a long time.

In 1854 I saw the widow of a former chief of the Southern Comanches, whose husband had been dead about three years, yet she continued her mourning tribute to his memory by crying daily for him and refusing all offers to marry again.

In 1854, I saw the widow of a former chief of the Southern Comanches. Her husband had been dead for about three years, yet she kept mourning him by crying for him every day and turning down all offers to remarry.

The prairie warrior is occasionally seen with the rifle in his hand, but his favorite arm is the bow, the use of which is taught him at an early age. By constant practice he acquires a skill in archery that renders him no less formidable in war than successful in the chase. Their bows are usually made of the tough and elastic wood of the "bois d'are," strengthened and re-enforced with sinews of the deer wrapped firmly around, and strung with a cord of the same material. They are from three to four feet long. The arrows, which are carried in a quiver upon the back, are about twenty inches long, of flexible wood, with a triangular iron point at one end, and at the other two feathers intersecting at right angles.

The prairie warrior is sometimes seen holding a rifle, but his weapon of choice is the bow, which he learns to use from a young age. Through consistent practice, he develops archery skills that make him just as fierce in battle as he is effective in hunting. Their bows are typically crafted from the strong and flexible wood of the "bois d'are," reinforced with deer sinews tightly wrapped around, and strung with a cord made from the same material. They are about three to four feet long. The arrows, which he carries in a quiver on his back, are around twenty inches long, made from flexible wood, with a triangular iron tip on one end and two feathers crossing at right angles on the other.

At short distances (about fifty yards), the bow, in the hands of the Indian, is effective, and in close proximity with the buffalo throws the arrow entirely through his huge carcass. In using this weapon the warrior protects himself from the missiles of his enemy with a shield made of two thicknesses of undressed buffalo hide filled in with hair.

At short distances (about fifty yards), the bow, when used by the Indian, is effective, and in close range with the buffalo, the arrow goes all the way through its massive body. When using this weapon, the warrior shields himself from enemy projectiles with a shield made from two layers of raw buffalo hide stuffed with hair.

The Comanches, Sioux, and other prairie tribes make their attacks upon the open prairies. Trusting to their wonderful skill in equitation and horsemanship, they ride around their enemies with their bodies thrown upon the opposite side of the horse, and discharge their arrows in rapid succession while at full speed; they will not, however, often venture near an enemy who occupies a defensive position. If, therefore, a small party be in danger of an attack from a large force of Indians, they should seek the cover of timber or a park of wagons, or, in the absence of these, rocks or holes in the prairie which afford good cover.

The Comanches, Sioux, and other prairie tribes launch their attacks on the open plains. Relying on their incredible skills in riding and horsemanship, they circle their enemies with their bodies leaning to the opposite side of the horse, shooting their arrows rapidly while moving at full speed. However, they usually won’t approach an enemy that’s in a strong defensive position. Therefore, if a small group is at risk of being attacked by a large number of Indians, they should look for the cover of trees, a line of wagons, or, if those aren’t available, seek out rocks or holes in the prairie that provide good shelter.

Attempts to stampede animals are often made when parties first arrive in camp, and when every one's attention is preoccupied in the arrangements therewith connected. In a country infested by hostile Indians, the ground in the vicinity of which it is proposed to encamp should be cautiously examined for tracks and other Indian signs by making a circuit around the locality previous to unharnessing the animals.

Attempts to stampede animals often happen when groups first get to camp, and everyone’s attention is focused on the related arrangements. In an area plagued by hostile Indians, the ground around the proposed campsite should be carefully checked for tracks and other Indian signs by circling the area before unhitching the animals.

After Indians have succeeded in stampeding a herd of horses or mules, and desire to drive them away, they are in the habit of pushing them forward as rapidly as possible for the first few days, in order to place a wide interval between themselves and any party that may be in pursuit.

After the Indians successfully stampede a herd of horses or mules and want to drive them away, they typically push them forward as quickly as possible for the first few days to create a big gap between themselves and any group that might be chasing them.

In running off stolen animals, the Indians are generally divided into two parties, one for driving and the other to act as a rear guard. Before they reach a place where they propose making a halt, they leave a vidette upon some prominent point to watch for pursuers and give the main party timely warning, enabling them to rally their animals and push forward again.

In gathering stolen animals, the Indigenous people are usually split into two groups: one for driving the animals and the other to serve as a rear guard. Before they get to a spot where they plan to take a break, they leave a lookout on a high point to keep an eye out for any pursuers and give the main group a timely warning, allowing them to regroup their animals and keep moving.

TRACKING INDIANS.

Tracking Native Americans.

When an Indian sentinel intends to watch for an enemy approaching from the rear, he selects the highest position available, and places himself near the summit in such an attitude that his entire body shall be concealed from the observation of any one in the rear, his head only being exposed above the top of the eminence. Here he awaits with great patience so long as he thinks there is any possibility of danger, and it will be difficult for an enemy to surprise him or to elude his keen and scrutinizing vigilance. Meanwhile his horse is secured under the screen of the hill, all ready when required. Hence it will be evident that, in following Indian depredators, the utmost vigilance and caution must be exercised to conceal from them the movements of their pursuers. They are the best scouts in the world, proficient in all the artifices and stratagems available in border warfare, and when hotly pursued by a superior force, after exhausting all other means of evasion, they scatter in different directions; and if, in a broken or mountainous country, they can do no better, abandon their horses and baggage, and take refuge in the rocks, gorges, or other hiding-places. This plan has several times been resorted to by Indians in Texas when surprised, and, notwithstanding their pursuers were directly upon them, the majority made their escape, leaving behind all their animals and other property.

When an Indian scout needs to watch for an enemy approaching from behind, he picks the highest spot available and positions himself near the top in a way that keeps his entire body hidden from anyone behind him, with just his head sticking out above the summit. He waits patiently as long as he thinks there's any chance of danger, making it hard for an enemy to catch him off guard or avoid his sharp and careful watch. Meanwhile, his horse is secured behind the hill, ready for use when needed. Therefore, it's clear that when追踪 Indian marauders, the highest level of vigilance and caution must be taken to hide the movements of their pursuers. They are the best scouts around, skilled in all the tricks and tactics used in border warfare, and when heavily pursued by a larger force, after exhausting other ways to escape, they scatter in different directions; if they can't find a better way out in rough or mountainous terrain, they will abandon their horses and gear, hiding in rocks, gorges, or other sheltered spots. This tactic has been used several times by Indians in Texas when caught by surprise, and even though their pursuers were right on them, most managed to escape, leaving behind their animals and other belongings.

For overtaking a marauding party of Indians who have advanced eight or ten hours before the pursuing party are in readiness to take the trail, it is not best to push forward rapidly at first, as this will weary and break down horses. The Indians must be supposed to have at least fifty or sixty miles the start; it will, therefore, be useless to think of overtaking them without providing for a long chase. Scouts should continually be kept out in front upon the trail to reconnoitre and give preconcerted signals to the main party when the Indians are espied.

For catching up to a group of Indians who have advanced eight or ten hours ahead of the pursuing party, it's not a good idea to rush forward at the beginning, as this will tire out the horses. The Indians are likely to have at least fifty or sixty miles of head start, so it would be pointless to think about catching them without preparing for a long chase. Scouts should always be sent ahead on the trail to scout and give agreed-upon signals to the main party when they spot the Indians.

In approaching all eminences or undulations in the prairies, the commander should be careful not to allow any considerable number of his men to pass upon the summits until the country around has been carefully reconnoitred by the scouts, who will cautiously raise their eyes above the crests of the most elevated points, making a scrutinizing examination in all directions; and, while doing this, should an Indian be encountered who has been left behind as a sentinel, he must, if possible, be secured or shot, to prevent his giving the alarm to his comrades. These precautions can not be too rigidly enforced when the trail becomes "warm;" and if there be a moon, it will be better to lie by in the daytime and follow the trail at night, as the great object is to come upon the Indians when they are not anticipating an attack. Such surprises, if discreetly conducted; generally prove successful.

In approaching any hills or rises in the prairie, the commander should be careful not to let too many of his men go on top until the scouts have thoroughly surveyed the area. They should cautiously peek above the highest points to carefully check all around; if they come across an Indian left behind as a lookout, they must, if possible, capture or shoot him to stop him from warning his fellow tribesmen. These precautions should be strictly followed when the trail gets "hot," and if there’s a moon, it’s better to rest during the day and track at night, as the goal is to surprise the Indians when they aren't expecting an attack. Such surprises, if done wisely, usually succeed.

As soon as the Indians are discovered in their bivouac, the pursuing party should dismount, leave their horses under charge of a guard in some sequestered place, and, before advancing to the attack, the men should be instructed in signals for their different movements, such as all will easily comprehend and remember. As, for example, a pull upon the right arm may signify to face to the right, and a pull upon the left arm to face to the left; a pull upon the skirt of the coat, to halt; a gentle push on the back, to advance in ordinary time; a slap on the back, to advance in double quick time, etc., etc.

As soon as the Indians are spotted in their camp, the pursuing team should get off their horses and leave them with a guard in a secluded spot. Before moving in to attack, the men should be taught signals for different actions that everyone can easily understand and remember. For example, pulling on the right arm could mean to turn right, pulling on the left arm could mean to turn left, pulling on the coat's hem could signal to stop, a gentle push on the back could indicate to move forward at a normal pace, and a slap on the back could mean to rush forward quickly, and so on.

These signals, having been previously well understood and practiced, may be given by the commander to the man next to him, and from him communicated in rapid succession throughout the command.

These signals, which were previously well understood and practiced, can be given by the commander to the person next to him, and then relayed quickly throughout the command.

I will suppose the party formed in one rank, with the commander on the right. He gives the signal, and the men move off cautiously in the direction indicated. The importance of not losing sight of his comrades on his right and left, and of not allowing them to get out of his reach, so as to break the chain of communication, will be apparent to all, and great care should be taken that the men do not mistake their brothers in arms for the enemy. This may be prevented by having two pass-words, and when there be any doubt as to the identity of two men who meet during the night operations, one of these words may be repeated by each. Above all, the men must be fully impressed with the importance of not firing a shot until the order is given by the commanding officer, and also that a rigorous personal accountability will be enforced in all cases of a violation of this rule.

I will assume the group is lined up in one row, with the leader on the right. He gives the signal, and the team moves cautiously in the indicated direction. It will be clear to everyone how critical it is not to lose sight of their teammates on either side and to make sure they stay within reach to maintain communication. Great care should be taken to ensure that the soldiers do not mistake their fellow troops for the enemy. This can be prevented by having two pass-words, and if there's any doubt about the identity of two people who meet during night operations, they can each repeat one of these words. Above all, the soldiers must understand how crucial it is not to fire a shot until the commanding officer gives the order, and that strict personal accountability will be enforced for any violations of this rule.

If the commander gives the signal for commencing the attack by firing a pistol or gun, there will probably be no mistake, unless it happens through carelessness by the accidental discharge of firearms.

If the commander signals the start of the attack by firing a pistol or gun, there likely won't be any confusion, unless it occurs due to carelessness from accidentally firing a weapon.

I can conceive of nothing more appalling, or that tends more to throw men off their guard and produce confusion, than a sudden and unexpected night-attack. Even the Indians, who pride themselves upon their coolness and self-possession, are far from being exempt from its effects; and it is not surprising that men who go to sleep with a sense of perfect security around them, and are suddenly aroused from a sound slumber by the terrific sounds of an onslaught from an enemy, should lose their presence of mind.

I can’t think of anything more shocking, or that makes people let their guard down and create chaos, than a sudden and unexpected night attack. Even the Indians, who take pride in their calmness and composure, aren’t immune to its effects; and it’s no wonder that people who fall asleep feeling completely safe around them, and are suddenly jolted awake by the terrifying sounds of an enemy attack, would lose their cool.

TELEGRAPHING BY SMOKES.

Smoke signals.

The transparency of the atmosphere upon the Plains is such that objects can be seen at great distances; a mountain, for example, presents a distinct and bold outline at fifty or sixty miles, and may occasionally be seen as far as a hundred miles.

The clarity of the atmosphere over the Plains is so strong that you can see objects from far away; for instance, a mountain stands out sharply even at fifty or sixty miles, and sometimes it's visible up to a hundred miles away.

The Indians, availing themselves of this fact, have been in the habit of practicing a system of telegraphing by means of smokes during the day and fires by night, and, I dare say, there are but few travelers who have crossed the mountains to California that have not seen these signals made and responded to from peak to peak in rapid succession.

The Native Americans, taking advantage of this fact, have regularly used a system of signaling through smoke during the day and fires at night, and I would bet that there are very few travelers who have crossed the mountains to California that haven't witnessed these signals being sent and answered from peak to peak quickly.

The Indians thus make known to their friends many items of information highly important to them. If enemies or strangers make their appearance in the country, the fact is telegraphed at once, giving them time to secure their animals and to prepare for attack, defense, or flight.

The Indians let their friends know many pieces of information that are really important to them. If enemies or strangers show up in the area, they immediately send the word out, giving them time to secure their animals and get ready for an attack, to defend themselves, or to flee.

War or hunting parties, after having been absent a long time from their erratic friends at home, and not knowing where to find them, make use of the same preconcerted signals to indicate their presence.

War or hunting parties, after being away for a long time from their unpredictable friends at home and unsure of where to find them, use the same agreed-upon signals to show they're back.

Very dense smokes may be raised by kindling a large fire with dry wood, and piling upon it the green boughs of pine, balsam, or hemlock. This throws off a heavy cloud of black smoke which can be seen very far.

Very thick smoke can be created by starting a big fire with dry wood and then adding green branches of pine, balsam, or hemlock. This produces a dense cloud of black smoke that can be seen from a long distance.

This simple method of telegraphing, so useful to the savages both in war and in peace, may, in my judgment, be used to advantage in the movements of troops co-operating in separate columns in the Indian country.

This straightforward way of sending messages, which is so helpful for tribes in both conflict and tranquility, could, in my opinion, be beneficial for coordinating troops operating in separate units in the Indian territory.

I shall not attempt at this time to present a matured system of signals, but will merely give a few suggestions tending to illustrate the advantages to be derived from the use of them.

I won't try to present a fully developed system of signals right now, but I will offer a few suggestions to show the benefits of using them.

For example, when two columns are marching through a country at such distances apart that smokes may be seen from one to the other, their respective positions may be made known to each other at any time by two smokes raised simultaneously or at certain preconcerted intervals.

For example, when two columns are moving through a country far enough apart that smoke can be seen from one to the other, they can confirm their positions to each other at any time by sending up two smoke signals at the same time or at specific agreed intervals.

Should the commander of one column desire to communicate with the other, he raises three smokes simultaneously, which, if seen by the other party, should be responded to in the same manner. They would then hold themselves in readiness for any other communications.

Should the leader of one group want to communicate with the other, they raise three smoke signals at the same time. If the other group sees this, they should respond in the same way. They would then be prepared for any further messages.

If an enemy is discovered in small numbers, a smoke raised twice at fifteen minutes' interval would indicate it; and if in large force, three times with the same intervals might be the signal.

If a small group of enemies is spotted, raising smoke twice at fifteen-minute intervals would signal it; and if they're in large numbers, raising smoke three times with the same intervals could serve as a signal.

Should the commander of one party desire the other to join him, this might be telegraphed by four smokes at ten minutes' interval.

Should the leader of one group want the other to join him, he could signal this with four smoke signals spaced ten minutes apart.

Should it become necessary to change the direction of the line of march, the commander may transmit the order by means of two simultaneous smokes raised a certain number of times to indicate the particular direction; for instance, twice for north, three times for south, four times for east, and five times for west; three smokes raised twice for northeast, three times for northwest, etc., etc.

Should it be necessary to change the direction of the march, the commander can issue the order by signaling with two smoke bursts, raised a specific number of times to indicate the direction; for example, twice for north, three times for south, four times for east, and five times for west; three smoke bursts raised twice for northeast, three times for northwest, and so on.

By multiplying the combinations of signals a great variety of messages might be transmitted in this manner; but, to avoid mistakes, the signals should be written down and copies furnished the commander of each separate party, and they need not necessarily be made known to other persons.

By combining different signals, a wide range of messages can be sent this way; however, to prevent errors, the signals should be documented and copies provided to the leader of each individual group, and they don’t have to be disclosed to others.

During the day an intelligent man should be detailed to keep a vigilant look-out in all directions for smokes, and he should be furnished with a watch, pencil, and paper, to make a record of the signals, with their number, and the time of the intervals between them.

During the day, a smart person should be assigned to keep a close watch in all directions for smoke signals. They should be equipped with a watch, pencil, and paper to record the signals, including their number and the time between them.

CHAPTER VII.

CHAPTER 7.

Hunting. Its Benefits to the Soldier. Buffalo. Deer. Antelope. Bear. Big-horn, or Mountain Sheep. Their Habits, and Hints upon the best Methods of hunting them.

Hunting. Its Benefits to the Soldier. Buffalo. Deer. Antelope. Bear. Big-horn, or Mountain Sheep. Their Habits, and Tips on the best Ways to hunt them.

HUNTING.

Hunting.

I know of no better school of practice for perfecting men in target-firing, and the use of firearms generally, than that in which the frontier hunter receives his education. One of the first and most important lessons that he is taught impresses him with the conviction that, unless his gun is in good order and steadily directed upon the game, he must go without his supper; and if ambition does not stimulate his efforts, his appetite will, and ultimately lead to success and confidence in his own powers.

I know of no better training ground for improving people's skills in target shooting and the use of firearms than what a frontier hunter experiences. One of the first and most crucial lessons teaches him that if his gun isn’t in good condition and aimed steadily at the game, he’ll end up going hungry. If ambition doesn’t drive him, his hunger will, ultimately leading to success and confidence in his abilities.

The man who is afraid to place the butt of his piece firmly against his shoulder, or who turns away his head at the instant of pulling trigger (as soldiers often do before they have been drilled at target-practice), will not be likely to bag much game or to contribute materially toward the result of a battle. The successful hunter, as a general rule, is a good shot, will always charge his gun properly, and may be relied upon in action. I would, therefore, when in garrison or at permanent camps, encourage officers and soldiers in field-sports. If permitted, men very readily cultivate a fondness for these innocent and healthy exercises, and occupy their leisure time in their pursuit; whereas, if confined to the narrow limits of a frontier camp or garrison, having no amusements within their reach, they are prone to indulge in practices which are highly detrimental to their physical and moral condition.

The man who is scared to press the butt of his gun firmly against his shoulder, or who looks away just before pulling the trigger (like soldiers often do before they’ve been trained), is not likely to catch much game or make a significant impact in a battle. Generally, a successful hunter is a good shot, knows how to properly load his gun, and can be counted on in action. Therefore, when stationed at garrisons or permanent camps, I would encourage officers and soldiers to engage in field sports. If allowed, men quickly develop a liking for these fun and healthy activities and spend their free time pursuing them; on the other hand, if they’re stuck in the confines of a frontier camp or garrison without any entertainment options, they tend to indulge in behaviors that are very harmful to their physical and moral health.

By making short excursions about the country they acquire a knowledge of it, become inured to fatigue, learn the art of bivouacking, trailing, etc., etc., all of which will be found serviceable in border warfare; and, even if they should perchance now and then miss some of the minor routine duties of the garrison, the benefits they would derive from hunting would, in my opinion, more than counterbalance its effects. Under the old regime it was thought that drills, dress-parades, and guard-mountings comprehended the sum total of the soldier's education, but the experience of the last ten years has taught us that these are only the rudiments, and that to combat successfully with Indians we must receive instruction from them, study their tactics, and, where they suit our purposes, copy from them.

By taking short trips around the country, they gain knowledge about it, become accustomed to fatigue, and learn skills like camping and tracking, all of which will be useful in border battles. Even if they occasionally miss some of the smaller routine tasks of the garrison, I believe the benefits they gain from hunting would more than make up for it. In the past, it was believed that drills, parades, and guard duty constituted the entire education of a soldier, but the experiences of the last ten years have shown us that these are just the basics. To successfully fight against Native Americans, we need to learn from them, study their tactics, and adopt their strategies when they align with our goals.

The union of discipline with the individuality, self-reliance, and rapidity of locomotion of the savage is what we should aim at. This will be the tendency of the course indicated, and it is conceived by the writer that an army composed of well-disciplined hunters will be the most efficient of all others against the only enemy we have to encounter within the limits of our vast possessions.

The combination of discipline with the individuality, self-reliance, and quick mobility of the savage is what we should strive for. This will be the goal of the suggested approach, and the author believes that an army made up of well-disciplined hunters will be the most effective against the only enemy we face within the boundaries of our vast territory.

I find some pertinent remarks upon this subject in a very sensible essay by "a late captain of infantry" (U.S.). He says:

I came across some relevant comments on this topic in a very insightful essay by "a recent captain of infantry" (U.S.). He states:

"It is conceived that scattered bands of mounted hunters, with the speed of a horse and the watchfulness of a wolf or antelope, whose faculties are sharpened by their necessities; who, when they get short of provisions, separate and look for something to eat, and find it in the water, in the ground, or on the surface; whose bill of fare ranges from grass-seed, nuts, roots, grasshoppers, lizards, and rattlesnakes up to the antelope, deer, elk, bear, and buffalo, and who have a continent to roam over, will be neither surprised, caught, conquered, overawed, or reduced to famine by a rumbling, bugle-blowing, drum-beating town passing through their country on wheels at the speed of a loaded wagon.

"It is imagined that groups of mounted hunters, moving as fast as horses and watching closely like wolves or antelopes, whose skills are honed by necessity; who, when their supplies run low, split up to find food, whether in the water, soil, or on the surface; whose diet includes everything from grass seeds, nuts, roots, grasshoppers, lizards, and rattlesnakes to antelope, deer, elk, bear, and buffalo, and who have a whole continent to explore, will not be surprised, caught, defeated, intimidated, or starved by a rumbling, bugle-blowing, drum-beating town traveling through their land at the speed of a loaded wagon."

"If the Indians are in the path and do not wish to be seen, they cross a ridge, and the town moves on, ignorant whether there are fifty Indians within a mile or no Indian within fifty miles. If the Indians wish to see, they return to the crest of the ridge, crawl up to the edge, pull up a bunch of grass by the roots, and look through or under it at the procession."

"If the Indians are in the way and don't want to be noticed, they move across a ridge, and the town continues on, unaware if there are fifty Indians within a mile or no Indians within fifty miles. If the Indians want to watch, they go back to the top of the ridge, sneak up to the edge, pull up a handful of grass by the roots, and look through or underneath it at the parade."

Although I would always encourage men in hunting when permanently located, yet, unless they are good woodsmen, it is not safe to permit them to go out alone in marching through the Indian country, as, aside from the danger of encountering Indians, they would be liable to become bewildered and perhaps lost, and this might detain the entire party in searching for them. The better plan upon a march is for three or four to go out together, accompanied by a good woodsman, who will be able with certainty to lead them back to camp.

Although I always encourage men to hunt when they’re settled, it’s not safe to let them wander off alone in the Indian territory unless they are experienced in the wilderness. Besides the risk of running into Indians, they could easily get lost or confused, which could delay everyone while we search for them. A smarter approach during a march is for three or four men to team up, accompanied by a skilled woodsman who can confidently lead them back to camp.

The little group could ascertain if Indians are about, and would be strong enough to act on the defensive against small parties of them; and, while they are amusing themselves, they may perform an important part as scouts and flankers.

The small group could check if there are any Indians nearby and would be strong enough to defend against small groups of them; and, while they are having fun, they can play a crucial role as scouts and flankers.

An expedition may have been perfectly organized, and every thing provided that the wisest forethought could suggest, yet circumstances beyond the control of the most experienced traveler may sometimes arise to defeat the best concerted plans. It is not, for example, an impossible contingency that the traveler may, by unforeseen delays, consume his provisions, lose them in crossing streams, or have them stolen by hostile Indians, and be reduced to the necessity of depending upon game for subsistence. Under these circumstances, a few observations upon the habits of the different animals that frequent the Plains and on the best methods of hunting them may not be altogether devoid of interest or utility in this connection.

An expedition might be perfectly planned, with everything that the best preparation could suggest, but unexpected circumstances can sometimes disrupt even the most well-thought-out plans. For instance, it’s not unlikely that the traveler might, due to unforeseen delays, run out of supplies, lose them while crossing rivers, or have them stolen by hostile natives, forcing him to rely on hunting for food. In these situations, some notes on the habits of the various animals that roam the Plains and the best ways to hunt them could be quite useful and interesting.

THE BUFFALO.

THE BUFFALO.

The largest and most useful animal that roams over the prairies is the buffalo. It provides food, clothing, and shelter to thousands of natives whose means of livelihood depend almost exclusively upon this gigantic monarch of the prairies.

The largest and most useful animal that wanders the plains is the buffalo. It supplies food, clothing, and shelter to thousands of natives whose livelihoods depend almost entirely on this giant ruler of the prairies.

Not many years since they thronged in countless multitudes over all that vast area lying between Mexico and the British possessions, but now their range is confined within very narrow limits, and a few more years will probably witness the extinction of the species.

Not many years ago, they crowded in huge numbers across the vast land between Mexico and the British territories, but now their range is limited to a small area, and in just a few more years, we will probably see the species go extinct.

The traveler, in passing from Texas or Arkansas through southern New Mexico to California, does not, at the present day, encounter the buffalo; but upon all the routes north of latitude 36° the animal is still found between the 99th and 102d meridians of longitude.

The traveler, when traveling from Texas or Arkansas through southern New Mexico to California, does not encounter buffalo today; however, along all the routes north of latitude 36°, the animal can still be found between the 99th and 102nd meridians of longitude.

Although generally regarded as migratory in their habits, yet the buffalo often winter in the snows of a high northern latitude. Early in the spring of 1858 I found them in the Rocky Mountains, at the head of the Arkansas and South Platte Rivers, and there was every indication that this was a permanent abiding-place for them.

Although generally seen as migratory, buffalo often winter in the snowy conditions of the far north. In early spring 1858, I found them in the Rocky Mountains, at the source of the Arkansas and South Platte Rivers, and it seemed clear that this was a permanent home for them.

There are two methods generally practiced in hunting the buffalo, viz.: running them on horseback, and stalking, or still-hunting. The first method requires a sure-footed and tolerably fleet horse that is not easily frightened. The buffalo cow, which makes much better beef than the bull, when pursued by the hunter runs rapidly, and, unless the horse be fleet, it requires a long and exhausting chase to overtake her.

There are two main methods typically used for hunting buffalo: chasing them on horseback and stalking or still-hunting. The first method needs a sure-footed and fairly fast horse that won’t get easily scared. The buffalo cow, which is much better for beef than the bull, runs quickly when being chased by the hunter, and unless the horse is fast, it takes a long and tiring effort to catch up to her.

When the buffalo are discovered, and the hunter intends to give chase, he should first dismount, arrange his saddle-blanket and saddle, buckle the girth tight, and make every thing about his horse furniture snug and secure. He should then put his arms in good firing order, and, taking the lee side of the herd, so that they may not get "the wind" of him, he should approach in a walk as close as possible, taking advantage of any cover that may offer. His horse then, being cool and fresh, will be able to dash into the herd, and probably carry his rider very near the animal he has selected before he becomes alarmed.

When the buffalo are spotted and the hunter plans to give chase, he should first get off his horse, adjust his saddle blanket and saddle, tighten the girth, and make sure everything on his horse is secure. Next, he should check his weapon, and approaching from the downwind side of the herd to avoid being scented, he should walk as close as possible, using any available cover. This way, his horse, being calm and energized, will be able to sprint into the herd and likely get him very close to the chosen animal before it notices them.

If the hunter be right-handed, and uses a pistol, he should approach upon the left side, and when nearly opposite and close upon the buffalo, deliver his shot, taking aim a little below the centre of the body, and about eight inches back of the shoulder. This will strike the vitals, and generally render another shot unnecessary.

If the hunter is right-handed and uses a pistol, he should approach from the left side, and when he’s nearly opposite and close to the buffalo, he should take his shot, aiming a bit below the center of the body and about eight inches behind the shoulder. This will hit the vital organs and usually make another shot unnecessary.

When a rifle or shot-gun is used the hunter rides up on the right side, keeping his horse well in hand, so as to be able to turn off if the beast charges upon him; this, however, never happens except with a buffalo that is wounded, when it is advisable to keep out of his reach.

When using a rifle or shotgun, the hunter rides on the right side, keeping his horse under control so he can quickly move away if the animal charges at him. This situation usually only occurs with a wounded buffalo, in which case it's best to stay out of its way.

The buffalo has immense powers of endurance, and will run for many miles without any apparent effort or diminution in speed. The first buffalo I ever saw I followed about ten miles, and when I left him he seemed to run faster than when the chase commenced.

The buffalo has incredible stamina and can run for miles without showing any signs of fatigue or slowing down. The first buffalo I ever saw, I chased for about ten miles, and when I finally stopped, it looked like he was running even faster than when I started chasing him.

As a long buffalo-chase is very severe labor upon a horse, I would recommend to all travelers, unless they have a good deal of surplus horse-flesh, never to expend it in running buffalo.

As a long buffalo chase is tough work for a horse, I would advise all travelers, unless they have plenty of extra horses, not to use them for running buffalo.

Still-hunting, which requires no consumption of horse-flesh, and is equally successful with the other method, is recommended. In stalking on horseback, the most broken and hilly localities should be selected, as these will furnish cover to the hunter, who passes from the crest of one hill to another, examining the country carefully in all directions. When the game is discovered, if it happen to be on the lee side, the hunter should endeavor, by making a wide detour, to get upon the opposite side, as he will find it impossible to approach within rifle range with the wind.

Still-hunting, which doesn't require eating horse meat and works just as well as the other method, is recommended. When stalking on horseback, you should choose the most rugged and hilly areas since they'll provide cover for the hunter, who moves from the top of one hill to another, carefully looking around in all directions. When the game is spotted, if it's on the sheltered side, the hunter should try to make a wide detour to reach the opposite side, as it will be impossible to get within rifle range with the wind in the way.

When the animal is upon a hill, or in any other position where he can not be approached without danger of disturbing him, the hunter should wait until he moves off to more favorable ground, and this will not generally require much time, as they wander about a great deal when not grazing; he then pickets his horse, and approaches cautiously, seeking to screen himself as much as possible by the undulations in the surface, or behind such other objects as may present themselves; but if the surface should offer no cover, he must crawl upon his hands and knees when near the game, and in this way he can generally get within rifle range.

When the animal is on a hill or in any position where he can't be approached without risk of scaring him, the hunter should wait until he moves to a better spot. This usually doesn’t take long, since they wander around a lot when they’re not grazing. The hunter then ties up his horse and approaches carefully, trying to hide himself as much as possible using the bumps in the terrain or any objects nearby. If there’s no cover available, he will need to crawl on his hands and knees as he gets close to the game, which typically allows him to get within rifle range.

Should there be several animals together, and his first shot take effect, the hunter can often get several other shots before they become frightened. A Delaware Indian and myself once killed five buffaloes out of a small herd before the remainder were so much disturbed as to move away; although we were within the short distance of twenty yards, yet the reports of our rifles did not frighten them in the least, and they continued grazing during all the time we were loading and firing.

If there are several animals together and the first shot hits, the hunter can often take several more shots before they get scared. A Delaware Indian and I once took down five buffaloes from a small herd before the others got so disturbed that they left; even though we were only about twenty yards away, the sound of our rifles didn’t scare them at all, and they kept grazing while we loaded and fired.

The sense of smelling is exceedingly acute with the buffalo, and they will take the wind from the hunter at as great a distance as a mile.

The buffalo have a highly developed sense of smell, allowing them to detect a hunter's scent from as far away as a mile.

When the animal is wounded, and stops, it is better not to go near him until he lies down, as he will often run a great distance if disturbed; but if left to himself, will in many cases die in a short time.

When the animal is injured and stops, it’s best not to approach it until it lies down, as it may run a long way if startled. However, if left alone, it will often die within a short time.

The tongues, humps, and marrow-bones are regarded as the choice parts of the animal. The tongue is taken out by ripping open the skin between the prongs of the lower jaw-bone and pulling it out through the orifice. The hump may be taken off by skinning down on each side of the shoulders and cutting away the meat, after which the hump-ribs can be unjointed where they unite with the spine. The marrow, when roasted in the bones, is delicious.

The tongues, humps, and marrow bones are seen as the best parts of the animal. The tongue is removed by slicing open the skin between the prongs of the lower jaw and pulling it out through the opening. The hump can be removed by skinning down both sides of the shoulders and cutting away the meat, after which the hump ribs can be disconnected from where they join the spine. The marrow, when roasted in the bones, is tasty.

THE DEER.

THE DEER.

Of all game quadrupeds indigenous to this continent, the common red deer is probably more widely dispersed from north to south and from east to west over our vast possessions than any other. They are found in all latitudes from Hudson's Bay to Mexico, and they clamber over the most elevated peaks of the western sierras with the same ease that they range the eastern forests or the everglades of Florida. In summer they crop the grass upon the summits of the Rocky Mountains, and in winter, when the snow falls deep, they descend into sheltered valleys, where they fall an easy prey to the Indians.

Of all the game animals native to this continent, the common red deer is likely found more widely from north to south and east to west across our vast lands than any other species. They inhabit all latitudes from Hudson's Bay to Mexico and can easily navigate the highest peaks of the western mountains just as they do the eastern forests or the swamps of Florida. In the summer, they graze on the grass at the top of the Rocky Mountains, and in the winter, when the snow gets deep, they move down into protected valleys, where they become easy targets for the Indigenous people.

Besides the common red deer of the Eastern States, two other varieties are found in the Rocky Mountains, viz., the "black-tailed deer," which takes its name from the fact of its having a small tuft of black hair upon the end of its tail, and the long-tailed species. The former of these is considerably larger than the eastern deer, and is much darker, being of a very deep-yellowish iron-gray, with a yellowish red upon the belly. It frequents the mountains, and is never seen far away from them. Its habits are similar to those of the red deer, and it is hunted in the same way. The only difference I have been able to discern between the long-tailed variety and the common deer is in the length of the tail and body. I have seen this animal only in the neighborhood of the Rocky Mountains, but it may resort to other localities.

Besides the common red deer found in the Eastern States, there are two other types in the Rocky Mountains: the "black-tailed deer," named for the small tuft of black hair at the end of its tail, and the long-tailed species. The black-tailed variety is significantly larger than the eastern deer and much darker, sporting a deep yellowish iron-gray coat with a yellowish-red belly. It inhabits the mountains and is rarely seen far from them. Its behavior is similar to that of the red deer, and it is hunted in the same manner. The only difference I’ve noticed between the long-tailed variety and the common deer is the length of their tails and bodies. I have only spotted this animal near the Rocky Mountains, but it might also be found in other areas.

Although the deer are still abundant in many of our forest districts in the east, and do not appear to decrease very rapidly, yet there has within a few years been a very evident diminution in the numbers of those frequenting our Western prairies. In passing through Southern Texas in 1846, thousands of deer were met with daily, and, astonishing as it may appear, it was no uncommon spectacle to see from one to two hundred in a single herd; the prairies seemed literally alive with them; but in 1855 it was seldom that a herd often was seen in the same localities. It seemed to me that the vast herds first met with could not have been killed off by the hunters in that sparsely-populated section, and I was puzzled to know what had become of them. It is possible they may have moved off into Mexico; they certainly are not in our territory at the present time.

Although there are still plenty of deer in many of our eastern forests, and they don’t seem to be decreasing too quickly, there has clearly been a significant drop in the numbers found on our Western prairies over the past few years. When I traveled through Southern Texas in 1846, I encountered thousands of deer every day, and it was quite common to see one to two hundred in a single herd; the prairies felt completely alive with them. However, by 1855, it was rare to see a herd in the same areas. I thought that the large herds we had first encountered couldn’t have been wiped out by hunters in that sparsely populated region, and I was left wondering what happened to them. It’s possible they moved into Mexico; they definitely aren’t in our territory anymore.

Twenty years' experience in deer-hunting has taught me several facts relative to the habits of the animal which, when well understood, will be found of much service to the inexperienced hunter, and greatly contribute to his success. The best target-shots are not necessarily the most skillful deer-stalkers. One of the great secrets of this art is in knowing how to approach the game without giving alarm, and this can not easily be done unless the hunter sees it before he is himself discovered. There are so many objects in the woods resembling the deer in color that none but a practiced eye can often detect the difference.

Twenty years of deer hunting have taught me several facts about the animal's habits that, when fully understood, will be very helpful to inexperienced hunters and greatly improve their chances of success. The best shots aren't always the most skilled at stalking deer. One of the key secrets in this skill is knowing how to approach the game without spooking it, and this is not easy to achieve unless the hunter spots the deer before being noticed. There are so many things in the woods that look similar to deer in color that only a trained eye can often tell the difference.

When the deer is reposing he generally turns his head from the wind, in which position he can see an enemy approaching from that direction, and his nose will apprise him of the presence of danger from the opposite side. The best method of hunting deer, therefore, is across the wind.

When a deer is resting, it usually turns its head away from the wind. This way, it can see if an enemy is coming from that direction, while its nose will alert it to danger coming from the other side. So, the best way to hunt deer is across the wind.

While the deer are feeding, early in the morning and a short time before dark in the evening are the best times to stalk them, as they are then busily occupied and less on the alert. When a deer is espied with his head down, cropping the grass, the hunter advances cautiously, keeping his eyes constantly directed upon him, and screening himself behind intervening objects, or, in the absence of other cover, crawls along upon his hands and knees in the grass, until the deer hears his steps and raises his head, when he must instantly stop and remain in an attitude fixed and motionless as a statue, for the animal's vision is his keenest sense. When alarmed he will detect the slightest movement of a small object, and, unless the hunter stands or lies perfectly still, his presence will be detected. If the hunter does not move, the deer will, after a short time, recover from his alarm and resume his grazing, when he may be again approached. The deer always exhibits his alarm by a sudden jerking of the tail just before he raises his head.

While the deer are eating, the best times to stalk them are early in the morning and shortly before dusk in the evening, as they are then busy and less alert. When a hunter spots a deer with its head down, munching on grass, he should move slowly and keep his eyes focused on it, hiding behind any nearby objects. If there's no cover available, he should crawl on his hands and knees in the grass until the deer hears him and raises its head. At that point, the hunter must immediately stop and hold still like a statue because a deer’s eyesight is its best sense. If startled, the deer will notice even the slightest movement from something small, and if the hunter doesn’t remain completely still, he will be spotted. If the hunter stays motionless, the deer will eventually calm down and go back to grazing, giving the hunter a chance to approach again. The deer often shows it’s alarmed by suddenly jerking its tail just before it lifts its head.

I once saw a Delaware Indian walk directly up within rifle range of a deer that was feeding upon the open prairie and shoot him down; he was, however, a long time in approaching, and made frequent halts whenever the animal flirted his tail and raised his head. Although he often turned toward the hunter, yet he did not appear to notice him, probably taking him for a stump or tree.

I once saw a Delaware Indian walk right up to within rifle range of a deer that was grazing on the open prairie and shoot it down; however, he took his time getting closer and paused frequently whenever the deer flicked its tail and raised its head. Even though the deer often looked toward the hunter, it didn't seem to notice him, probably mistaking him for a stump or a tree.

When the deer are lying down in the smooth prairie, unless the grass is tall, it is difficult to get near them, as they are generally looking around, and become alarmed at the least noise.

When the deer are lying down in the flat prairie, unless the grass is tall, it's hard to get close to them since they’re usually looking around and get startled by the slightest noise.

The Indians are in the habit of using a small instrument which imitates the bleat of the young fawn, with which they lure the doe within range of their rifles. The young fawn gives out no scent upon its track until it is sufficiently grown to make good running, and instinct teaches the mother that this wise provision of nature to preserve the helpless little quadruped from the ravages of wolves, panthers, and other carnivorous beasts, will be defeated if she remains with it, as her tracks can not be concealed. She therefore hides her fawn in the grass, where it is almost impossible to see it, even when very near it, goes off to some neighboring thicket within call, and makes her bed alone. The Indian pot-hunter, who is but little scrupulous as to the means he employs in accomplishing his ends, sounds the bleat along near the places where he thinks the game is lying, and the unsuspicious doe, who imagines that her offspring is in distress, rushes with headlong impetuosity toward the sound, and often goes within a few yards of the hunter to receive her death-wound.

The Native Americans often use a small device that mimics the sound of a young fawn's bleat to attract does within shooting range. A young fawn doesn't leave a scent trail until it's old enough to run well, and instinct tells the mother that this natural protection—keeping her vulnerable little one safe from wolves, panthers, and other predators—would be compromised if she stays with it, since her tracks would give her away. So, she hides her fawn in the grass, where it’s nearly impossible to spot, even when you’re close, then moves to a nearby thicket within earshot, making her own bed alone. The Indian pot-hunter, who isn't too picky about the methods he uses to get what he wants, mimics the fawn's bleat near places where he thinks the game is hiding. The unsuspecting doe, believing her offspring is in trouble, rushes toward the sound without hesitation, often wandering just a few yards from the hunter, where she meets her death.

This is cruel sport, and can only be justified when meat is scarce, which is very frequently the case in the Indian's larder.

This is a brutal sport and can only be justified when meat is hard to come by, which is often the case in the Indian's pantry.

It does not always comport with a man's feelings of security, especially if he happens to be a little nervous, to sound the deer-bleat in a wild region of country. I once undertook to experiment with the instrument myself, and made my first essay in attempting to call up an antelope which I discovered in the distance. I succeeded admirably in luring the wary victim within shooting range, had raised upon my knees, and was just in the act of pulling trigger, when a rustling in the grass on my left drew my attention in that direction, where, much to my surprise, I beheld a huge panther within about twenty yards, bounding with gigantic strides directly toward me. I turned my rifle, and in an instant, much to my relief and gratification, its contents were lodged in the heart of the beast.

It doesn't always feel safe for a guy, especially if he's a bit jumpy, to make the deer call in a remote area. I once decided to try it myself and made my first attempt to call an antelope I spotted in the distance. I did great at luring the cautious animal within shooting range, had my rifle up, and was just about to pull the trigger when I heard some rustling in the grass to my left. To my surprise, I saw a huge panther about twenty yards away, leaping straight toward me. I aimed my rifle, and in an instant, I was relieved and pleased to see the bullet hit the beast's heart.

Many men, when they suddenly encounter a deer, are seized with nervous excitement, called in sporting parlance the "buck fever," which causes them to fire at random. Notwithstanding I have had much experience in hunting, I must confess that I am never entirely free from some of the symptoms of this malady when firing at large game, and I believe that in four out of five cases where I have missed the game my balls have passed too high. I have endeavored to obviate this by sighting my rifle low, and it has been attended with more successful results. The same remarks apply to most other men I have met with. They fire too high when excited.

Many men, when they suddenly spot a deer, are hit with a rush of nervous excitement, known in hunting circles as "buck fever," which makes them shoot randomly. Even though I have a lot of experience in hunting, I have to admit that I still feel some of this anxiety when aiming at big game, and I think that in four out of five instances where I've missed, my shots have gone too high. I've tried to fix this by adjusting my rifle to aim lower, and that’s been more successful. The same goes for most other guys I've met; they tend to shoot too high when they're excited.

THE ANTELOPE.

The Antelope.

This animal frequents the most elevated bleak and naked prairies in all latitudes from Mexico to Oregon, and constitutes an important item of subsistence with many of the Prairie Indians. It is the most wary, timid, and fleet animal that inhabits the Plains. It is about the size of a small deer, with a heavy coating of coarse, wiry hair, and its flesh is more tender and juicy than that of the deer. It seldom enters a timbered country, but seems to delight in cropping the grass from the elevated swells of the prairies. When disturbed by the traveler, it will circle around him with the speed of the wind, but does not stop until it reaches some prominent position whence it can survey the country on all sides, and nothing seems to escape its keen vision. They will sometimes stand for a long time and look at a man, provided he does not move or go out of sight; but if he goes behind a hill with the intention of passing around and getting nearer to them, he will never find them again in the same place. I have often tried the experiment, and invariably found that, as soon as I went where the antelope could not see me, he moved off. Their sense of hearing, as well as vision, is very acute, which renders it difficult to stalk them. By taking advantage of the cover afforded in broken ground, the hunter may, by moving slowly and cautiously over the crests of the irregularities in the surface, sometimes approach within rifle range.

This animal frequents the highest, barren prairies across all regions from Mexico to Oregon, and is a significant source of food for many Prairie Indians. It is the most cautious, shy, and swift animal that lives on the Plains. It's about the size of a small deer, covered in thick, wiry hair, and its meat is more tender and juicy than that of deer. It rarely enters wooded areas but enjoys grazing on the grass from the higher ground of the prairies. When disturbed by a traveler, it will quickly circle around with incredible speed but won’t stop until it finds a high spot where it can see its surroundings completely, and nothing seems to escape its sharp eyesight. They can sometimes stand still and watch a person for a long time, as long as he doesn’t move or go out of sight; however, if he goes behind a hill to try to get closer, he will never find them in the same spot again. I’ve often tested this and consistently found that as soon as I moved out of the antelope's sight, it would leave. Their hearing, in addition to their eyesight, is very sharp, which makes it challenging to stalk them. By using the cover provided by uneven terrain, a hunter can sometimes get within rifle range by moving slowly and carefully over the hills and dips in the landscape.

The antelope possesses a greater degree of curiosity than any other animal I know of, and will often approach very near a strange object. The experienced hunter, taking advantage of this peculiarity, lies down and secretes himself in the grass, after which he raises his handkerchief, hand, or foot, so as to attract the attention of the animal, and thus often succeeds in beguiling him within shooting distance.

The antelope is more curious than any other animal I know and often gets very close to unfamiliar objects. Experienced hunters take advantage of this trait by lying down and hiding in the grass. Then, they raise their handkerchief, hand, or foot to catch the animal's attention, often managing to lure it within shooting range.

In some valleys near the Rocky Mountains, where the pasturage is good during the winter season, they collect in immense herds. The Indians are in the habit of surrounding them in such localities and running them with their horses until they tire them out, when they slay large numbers.

In certain valleys near the Rocky Mountains, where the grazing is good in winter, they gather in massive herds. The Native Americans usually surround them in those areas and chase them on horseback until the animals are exhausted, at which point they kill large numbers.

CALLING UP ANTELOPES.

Calling Antelopes.

The antelope makes a track much shorter than the deer, very broad and round at the heel, and quite sharp at the toe; a little experience renders it easy to distinguish them.

The antelope leaves a track that's much shorter than the deer's, wider and rounder at the heel, and quite pointed at the toe; a bit of experience makes it easy to tell them apart.

THE BEAR.

THE BEAR.

Besides the common black bear of the Eastern States, several others are found in the mountains of California, Oregon, Utah, and New Mexico, viz., the grizzly, brown, and cinnamon varieties; all have nearly the same habits, and are hunted in the same manner.

Besides the common black bear found in the Eastern States, several other types can be found in the mountains of California, Oregon, Utah, and New Mexico, including the grizzly, brown, and cinnamon varieties; they all have nearly the same habits and are hunted in similar ways.

From all I had heard of the grizzly bear, I was induced to believe him one of the most formidable and savage animals in the universe, and that the man who would deliberately encounter and kill one of these beasts had performed a signal feat of courage which entitled him to a lofty position among the votaries of Nimrod. So firmly had I become impressed with this conviction, that I should have been very reluctant to fire upon one had I met him when alone and on foot. The grizzly bear is assuredly the monarch of the American forests, and, so far as physical strength is concerned, he is perhaps without a rival in the world; but, after some experience in hunting, my opinions regarding his courage and his willingness to attack men have very materially changed.

Based on everything I had heard about the grizzly bear, I was led to believe it was one of the most intimidating and fierce animals on the planet, and that any man who would intentionally confront and kill one of these creatures had accomplished an impressive act of bravery that earned him a high status among the followers of Nimrod. I was so convinced of this idea that I would have been very hesitant to shoot at one if I had encountered it alone and on foot. The grizzly bear is definitely the king of the American forests, and in terms of physical strength, he likely has no equal in the world; however, after some experience in hunting, my views on his bravery and his tendency to attack humans have changed significantly.

In passing over the elevated table-lands lying between the two forks of the Platte River in 1858, I encountered a full-grown female grizzly bear, with two cubs, very quietly reposing upon the open prairie, several miles distant from any timber. This being the first opportunity that had ever occurred to me for an encounter with the ursine monster, and being imbued with the most exalted notions of the beast's proclivities for offensive warfare, especially when in the presence of her offspring, it may very justly be imagined that I was rather more excited than usual. I, however, determined to make the assault. I felt the utmost confidence in my horse, as she was afraid of nothing; and, after arranging every thing about my saddle and arms in good order, I advanced to within about eighty yards before I was discovered by the bear, when she raised upon her haunches and gave me a scrutinizing examination. I seized this opportune moment to fire, but missed my aim, and she started off, followed by her cubs at their utmost speed. After reloading my rifle, I pursued, and, on coming again within range, delivered another shot, which struck the large bear in the fleshy part of the thigh, whereupon she set up a most distressing howl and accelerated her pace, leaving her cubs behind. After loading again I gave the spurs to my horse and resumed the chase, soon passing the cubs, who were making the most plaintive cries of distress. They were heard by the dam, but she gave no other heed to them than occasionally to halt for an instant, turn around, sit up on her posteriors, and give a hasty look back; but, as soon as she saw me following her, she invariably turned again and redoubled her speed. I pursued about four miles and fired four balls into her before I succeeded in bringing her to the ground, and from the time I first saw her until her death-wound, notwithstanding I was often very close upon her heels, she never came to bay or made the slightest demonstration of resistance. Her sole purpose seemed to be to make her escape, leaving her cubs in the most cowardly manner.

While crossing the high plains between the two forks of the Platte River in 1858, I came across a full-grown female grizzly bear resting with her two cubs several miles away from any trees. This was my first chance to encounter such a creature, and given my high expectations of how aggressive she could be, especially with cubs around, you can imagine I was more excited than usual. Still, I decided to go for it. I had complete faith in my horse, who wasn’t afraid of anything. After getting my saddle and arms ready, I moved in to about eighty yards when the bear finally spotted me. She stood up on her hind legs and gave me a thorough look-over. I seized this chance to shoot, but I missed, and she took off, cubs galloping after her. After I reloaded my rifle, I chased her down, and when I was within range again, I fired another shot, hitting the bear in her thigh. She let out a painful howl and picked up her pace, leaving her cubs behind. After reloading again, I encouraged my horse to hurry and continued the chase, passing the cubs, who were crying out in distress. The mother heard them but only paused briefly to look back before sprinting away again upon seeing me close behind. I chased her for about four miles, firing four shots before finally bringing her down. Despite being close behind her the whole time, she never turned around or made any effort to fight back. Her only goal seemed to be escaping, abandoning her cubs in a cowardly fashion.

Upon three other different occasions I met the mountain bears, and once the cinnamon species, which is called the most formidable of all, and in none of these instances did they exhibit the slightest indication of anger or resistance, but invariably ran from me.

On three other occasions, I encountered mountain bears, and once the cinnamon variety, which is considered the most dangerous of all. In each of these instances, they showed no sign of aggression or resistance; instead, they always ran away from me.

Such is my experience with this formidable monarch of the mountains. It is possible that if a man came suddenly upon the beast in a thicket, where it could have no previous warning, he might be attacked; but it is my opinion that if the bear gets the wind or sight of a man at any considerable distance, it will endeavor to get away as soon as possible. I am so fully impressed with this idea that I shall hereafter hunt bear with a feeling of as much security as I would have in hunting the buffalo.

Such is my experience with this powerful king of the mountains. It's possible that if someone were to suddenly come across the bear in a thicket, where it wouldn't have any warning, it might attack; but I believe that if the bear catches the scent or sees a person from a good distance away, it will try to escape as quickly as it can. I'm so convinced of this that I will now hunt bears with as much confidence as I would have when hunting buffalo.

The grizzly, like the black bear, hybernates in winter, and makes his appearance in the spring with his claws grown out long and very soft and tender; he is then poor, and unfit for food.

The grizzly, like the black bear, hibernates in winter and comes out in the spring with long, soft, and tender claws; at that time, he is weak and not suitable for food.

I have heard a very curious fact stated by several old mountaineers regarding the mountain bears, which, of course, I can not vouch for, but it is given by them with great apparent sincerity and candor. They assert that no instance has ever been known of a female bear having been killed in a state of pregnancy. This singular fact in the history of the animal seems most inexplicable to me, unless she remain concealed in her brumal slumber until after she has been delivered of her cubs.

I’ve heard a really interesting fact from several old mountain climbers about the mountain bears, which I can’t confirm, but they share it with great sincerity and honesty. They claim that there has never been a reported case of a female bear being killed while pregnant. This unusual fact about the animal’s behavior seems completely puzzling to me, unless she stays hidden in her winter sleep until after she has given birth to her cubs.

I was told by an old Delaware Indian that when the bear has been traveling against the wind and wishes to lie down, he always turns in an opposite direction, and goes some distance away from his first track before making his bed. If an enemy then comes upon his trail, his keen sense of smell will apprise him of the danger. The same Indian mentioned that when a bear had been pursued and sought shelter in a cave, he had often endeavored to eject him with smoke, but that the bear would advance to the mouth of the cave, where the fire was burning, and put it out with his paws, then retreat into the cave again. This would indicate that Bruin is endowed with some glimpses of reason beyond the ordinary instincts of the brute creation in general, and, indeed, is capable of discerning the connection between cause and effect. Notwithstanding the extraordinary intelligence which this quadruped exhibits upon some occasions, upon others he shows himself to be one of the most stupid brutes imaginable. For example, when he has taken possession of a cavern, and the courageous hunter enters with a torch and rifle, it is said he will, instead of forcibly ejecting the intruder, raise himself upon his haunches and cover his eyes with his paws, so as to exclude the light, apparently thinking that in this situation he can not be seen. The hunter can then approach as close as he pleases and shoot him down.

I was told by an old Delaware Indian that when a bear has been moving against the wind and wants to lie down, it always turns in the opposite direction and goes some distance away from its original tracks before making its bed. If an enemy then finds its trail, its keen sense of smell will alert it to the danger. The same Indian noted that when a bear has been chased and seeks refuge in a cave, he often tried to drive it out with smoke, but the bear would walk to the cave's entrance, where the fire was burning, and put it out with his paws before retreating back inside. This suggests that Bruin has some understanding beyond the basic instincts common to animals and is indeed capable of recognizing the connection between cause and effect. Despite the remarkable intelligence this animal shows at times, he also demonstrates some of the most foolish behavior imaginable. For instance, when he has taken over a cave, and a brave hunter enters with a torch and rifle, it's said that instead of trying to force the intruder out, he will stand on his hind legs and cover his eyes with his paws to block out the light, seemingly thinking that in doing so he cannot be seen. The hunter can then get as close as he wants and shoot him down.

THE BIG-HORN.

THE BIG HORN.

The big-horn or mountain sheep, which has a body like the deer, with the head of a sheep, surmounted by an enormous pair of short, heavy horns, is found throughout the Rocky Mountains, and resorts to the most inaccessible peaks and to the wildest and least-frequented glens. It clambers over almost perpendicular cliffs with the greatest ease and celerity, and skips from rock to rock, cropping the tender herbage that grows upon them.

The bighorn sheep, which has a body similar to a deer and the head of a sheep topped with a massive pair of short, thick horns, is found all over the Rocky Mountains. It tends to inhabit the most hard-to-reach peaks and the wildest, least-visited valleys. It easily climbs steep cliffs and hops from rock to rock, nibbling on the tender grass that grows on them.

It has been supposed by some that this animal leaps down from crag to crag, lighting upon his horns, as an evidence of which it has been advanced that the front part of the horns is often much battered. This I believe to be erroneous, as it is very common to see horns that have no bruises upon them.

It has been suggested by some that this animal jumps from cliff to cliff, landing on its horns, and it's argued that the front part of the horns is often quite damaged as proof of this. I believe this is incorrect, as it’s quite common to see horns that have no dents on them.

The old mountaineers say they have often seen the bucks engaged in desperate encounters with their huge horns, which, in striking together, made loud reports. This will account for the marks sometimes seen upon them.

The old mountaineers say they've often seen the bucks fighting fiercely with their massive horns, which make loud noises when they clash. This explains the marks that are sometimes seen on them.

The flesh of the big-horn, when fat, is more tender, juicy, and delicious than that of any other animal I know of, but it is a bon bouche which will not grace the tables of our city epicures until a railroad to the Rocky Mountains affords the means of transporting it to a market a thousand miles distant from its haunts.

The meat of the big-horn, when fatty, is more tender, juicy, and tasty than that of any other animal I know, but it is a bon bouche that won’t be served at our city's fine dining until a railroad to the Rocky Mountains makes it possible to transport it to a market a thousand miles away from where it lives.

In its habits the mountain sheep greatly resembles the chamois of Switzerland, and it is hunted in the same manner. The hunter traverses the most inaccessible and broken localities, moving along with great caution, as the least unusual noise causes them to flit away like a phantom, and they will be seen no more. The animal is gregarious, but it is seldom that more than eight or ten are found in a flock. When not grazing they seek the sheltered sides of the mountains, and repose among the rocks.

In its behavior, the mountain sheep is very similar to the chamois of Switzerland, and it's hunted in a similar way. The hunter navigates the most difficult and rugged areas, moving very carefully, since even the slightest unusual sound can make them disappear like a ghost, and they won’t be seen again. The animals are social, but you rarely find more than eight or ten in a group. When they're not eating, they look for the sheltered sides of the mountains and rest among the rocks.

THE NEEDLES.
Between Cayetano Mountains and the San Juan River—Sierra de la Plata, or Silver Mountains, in the distance.

THE NEEDLES.
Between the Cayetano Mountains and the San Juan River—Silver Mountains in the distance.

ITINERARIES.

Travel plans.

LIST OF ITINERARIES:

ITINERARY LIST:

SHOWING THE DISTANCES BETWEEN CAMPING-PLACES, THE CHARACTER OF THE ROADS, AND THE FACILITIES FOR OBTAINING WOOD, WATER, AND GRASS ON THE PRINCIPAL ROUTES BETWEEN THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER AND THE PACIFIC OCEAN.

SHOWING THE DISTANCES BETWEEN CAMPSITES, THE TYPE OF ROADS, AND THE AVAILABILITY OF WOOD, WATER, AND GRASS ALONG THE MAIN ROUTES BETWEEN THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER AND THE PACIFIC OCEAN.

No.   Page
I. From Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Santa Fé and Albuquerque, New Mexico. By Captain R. B. Marcy, U.S.A. 257
II. From Fort Leavenworth to Santa Fé, by the way of the upper ferry of the Kansas River and the Cimarron 260
III. Camping-places upon a road discovered and marked out from Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Doña Aña and El Paso, New Mexico, in 1849. By Captain R. B. Marcy, U.S.A. 263
IV. From Leavenworth City to Great Salt Lake City 266
V. From Salt Lake City to Sacramento and Benicia, California 273
VI. From Great Salt Lake City to Los Angeles and San Francisco, California 277
VII. From Fort Bridger to the "City of Rocks." From Captain Handcock's Journal 279
VIII. From Soda Springs to the City of Rocks, known as Hudspeth's Cut-off 282
IX. Sublet's Cut-off, from the junction of the Salt Lake and Fort Hall Roads 282
X. From Lawson's Meadows, on the Humboldt River, to Fort Reading, via Rogue River Valley, Fort Lane, Oregon Territory, Yreka, and Fort Jones 283
XI. From Soda Springs to Fort Wallah Wallah and Oregon City, Oregon, via Fort Hall 285
XII. Route for pack trains from John Day's River to Oregon City 288
XIII. rom Indianola and Powder-horn to San Antonio, Texas 288
XIV. Wagon-road from San Antonio, Texas, to El Paso, N.M., and Fort Yuma, California 289
XV. From Fort Yuma to San Diego, California 292
XVI. From El Paso, New Mexico, to Fort Yuma, California, via Santa Cruz 294
XVII. Peak and "Cherry Creek," N.T., via the Arkansas River 295
XVIII. From St. Paul's, Min., to Fort Wallah Wallah, Oregon 302
XIX. Lieutenant E. F. Beale's route from Albuquerque to the Colorado River 307
XX. Captain Whipple's route from Albuquerque, New Mexico, to San Pedro, California 308
XXI. From Fort Yuma to Benicia, California. From Lieutenant R. S. Williamson's Report 315
XXII. A new route from Fort Bridger to Camp Floyd, opened by Captain J. H. Simpson, U.S.A., in 1858 317
XXIII. From Fort Thorne, New Mexico, to Fort Yuma, California 318
XXIV. Lieutenant Bryan's Route from the Laramie Crossing of the South Platte to Fort Bridger, via Bridger's Pass 320
XXV. Wagon-route from Denver City, at the Mouth of Cherry Creek, to Fort Bridger, Utah 323
XXVI. From Nebraska City, on the Missouri, to Fort Kearney 326
XXVII. From Camp Floyd, Utah, to Fort Union, New Mexico. By Colonel W. W. Loring, U.S.A. 327
XXVIII. Wagon-route from Guaymas, Mexico, to Tubac, Arizona. From Captain Stone's Journal 333

I.—From Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Santa Fé and Albuquerque, New Mexico. By Captain R. B. Marcy, U.S.A.

I.—From Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Santa Fe and Albuquerque, New Mexico. By Captain R. B. Marcy, U.S.A.

Miles Fort Smith to
15. Strickland's Farm.—The road crosses the Poteau River at Fort Smith, where there is a ferry; it then follows the Poteau bottom for ten miles. This part of the road is very muddy after heavy rains. At 14 miles it passes the Choctaw Agency, where there are several stores. There is the greatest abundance of wood, water, and grass at all camps for the first 200 miles. Where any of these are wanting it will be specially mentioned. The road passes through the Choctaw settlements for about 150 miles, and corn and supplies can be purchased from these Indians at reasonable rates.
11. Camp Creek.—Road crosses a prairie of three miles in length, then enters a heavy forest. The camp is on a small branch, with grass plenty in a small prairie about 400 yards to the left of the road.
12. Coon Creek.—Road passes through the timber, and is muddy in a rainy season.
12. Sans Bois Creek.—Prairie near; some Choctaw houses at the crossing.
14. Bend of Sans Bois Creek.—Indian farm.
15. South Fork of Canadian, or "Gain's Creek."—Road traverses a very rough and hilly region. There is a ford and a ferry upon the creek. Indian farm on the west bank.
12. First ford of Coal Creek.—Road crosses over a rolling prairie, and at four miles the Fort Washita road turns to the left.
  Second ford of Coal Creek.—Indian farm.
4. Little Cedar Mountain.—Very rough, mountainous road.
6. Stony Point.—Very rough, mountainous road.
5. Shawnee Village.—Several Indian houses.
14. Shawnee Town.—Road passes several small prairies. Indian settlement; store on opposite bank of Canadian River, near the camp.
21. Delaware Mountain.—Road passes over a very beautiful country, with small streams of good water frequent, and good camps. It crosses small prairies and groves of timber.
5. Boggy River.—Road passes a country similar to that mentioned above.
3. Clear Creek.—Road turns to the right near a prominent round mound. Beautiful country, diversified with prairies and timbered lands.
7. Branch of Topofki Creek.—Beautiful country and fine roads.
9-1/2. Cane Creek.—Excellent camp.
5. Small Branch.—Road passes about two miles from the old "Camp Arbuckle," built by Captain Marcy in 1853, since occupied by Black Beaver and several Delaware families.
11-1/2. Mustang Creek.—Road runs on the dividing ridge between the waters of the Washita and Canadian, on a high prairie.
17-1/2. Choteau's Creek.—Road passes on the high prairie opposite Choteau's old trading-house, and leaves the outer limits of the Indian settlements. Excellent road, and good camps at short distances.
11-3/4. Choteau's Creek.—Road runs up the creek; is smooth and good.
12-3/4. Head of Choteau's Creek.—Road runs up the creek, and is good.
17-1/4. Branch of Washita River.—Road runs over an elevated prairie country, and passes a small branch at six miles from last camp.
5-3/4. Branch of "Spring Creek."—Good camp.
16. Head of "Spring Creek."—Road traverses a high prairie country, is smooth and firm.
13. Red Mounds.—Road runs over a high rolling prairie country, and is excellent.
5. Branch of Washita River.—Good road.
15-3/4. Branch of Canadian.—Road continues on the ridge dividing the Washita and Canadian rivers; is smooth and firm.
17-3/4. Branch of Washita River.—Road continues on the "divide."
18. Branch of Canadian.—Road continues on the divide from one to four miles from the Canadian.
19. On Canadian River.—Good road.
16. Little Washita River.—Good road; timber becoming scarce.
13. Branch of Canadian.—Good road.
17-1/2. Antelope Buttes.—Road runs along the Canadian bottom, and in places is sandy.
14. Rush Lake.—Small pond on the prairie. No wood within half a mile; some buffalo chips; poor water.
16. Branch of Washita River.—Good road on the divide.
10-1/4. Dry River.—Road descends a very long hill, and crosses the dry river near the Canadian. Water can be found by digging about a foot in the sand of the creek. Good grass on the west bank.
17. Branch of Canadian.—Road winds up a very long and abrupt hill, but is smooth and firm.
22-1/2. Timbered Creek.—Road passes over a very elevated prairie country, and descends by a long hill into the beautiful valley of Timbered Creek.
11-1/2. Spring Branch.—Good camp.
14. Spring Branch.—Good camp.
17-3/4. Branch of Canadian.—Road passes a small branch 3-1/2 miles from the last camp.
18-3/8. Branch of Canadian.—Road passes a small branch of the Canadian at 8 miles from the last camp.
17-7/8. Spring Branch.—Good road.
9-1/2. Branch of Canadian.—Good road and camp.
18-1/2. Branch of the Canadian.—Good road and camp.
10-1/4. Pools of Water.—Good camp.
10. Large Pond.—Good camp.
25. Pools of Water.—No wood; water brackish. The road passes over a very elevated and dry country, without wood or water.
18-1/2. Head of Branch.—At 13-1/2 miles the road crosses a branch of the Canadian.
19-3/4. Laguna Colorado.—Road here falls into an old Mexican cart-road. Good springs on the left up the creek, with wood and grass abundant.
7. Pools of Water.—Road runs through cedars.
10-3/8. Pajarito Creek.—Grass begins to be rather short in places, but is abundant on the creek.
13-1/2. Gallenas Creek.—Good camp.
15. 2d Gallenas Creek.—Good road.
16-1/2. Pecos River at Anton Chico.—This is the first settlement after leaving Camp Arbuckle. Corn and vegetables can be purchased here. Grass is generally short here.
15. Pecos River opposite Questa.—Road runs through the cedar, and is firm and good. Camp is in sight of the town of Questa, upon a very elevated bluff.
21-3/4. Laguna Colorado.—Road passes through a wooded country for a portion of the distance, but leaves it before reaching camp, where there is no wood, but water generally sufficient for trains. In very dry seasons it has been known to fail. The road forks here, the right leading to Santa Fé via Galistio (45-1/2 miles), and the left to Albuquerque.
22-1/2. San Antonio.—Good road.
18-3/4. Albuquerque.—Good road.

Total distance from Fort Smith to Albuquerque, 814-3/4 miles.

Total distance from Fort Smith to Albuquerque is 814.75 miles.

Total distance from Fort Smith to Santa Fé, 819 miles.

Total distance from Fort Smith to Santa Fe: 819 miles.


II.—From Fort Leavenworth to Santa Fé, by the way of the upper ferry of the Kansas River and the Cimarron.

II.—From Fort Leavenworth to Santa Fe, via the upper ferry on the Kansas River and the Cimarron.

[In this table the distances, taken by an odometer, are given in miles and hundredths of a mile. The measured distances between the crossing of the Arkansas and Santa Fé are from Major Kendrick's published table. Wood, water, and grass are found at all points where the absence of them is not stated.]

[In this table, the distances measured by an odometer are listed in miles and hundredths of a mile. The measured distances between the crossing of the Arkansas and Santa Fé are taken from Major Kendrick's published table. Wood, water, and grass are available at all points unless stated otherwise.]

Miles. From Fort Leavenworth to
2.88. Salt Creek.
9.59. Stranger's Creek.
13.54. Stranger's Creek.
9.60. Grasshopper Creek.
6.50. Grasshopper Creek.
2.86. Grasshopper Creek.
2.60. Grasshopper Creek.
4.54. Soldier's Creek.
2.45. Upper Ferry, Kansas River.
7.41. Pottawatomie Settlement.
5.75. Pottawatomie Creek.
3.89. White Wakarussi Creek.
7.78. White Wakarussi Creek.
6.27. White Wakarussi Creek.
0.73. Road from Independence.—No place to encamp.
5.72. White Wakarussi Creek.
2.51. White Wakarussi Creek.
2.82. 142-mile Creek.
7.80. Bluff Creek.
5.77. Rock Creek.
5.08. Big John Spring.
2.29. Council Grove.
7.97. Elm Creek.—Water generally.
8.06. Diamond Spring.
1.42. Diamond Creek.
15.46. Lost Spring.—No wood.
9.25. Mud Creek.—Water uncertain; no wood.
7.76. Cottonwood Creek.
6.16. Water Holes.—Water generally; no wood.
12.44. Big Turkey Creek.—No water.
7.83. Little Turkey Creek.—Water uncertain; no wood.
18.19. Little Arkansas River.
10.60. Owl Creek.—Water generally in holes above and below crossing.
6.39. Little Cow Creek.—Water only occasionally.
2.93. Big Cow Creek.—Water holes, 10 miles (estimated). Water uncertain; no wood.
18.24. Bend of the Arkansas.
6.66. Walnut Creek.
16.35. Pawnee Rock.—Teams sometimes camp near here, and drive stock to the Arkansas to water. No wood.
5.28. Ash Creek.—Water above and below crossing, uncertain.
6.65. Pawnee Fork.—Best grass some distance above crossing.
  From Pawnee Fork to the lower crossing of the Arkansas, a distance of 98-1/2 miles, convenient camping-places can be found along the Arkansas; the most prominent localities are therefore only mentioned. A supply of fuel should be laid in at Pawnee Fork to last till you pass Fort Mann, though it may be obtained, but inconveniently, from the opposite side of the Arkansas. Dry Route branches off at 3-1/2 miles (estimated). This route joins the main one again 10 miles this side of Fort Mann. It is said to be a good one, but deficient in water and without wood.
11.43. Coon Creek.
46.58. Jackson's Island.
5.01. Dry Route comes in.
10.05. Fort Mann.
25.34. Lower Crossing of the Arkansas.—The Bent's Fort Route branches off at this point. For the distances upon this route, see next table. A supply of wood should be got from this vicinity to last till you reach Cedar Creek.
15.68. Water-hole.—Water uncertain; no wood.
30.02. Two Water-holes.—Water uncertain; no wood.
14.14. Lower Cimarron Springs.—No wood.
20.00. Pools of Water.—Water uncertain; no wood.
19.02. Middle Springs of the Cimarron.—No wood.
12.93. Little Crossing of the Cimarron.—No wood.
14.10. Upper Cimarron Springs.—No wood. Pools of water, 7 miles (estimated). No wood.
19.05. Cold Spring.—A tree here and there in the vicinity. Pools of water, 11 miles (estimated). Water uncertain; no wood.
16.13. Cedar Creek.—M'Nees' Creek, 10 miles (estimated). Water indifferent and uncertain; scant pasture; no wood. Arroyo del la Seña, 2-1/2 miles (estimated). No water.
21.99. Cottonwood Creek.—No water. Arroyo del Burro, 5 miles (estimated).
15.17. Rabbit-ear Creek.—10 miles (estimated), springs. Round Mound, 8 miles (estimated). No water; no wood; no camping-place. Rock Creek, 10 miles (estimated). Grazing scant; no wood.
26.40. Whetstone Creek.—Spring; no wood. Arroyo Don Carlos, 10-1/2 miles (estimated). Water, etc., to the left of the road.
14.13. Point of Rocks.—Water and grass up the cañon, just after crossing the point; scattering shrub cedars on the neighboring heights.
16.62. Sandy Arroyo.—Water uncertain; no wood. Crossing of Canadian River, 4-3/4 miles (estimated). Grazing above the crossing; willows.
10.05. Rio Ocaté.—Wood 1/3 of a mile to right of road; grass in the cañon. Pond of water, 13-1/2 miles (estimated). No wood.
19.65. Wagon Mound.—Santa Clara Springs. Wood brought from the Rio Ocaté. Rio del Perro (Rock Creek), 17-1/2 miles (estimated).
21.62. Cañon del Lobo.—Rio Moro, 3-1/2 miles (estimated). Rio Sapillo, 1 mile (estimated). The Bent's Fort Route comes in here.
18.00. Las Vegas.—Forage purchasable.
13.05. Tacolote.—Forage purchasable. Ojo Vernal, 5 miles (estimated). No grass to speak of.
14.00. San Miguel.—Forage purchasable; no grass.
21.81. Ruins of Pecos.—Grazing very scant. Cottonwood Creek, 4-1/2 miles (estimated). Water uncertain; no grass.
13.41. Stone Corral.—No grass.
10.80. Santa Fé.—Forage purchasable; no grazing.

III.—Camping-places upon a road discovered and marked out from Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Doña Aña and El Paso, New Mexico, in 1849. By Captain R. B. Marcy, U.S.A.

III.—Camping spots along a route found and mapped from Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Doña Aña and El Paso, New Mexico, in 1849. By Captain R. B. Marcy, U.S.A.

Miles. Fort Smith to
65. South Fork of the Canadian.—The road from Fort Smith to the South Fork of the Canadian follows the same track as the road to Albuquerque and Santa Fé, and by reference to the tables of distances for that road the intermediate camps will be found.
15. Prior's Store.—Grass, wood, and water near.
17-1/2. Little Boggy.—Good camp. Wherever there are not the requisites of wood, water, and grass for encamping, it will be specially noted; when they are not mentioned they will always be found.
13. Little Boggy.—Good camp.
15-1/2. Boggy Depôt.—Store and blacksmith's shop.
12-3/5. Blue River.—The road passes over a flat section, which is muddy after rains.
8-1/2. Fort Washita.—Good camp half a mile before reaching the fort. The road forks at the Indian village on the Boggy, the left being the most direct. There are settlers along the road, who will give all necessary information to strangers. Corn plenty.
22. Preston Texas, on Red River.—The road from Fort Washita runs through the Indian settlements, passing many places where good camps may be found, and crosses the Red River at Preston. There is a ferry here; also stores and a blacksmith's shop.
20. M'Carty's.—Road runs through a heavy-timbered country, crossing several streams where there are good camps.
14-2/5. Elm Fork of the Trinity, at Gainesville.—Road passes over a section diversified by prairies and groves of timber.
12. Elm Fork of Trinity.—Good camp.
11. Elm Fork of Trinity.—Excellent camps. Road passes over a beautiful country rapidly settling up with farmers, who cultivate and sell grain at low rates.
9. Turkey Creek.—Tributary of Red River. Road emerges from the upper "Cross Timbers" two miles from camp.
26-3/4. Buffalo Springs.—Springs of good water, but of limited amount, in a ravine.
12. On a Ravine.—Pools of good water and a small running stream, not reliable.
13-1/2. On a Ravine.—Pools of water.
17-1/4. On a Ravine.—Pools of water.
17-1/4. Running branch of Cottonwood Spring.—Branch about two feet wide, good water; wood about half a mile distant.
14. Fort Belknap.—Good road through post-oak timber. County seat and town at Fort Belknap. Good camp on the west side of the Brazos, which is always fordable except in very high water.
14. Small Branch.—Water in holes.
18. Water-holes.—Pools of water. Road passes over prairie and timbered lands, is very smooth and level.
7-1/2. Stem's Farm, on Clear Fork of the Brazos River.—Good road; excellent camp, with abundance of wood, water, and grass. Indian reservation here.
13. Elm Creek, or Qua-qua-ho-no.—Good road over rolling prairie and mesquite lands.
17. Ravine.—Pools of standing water. Good road.
18. Ravine.—Pools of standing water. Good road.
27. Small Creek.—Tributary of the Brazos. Good road.
6. Pools of Water.—Good camp.
8-1/2. Small Branch.—Good water.
20-1/2. Tributary of the Colorado.—Brackish water.
3-1/4. Rio Colorado.—Brackish water. Road very excellent.
12-1/10. Spring on the Road.—Good water.
22-9/10. Big spring to the left of the road, affording a great amount of water, which runs off in a small stream.
23. Laguna Colorado.—Water somewhat sulphurous; fuel mesquite roots; grass abundant.
35. Mustang Pond.—This pond is north of the road about two miles, and was found in 1849, but emigrants and others have not been able to find it since. For this reason I would advise travelers to fill their water-kegs at the Laguna Colorado, as in a very dry season they might not be able to get any water until they reach the Sand Hills. The road is excellent over the "Llano Estacado," or Staked Plain.
34-1/2. Sand Hills.—Water in holes. The water is good here, and can always be relied on as permanent. The road through the Sand Hills is very heavy, and I would advise travelers with loaded wagons to make half loads.
31-1/2. Laguna near the Pecos River.—Road passes through the hills, and descends the high prairie to the valley of the Pecos. Laguna on the left.
15-5/8. Crossing of Pecos.—Water deep and not fordable; river 42 yards wide. A road leads up the eastern bank of the Pecos to a ford with rock bottom. Good camps can be had at almost any point on the Pecos. The water is brackish, but can be used without harm.
54-1/2. Pecos River.—Point of the river where the road turns off toward Delaware Creek.
9-1/8. Delaware Creek.—Good road after leaving the Pecos River. The road on the Pecos is good in the bottom in very dry weather, but after heavy rains it is submerged and very muddy. Travelers should then turn off to the bluffs. The water in Delaware Creek is brackish.
11-7/8. Ojo de San Martin.—Fine spring of fresh water, also mineral spring. Good road up Delaware Creek.
15-3/10. Independence Spring.—Large spring of excellent water. Look out for Indians.
5-1/10. Ojo del Camins.—Good spring in the pine timber at the base of the mountain.
4-1/2. Peak of the Guadalupe.—Spring at the foot of the mountain. Road descends the mountain, and is very steep.
23-7/8. Ojo del Cuerbo.—Road descends through a very rough and sinuous ravine, and crosses a long prairie to camp at a pond of standing water. No wood.
26. Cornudas (Wells).—Well in the rocks; plenty of water for small parties. Road good.
8-3/4. Sierra del Alamo.—Road good; water limited in quantity. There is a small spring upon the side of the mountain. No wood except a few mesquite roots.
22-1/4. Waco Tanks.—Good water in a large reservoir in the rocks. The road here branches, the left leading to El Paso and the right to Doña Aña.
28. El Paso, on the Rio del Norte.—Road good, with some sand; no water upon it.
  The distance from the "Waco Tanks" to Doña Aña is 63 miles, but 40 miles of the road is over heavy sand, and no water until reaching the mountain, 25 miles from Doña Aña. I would recommend travelers to take the El Paso road in preference.

Total distance from Fort Smith to El Paso, 860 miles.

Total distance from Fort Smith to El Paso is 860 miles.


IV.—From Leavenworth City to Great Salt Lake City.

IV.—From Leavenworth City to Great Salt Lake City.

Miles. Leavenworth City to
3. Salt Creek.—Good camp; wood, water, and grass.
12. Cold Spring.—To the right of the road, in a deep ravine, plenty of wood, water, and grass.
12. Small Branch.—To the north of the road, in an arroya, good wood, water, and grass. Here enters the road from Atcheson, 6 miles distant.
16-2/3. Grasshopper Creek.—Good wood, water, and grass.
9-1/2. Walnut Creek.—Road passes a town called Whitehead, 4 miles from last camp. Water in pools, but 3/4 of a mile below is a fine spring; plenty of wood, water, and grass.
17. Grasshopper Creek.—Good camp, with wood, water, and grass.
12-1/2. Big Nemehaw, two miles above Richland.—Good wood, water, and grass near the creek.
11. Water-holes.—On the ridge, at the head of a ravine, are wood, water, and grass, but in a dry time there would be but little water.
10-3/4. Vermilion Creek.—Water in the creek not good, but there is a good well of cold water near the road. Wood and grass good.
21-1/2. Big Blue River.—Upper crossing, good ford; plenty of wood, water, and grass. Fine clear stream, 60 yards wide.
17-1/2. Branch of the Big Blue.—Camp half a mile north of the road; good wood, water, and grass.
15. Turkey, or Rock Creek.—Good spring 400 yards to the north of the road. Store at the crossing. Good wood, water, and grass.
19. Big Sandy.—Wood, water, and grass good.
19. Little Blue River.—Road runs across the hills without water until reaching camp. Good wood, water, and grass.
18-3/4. Little Blue River.—Camp is at the point where the road turns off from the creek. Good camps may be found any where on the Little Blue, with excellent wood, water, and grass. Fine running stream.
15. Little Blue River.—Road strikes the creek again, and keeps it to the camp. Good wood, water, and grass.
19. Elm Creek.—Road leaves the Little Blue, and runs along a divide to the head of Elm Creek, where we found water in holes, with some few trees; grass good.
20. Platte River.—Road crosses one small branch, where there is water except in a dry season. Good camp on the Platte, with wood, water, and grass.
15. Fort Kearney.—Good camp about two miles from the fort, upon the Platte, either above or below; grass, wood, and water abundant.
17. Platte River—Road runs along the river, where there is plenty of grass, and occasionally a few cottonwood-trees. Here the buffalo generally begin to be seen, and the traveler can always get a plenty of buffalo-chips along in this section.
16-3/4. On Plum Creek.—Road runs along the Platte to Plum Creek, where there is a little wood, with good grass and water. Mail station at the crossing of Plum Creek.
22-1/3. On Platte River.—Road runs along the Platte bottom after crossing Plum Creek, and is good except in wet weather. The road occasionally comes near the Platte, and, although the timber becomes thin, yet places are found where fuel can be obtained. Grass is plenty at all points.
23. On Platte River.—Road continues along the river valley over a flat country where the water stands in ponds, and is boggy in wet weather. Camps occasionally on the river, but little fuel. Grass and water good.
14. On Platte River.—Road continues along the valley, with the same character as before, but more timber. Camp opposite Brady's Island. Plenty of wood, water, and grass.
17-1/4. Slough.—On the Prairie. Road runs from one to three miles from the river. No wood all day; plenty of grass, and buffalo-chips for cooking.
15-1/4. Platte River.—Road crosses O'Fallon's Bluffs, where there is a good camping-place on the right of the road. Plenty of wood, water, and grass on a small stream, which is part of the Platte. Mail station here.
16-1/2. South Platte River.—Road runs along the Platte, with no timber. Good grass and water at any point, with buffalo-chips for fuel.
17. South Platte River.—No timber all day. Good water and grass at all points, with buffalo-chips.
8. South Platte Crossing.—No wood all day. Good water and grass, with buffalo-chips. The river is about 600 yards wide, rapid, with quicksand bottom, but can be forded when not above a medium stage. It is best to send a footman ahead to ascertain the depth of water before crossing the wagons and animals.
19. Ash Hollow, at North Platte River.—Road leaves the South Fork of the Platte, and strikes over the high prairie for 16 miles, when it descends the high bluffs bordering the valley of the North Platte, and enters Ash Hollow, where there is a plenty of wood and a small spring of water. Half a mile beyond this the road reaches the river. Mail station and a small grocery here.
16-3/4. North Platte.—Very sandy road; no wood; grass and water plenty at all points; buffalo-chips sufficient for cooking.
17. North Platte.—Road sandy in places; no wood; good grass and water; some buffalo-chips.
16-1/2. North Platte.—Road good; no wood; good grass and water; cattle-chips in places.
18-3/4. North Platte.—No wood. Camp opposite "Chimney Rock," which is a very peculiar formation on the south of the road, and resembles a chimney. Grass good. Road muddy after rains.

CHIMNEY ROCK.

Chimney Rock.

17-1/2. North Platte.—No wood; grass and water good.
16. "Horse Creek," branch of the North Platte.—In seven miles the road passes through Scott's Bluffs, where there is generally water in the first ravine about 200 yards below the road. The road then descends the mountain, at the foot of which is the Platte and a mail station. A little wood can be obtained at Scott's Bluffs; there is none on Horse Creek.
14-1/4. North Platte.—Road follows the river bottom all day. Wood, water, and grass on the river.
12. Fort Laramie.—Road rough and rocky in places. There are wood and water plenty, and before many trains have passed the grass is good above the fort. Mail station and post-office here, with a sutler's store well stocked with such articles as the traveler wants.
10. North Platte.—Road good, but hilly in places. Camp is in the river bottom, with plenty of wood, water, and grass. Hot spring two miles above here.
14. Bitter Creek.—There are two roads, both of which lead to Salt Lake. The upper or south road is best in the spring or in wet weather. I traveled the lower road. Wood, water, and grass are good.
17-3/4. Horse-shoe Creek.—Fine camp, with excellent wood, water, and grass. The road here forks, one passing to the left over the hills, and the other running nearer the Platte.
20-1/2. North Platte River.—Good road along near the river. Good wood, water, and grass. Road crosses the river at 12-1/2 miles.
20-1/4. North Platte River.—Road crosses the river again, and the camp is two miles above the mouth of La Prell Creek. Good wood, water, and grass.
19. North Platte River.—Road runs along the river, and is smooth and good. The camp is two miles above the crossing of Deer Creek, where there is a blacksmith's shop and store. Good grass, wood, and water.
16. North Platte River.—Good road, with wood, water, and grass at camp.
13. North Platte River.—Good road passing the bridge, where there is a blacksmith's shop and store, also a military station and a mail station. At two miles from camp the road crosses the river on a good ford with rocky bottom. The wood, water, and grass are abundant.
23. Red Buttes, on the North Platte.—Road is very hilly, and in some places sandy; passes Willow Spring, where there is grass and a little wood. Good wood, water, and grass at camp. Mail station here.
11. Sweet Water Creek.—Road leaves the river at the Red Buttes, and strikes over the high rolling prairie. Good grass and water, but little wood at camp.
15. On Sweet Water Creek.—Road passes a blacksmith's shop and store at the bridge six miles from camp, and at 2-1/2 miles from the camp it passes the "Devil's Gate" and a mail station. The Sweet Water here runs between two perpendicular cliffs, presenting a most singular and striking appearance. Take wood at the Gate for camp. Good grass and water at all places on Sweet Water Creek.

THE DEVIL'S GATE.

DEVIL'S GATE.

20. Sweet Water Creek.—Road muddy after rains, and some bad ravines to cross. Wood, water, and grass of the best quality at camp.
12. Sweet Water Creek.—Road runs along the valley of the Sweet Water, where there is plenty of wood and grass in places, but little wood at the camp noted.
8. On Sweet Water.—Road good; no wood; grass abundant.
20. On Sweet Water.—Road good; no wood.
17. Strawberry Creek.—Little wood; grass and water abundant. Road leaves "Sweet Water," and ascends a very long hill which is very rocky.
20-1/4. South Pass.—Road crosses the dividing ridge, and strikes the Pacific Spring, where there is excellent water and good grass if many cattle have not passed, in which event the traveler had better continue on down the creek which issues from the spring. Sage for fuel; no wood.
15-3/4. Dry Sandy Creek.—Grass scarce; no wood; some sage and greasewood; water brackish, but drinkable; road good. Here the traveler should send ahead and have the best spots of grass found, as it is very scarce throughout this section. Sublett's Cut-off turns off here for Soda Springs and Fort Hall. Take the left for Fort Bridger and Salt Lake City.
15. Little Sandy Creek.—Grass in spots along the creek bottom, and some fuel.
18. Big Sandy Creek.—Grass in detached spots on the creek, and little fuel.
21-1/2. Green River, Upper Ford.—Grass and fuel on the river.
7. Green River, at the Lower Ford.—Good grass and fuel below the ford. Ferry in time of high water. Mail station and grocery.
16. Black's Fork.—Good grass and fuel.
7. Ham's Fork.—United States bridge, no toll. Good grass and fuel.
12. Black's Fork.—Road forks at the crossing of Black's Fork, both roads leading to Fort Bridger. This itinerary is upon the left-hand road, which crosses Black's Fork two miles from Ham's Fork.
13. Smith's Fork.—Good camps along Black's Fork at any place, but the road leaves the stream for several miles. Wood, water, and grass at the confluence of Black's and Smith's Forks.
18-1/4. Fort Bridger.—Good camps above and below the fort. Military post, mail station, and store.
  Muddy Creek.—Good grass, wood, and water. Grass short after many trains have passed. It is then necessary to go up the creek to find good grass. Road passes a fine spring 3 miles back.
19. Bear River.—Good camps, with wood, water, and grass.
  Good ford, except in very high water. Sulphur Creek two miles back.
19. Red Fork.—In "Echo Cañon," two miles below Cashe Cave, good grass and fuel; water plenty.
19-1/4. Weber River.—Good grass, wood, and water. Mail station. United States bridge for high water; no toll.
5-1/4. Spring Branch.—Good camp. Road leaves the river, and takes the left into a valley.
9. Bauchmin's Creek.—Road crosses over a mountain, and descends to the creek, where there is a good camp.
14. Big Cañon Creek.—Road crosses Bauchmin's Creek 13 times in 8 miles, then ascends the mountain along a small creek, which is well wooded and good grass.
6. Emigration Creek.—Road leaves Cañon Creek, and crosses the two mountains, which are very steep and long. Grass and wood before crossing the "Little Mountain."
10-1/4. Great Salt Lake City.—Forage can be purchased here, as well as most of the articles the traveler may require, at high prices. There is no camping-place within two miles of the city. It is best for those who encamp with animals to cross the Jordan River, or to stop near the mouth of the cañon before entering the city.

Total distance from Fort Leavenworth to Salt Lake City, 1168 miles.

Total distance from Fort Leavenworth to Salt Lake City, 1,168 miles.


V.—From Salt Lake City to Sacramento and Benicia, California.

V.—From Salt Lake City to Sacramento and Benicia, California.

Miles. From Salt Lake City to
18. Hait's Ranch.—Good road, and grass abundant until Bear River is crossed.
17-1/4. Ford on Weber River.—Good road, and grass abundant.
15. Point of Mountain.—Spring water warm but pure.
12-3/4. Box Elder Creek.—Excellent water; grass and fuel abundant in the cañons.
23. Ferry on Bear River.—Four miles above the usual crossing. Excellent grass.
3/4. West Bank.—Grass not good on the west bank.
6. Small Spring.—Cross Bear River below the mouth of the Mallade.
17-1/2. Blue Springs.—Water and grass scarce, and of poor quality.
21-1/4. Deep Creek.—Heavy sage, but good grass on the right of the road, near sink.
20-1/2. Cedar Springs.—Good grass on the hills, with fine water and wood; rolling country.
10. Rock Creek.—Plenty of grass to the left of the road; good camping-place.
14-1/2. Raft River.—Good camp.
22-1/2. Goose Creek Mountains.—Grass, wood, and water abundant; rough and mountainous country. Road from Fort Bridger comes in here via Soda Springs.
17-3/4. On Goose Creek.—Rough, broken country, with a good road, which runs along the creek for several miles.
28-1/2. Head of 1000 Spring Valley.—Road runs over a rolling, barren section, with but little water except on the river far to the right.
25-3/4. 1000 Spring Valley.—Meadow grass; good fuel scarce. Camps can be found at short intervals along the road.
14. Head of Humboldt River.—Fine camping-places, and road generally good, running over a rolling country.
23. Slough of the Humboldt.—Extensive bottoms of good grass.
20. Humboldt River.—Along the entire course of the Humboldt good grass is found in the bottoms. The road, which follows the bottom, is hard and smooth, but can not be traveled in seasons of very high water, as the bottom overflows. It is then necessary to take the road on the bluffs, where the grass is scarce. The river, when not above a fording stage, can be forded at almost any point, and good camps can be found at short intervals. There are spots along the river bottom where alkaline ponds are frequent. These are poisonous to cattle, and should be avoided by travelers. It is well along this river not to allow animals to drink any water except from the river where it is running.
20. Humboldt River.—The foregoing remarks apply for every camp on the Humboldt River.
22. Humboldt River.—Good camps along the Humboldt Valley.
23. Humboldt River.
13-1/2. Humboldt River.
16-1/2. Humboldt River.
25. Humboldt River.
13-3/4. Humboldt River.
24. Humboldt River.
24-1/2. Humboldt River.
20-1/4. Humboldt River.
18-3/4. Humboldt River.
13-1/2. Humboldt River.
18-1/4. Lawson's Meadows.—The road here forks, the left going by the Carson Valley and Sacramento route, and the right via Goose, Clear, and Rhett lakes, Applegate's Pass of the Cascade Mountains, into Rogue River Valley, Fort Law, Oregon Territory, Yreka, Fort Jones, Fort Reading, and Sacramento River.
33-1/2. On Humboldt River.—Grass and water poor all the distance to the Sink of the Humboldt.
19-1/2. Sink of Humboldt River.—The water at the Sink is strongly impregnated with alkali; the road generally is good. Travelers should not allow their stock to drink too freely of this water.
26. Head Sink of Humboldt.—Road good.
45. Carson River.—Road crosses the desert, where there is no water for stock, but there is a well where travelers can purchase water for drinking. This part of the road should be traveled in the cool of the day and at night. Grass good, also the water.
2. Carson River.—Good bunch-grass near the road.
30. Carson River.—26 miles of desert; poor grass.
14. Eagle Ranch.—Good grass and water.
13. Reese's Ranch.—Good grass and water.
12. Williams' Ranch.—Very good water and grass.
15. Hope Valley.—Road rough and rocky.
3. Near Sierra.—Good camp, with water and grass.
7. First Summit.—Road rough and rocky; good water; grass scarce.
2. Second Summit.—Road mountainous and very steep; snow nearly all the year.
10. Lakes.—Good camp.
12. Leek Springs.—Good grass near the road.
10. Trader's Creek.—Grass and fuel scarce.
12. Sly Park.—Grass and fuel near the road.
  Forty Mile House.—Water plenty; grass scarce.
  Sacramento Valley.—Water plenty; purchase forage.
  Sacramento City.—Water plenty; purchase forage.

Total distance from Salt Lake City to Benicia, 973 miles.

Total distance from Salt Lake City to Benicia is 973 miles.


At the Big Meadows, 23 miles from the Sink of the Humboldt, travelers should make a halt of a day or two to rest and recruit their animals and to cut grass for crossing the desert, as this is the last good camping-place until reaching Carson River. The ground near this place is boggy, and animals should be watered with buckets. The camping-ground here is on the right bank of the river, and about half a mile to the left of the main road. The water is in a slough, near its head, where will be found some springs which run off a short distance, but soon sink.

At Big Meadows, 23 miles from the Sink of the Humboldt, travelers should take a break for a day or two to rest, recover their animals, and cut grass for crossing the desert, as this is the last decent camping spot until reaching Carson River. The ground around here is marshy, so animals should be watered using buckets. The camping area is on the right bank of the river, about half a mile to the left of the main road. The water is in a marsh near its source, where you'll find some springs that flow for a short distance but soon dry up.

The road across the desert is very sandy, especially toward the western extremity. Twenty miles from the Sink of the Humboldt there are four wells. About half a mile east of the mail station the road leading to the wells turns to the right, where water can be purchased for from one to two shillings for each man and beast.

The road through the desert is really sandy, especially at the western end. About twenty miles from the Sink of the Humboldt, there are four wells. Half a mile east of the mail station, the road to the wells turns right, where you can buy water for one to two shillings per person or animal.

At 9-1/2 miles beyond the mail station, on the desert, a road turns off from the main trace toward a very high sandy ridge, and directly upon the top of this ridge is the crater of an extinct volcano, at the bottom of which is a salt lake. Upon the extreme north end of this lake will be found a large spring of fresh water, sufficient for 1000 animals. From thence to "Ragtown," on Carson River, is three miles.

At 9.5 miles past the mail station, in the desert, a road branches off from the main path toward a very high sandy ridge, and right on top of this ridge is the crater of an extinct volcano, at the bottom of which is a salt lake. At the far north end of this lake, there's a large spring of fresh water that can support 1,000 animals. From there to "Ragtown" on the Carson River is three miles.

I would advise travelers, when their animals become exhausted before reaching this water, to take them out of harness and drive them to this place to recruit. There is some grass around the lake.

I would recommend that travelers, when their animals get tired before reaching this water, take them out of harness and lead them to this spot to rest and recover. There is some grass around the lake.

This desert has always been the most difficult part of the journey to California, and more animals have probably been lost here than at any other place. The parts of wagons that are continually met with here shows this most incontestably.

This desert has always been the toughest part of the journey to California, and more animals have likely been lost here than anywhere else. The broken parts of wagons that are constantly found here proves this beyond a doubt.


VI.—From Great Salt Lake City to Los Angeles and San Francisco, California.

VI.—From Salt Lake City to Los Angeles and San Francisco, California.

Miles. Salt Lake City to
20-5/8. Willow Creek.—Good grass.
14. American Creek.—Good grass.
11-1/2. Provo City.—Town.
7-1/4. Hobble Creek.—Good camp.
6. Spanish Fork.—Good camp.
5. Peteetneet.—Good camp.
25. Salt Creek.—Several small streams between. Good camp.
18-5/8. Toola Creek.—Ford. No wood; grass good.
6-1/4. Sevier River.—Road is sandy, passing over a high ridge. Good camp.
25-1/2. Cedar Creek.—Road rather mountainous and sandy. Good grass and wood.
17-1/2. Creek.—This is the fourth stream south of Sevier River. Road crosses two streams. Good camp.
3-5/8. Willow Flats.—The water sinks a little east of the road.
25. Spring.—Good grass and water.
22-1/4. Sage Creek.—Grass poor; wood and water.
5-1/8. Beaver Creek.—Good wood, water, and grass.
27-1/4. North Cañon Creek.—In Little Salt Lake Valley. Good grass; no wood. The road is rough and steep for six miles.
5-3/8. Creek.—Good wood, water, and grass.
6-3/4. Creek.—Good wood, water, and grass.
12-7/8. Cottonwood Creek.—Good grass and water.
9. Cedar Springs.—Good camp.
23. Pynte Creek.—Good grass one mile up the cañon.
9. Road Springs.—Road is rough; good camp.
16. Santa Clara.—Road descending and rough; poor grass. From this point to Cahoon Pass look out for Indians.
17-1/8. Camp Springs.—Two miles before reaching the springs the road leaves the Santa Clara. Good grass.
22-1/8. Rio Virgin.—Road crosses over the summit of a mountain. Good road; grass poor.
39-5/8. Rio Virgin.—Road runs down the Rio Virgin, crossing it ten times. Grass good down the river.
19-5/8. Muddy Creek.—Road for half a mile is very steep and sandy. Good camp.
52-5/8. Las Vegas.—Water is sometimes found 2-1/2 miles west of the road in holes 23 miles from the Muddy, and some grass about a mile from the road. Good camp.
5. On Vegas.—Road runs up the river. Good grass.
17. Cottonwood Spring.—Poor grass.
29-3/4. Cottonwood Grove.—No grass. Water and grass can be found four miles west by following the old Spanish trail to a ravine, and thence to the left in the ravine one mile.
21-3/4. Resting Springs.—Good grass and water. Animals should be rested here before entering the desert.
7. Spring.—The spring is on the left of the road, and flows into Saleratus Creek. Animals must not be allowed to drink the Saleratus water.
14-1/8. Salt Springs.—Poor grass and no fresh water.
38-3/4. Bitter Springs.—Good road; poor grass.
30-3/4. Mohave River.—Good road and good grass.
51-1/2. On the Mohave.—Last ford. Good grass all the way up the Mohave.
17. Cahoon Pass.—At the summit.
10. Camp.—Road bad down the cañon.
11-1/2. Coco Mongo Ranch.
10. Del Chino Ranch.—Williams.
19-3/8. San Gabriel River.
6. San Gabriel Mission.
8-1/4. Pueblo de los Angeles.
65-3/4. Santa Clara River.—On the Coast Route. Good camps to San José.
7-1/2. Buena Ventura Mission and River.—Road here strikes the Pacific shore.
26. Santa Barbara.—Town.
45-3/4. San Yenness River.—At the Mission.
78-7/8. Santa Margareta.—Old Mission.
28-3/8. San Miguel.—Old Mission.
24-3/4. San Antonio River.
26-3/4. Rio del Monterey.
15-5/8. Solida Mission.—At the ford of Rio del Monterey.
37-1/2. San Juan Mission.
33. San José Pueblo.
75. San Francisco.

VII.—From Fort Bridger to the "City of Rocks." From Captain Handcock's Journal.

VII.—From Fort Bridger to the "City of Rocks." From Captain Handcock's Journal.

Miles. Fort Bridger to
9. Little Muddy Creek.—Water brackish in pools along the creek; tall bunch-grass; sage for fuel. Road runs over a barren section, is rough, and passes one steep hill.
12-1/3. Big Muddy Creek.—The road, with the exception of two or three bad gullies, is good for ten miles; it then follows the Big Muddy bottom, which is flat and boggy. The camp is three miles above the crossing. Some grass; sage for fuel.
14-1/5. Small Branch of the Muddy Creek.—Cross the river in three miles at a bad ford. A mile above camp the grass is good. Road generally good.
19-1/2. On Small Creek.—Road continues up the Muddy 9-1/2 miles to its head. It then ascends to the divide between Bear and Green Rivers, probably 800 feet, in 1-3/5 miles. The descent on the other side is about the same. The road passes many fine springs. At one and two miles back it passes points of hills, where it is very rough. Good grass and sage at camp.
8-9/10. Bear River.—Bad creek to cross near the camp; thence to Bear River Valley the road is good. It then follows down the river, crossing Willow Creek. Good camp, with a large, fine spring.
17. Bear River.—Good road along the river; plenty of wood, water, and grass at all points.
  Foot of Grant's Mountain.—Road runs along Bear River; at 2-1/2 miles strikes Smith's Fork, a rapid trout stream. The road crosses the lower ford. A few miles farther on is a bad slough, which can be avoided by taking a round on the hills. Cross Thomas's Fork on a bridge, also a slough near it; toll $2.00 for each team and wagon. The road then leaves Bear River Valley, and turns over a very steep hill. Good grass, wood, and water.
12. Bear River.—Road ascends Grant's Mountain 1200 feet in 1-1/2 miles—double teams—then descends again into Bear River Valley at 4-4/5 miles. Good wood, water, and grass.
17-2/5. Indian Creek.—Road crosses eight fine spring branches; camp is on a beautiful trout stream. Good wood, water, and grass.
11. Spring near Bear River.—Road is hilly, crossing two spring branches. Good wood, water, and grass. The camp is on the left and near the road.
11. Bear River.—At 6-7/10 miles the road strikes a large group of springs called "Soda Springs," and here crosses Pine Creek, on the left bank of which is a saleratus lake. Soon after it strikes the main springs, and after crossing another creek the "Steam-boat Spring" may be seen in the bed of the river.
15. "Port Neuf," or Rock Creek.—At 2-3/10 miles the road leaves Bear River near where it runs through a cañon with high bluffs on each side. At this point the California and Fort Hall roads separate. The California road (called Hudspeth's Cut-off) then crosses a valley between the Bear River and Port Neuf River Mountains, 9 miles. No water from camp to camp. Good camp.
15. Marsh Creek.—About two miles above the main road the creek can be forded; a road leads to it from the descent into the valley. Road good; water and grass plenty; no wood.
16-1/5. Paunack Creek.—First part of the road is hilly; the remainder good. Good camp.
7-1/5. Mallade River.—At 7-1/5 miles the road crosses the Mallade River. Good camp 140 miles from Salt Lake City. Good road.
22-3/10. Small Creek.—The road ascends a ridge through a cañon, and descends to a valley on the other side. From the camp to the summit of the ridge is 6-1/5 miles. The descent is 3-7/10 miles. It then crosses a valley 8 miles wide, and strikes a cañon which leads to the top of a hill over a rough road. Plenty of wood, water, and grass at camp, but no water between this and the last camp.
9-3/5. Small Creek.—Road after five miles strikes a cañon with a long but gentle ascent. Two miles from the entrance of this cañon is a spring branch. There is wood and some grass and water at this place.
11-1/5. Spring Branch.—The road passes through a cañon, and at 5 miles strikes the head of a spring branch, which it follows down 2-1/2 miles to the junction with a larger branch, which is bridged. At nine tenths of a mile another fork enters. Grass very fine here. Road follows down this across the main branch, and the camp is 2 miles below. Good camp.
18-1/2. Decassure Creek, or Raft River.—Road continues down the creek 2-3/10 miles, and crosses, then ascends by a steep hill to an elevated sage plain, leaving the creek at 11-4/5 miles, and passes a slough with water. Good camp.
17-9/10. Spring Branch.—The road crosses the creek near the last camp, and follows up a valley, crossing in five miles several spring branches. At 2-9/10 miles it crosses the creek again, and follows up the valley two miles farther, then crosses a high sage plain 8-9/10 miles long, when it strikes a spring 150 yards to the left of the road, where there is an excellent camp in a beautiful valley.
10. Junction of Salt Lake City Road.—Road passes several small branches in 3 miles, then commences ascending through a cañon which, in 2-1/5 miles, leads to the entrance to the "City of Rocks," and passes through these for three miles. It then crosses a ridge, leaving the City of Rocks, and at ten miles from last camp intersects the road from "Salt Lake City." At 1-2/5 miles beyond this a road leads off to the right to a spring branch, 3 miles, where there is a good camp near the foot of Goose Creek Mountain. From this point California travelers can refer to the itinerary of the route from Salt Lake City to Sacramento.

VIII.—From Soda Springs to the City of Rocks, known as Hudspeth'sCut-off.

VIII.—From Soda Springs to the City of Rocks, known as Hudspeth's Cut-off.

Miles. Soda Springs to
20. Bear River.—The road runs down Bear River, crossing some small streams. Good camp.
10. Portner Creek.—Camp at the head of the creek. Good wood, water, and grass.
12. Fork of Portner Creek.—Good camp.
15. Pauack Creek.—Road crosses a summit. Good road and camp.
12. Snake Spring.—Good camp.
12. Utha Spring.—Good camp.
15. Decassure Creek.—Road crosses a small stream; rather bad crossing. Good camp.
18. City of Rocks.—Junction of Salt Lake road. Good camp.

IX.—Sublets Cut-off, from the junction of the Salt Lake and FortHall Roads.

IX.—Sublets Cut-off, at the intersection of the Salt Lake and Fort Hall Roads.

Miles. Junction to
7. Big Sandy.
44. Green River.—From the Big Sandy to Green River (upper road) there is an abundance of grass in places along the road, but no water.
6. Small Creek.—The road runs up the creek. Good grass.
4. On the Creek.—Good grass and water.
12. Small Spring.—The spring is on the left of the road. Good grass.
9. Ham's Fork.—Good wood, water, and grass.
6. Spring.—On the summit of a mountain. Good grass.
6. Muddy Creek.—Wood, water, and grass.
10. Spring.—In Bear River Valley. Good wood, water, and grass.
6. Smith's Fork.—In Bear, River Valley. Good wood, water; and grass.
10. Tomaus' Fork.—Road runs down Bear River. Good wood, water, and grass.
7. Spring Creek.—Wood, water, and grass.
7. Smith's Ford.—Road crosses over a spur of the mountain; long and gradual ascent; descent rather abrupt. Good wood, water, and grass.
8. Telleck's Fork.—Road runs down Bear River. Good camp.
4. Small Creek.—Good camp.
4. Small Creek.—Good camp.
7. Small Creek.—Good camp.
12. Soda Springs.—Left side of the road, among some cedars, is a good camp.
  Here take the left-hand road to California, called Hudspeth's Cut-off.

X.—From Lawson's Meadows, on the Humboldt River, to Fort Reading, via Rogue River Valley, Fort Lane, Oregon Territory, Yreka, and Fort Jones.

X.—From Lawson's Meadows, on the Humboldt River, to Fort Reading, through Rogue River Valley, Fort Lane, Oregon Territory, Yreka, and Fort Jones.

Miles. Lawson's Meadows to
18-1/2. Mountain Spring.—Road leaves the Humboldt, and takes a northwesterly course 12 miles to a spring of good water. Good bunch-grass to the left of the road, and a small spring at the camp. The road is plain on leaving the river, but after a few days it becomes faint. Road from this point passes over a desert country for about 60 miles, without good water or much grass.
38-1/2. Black Rock Spring.—Road level and hard, with little vegetation. In 14 miles pass springs, but the water is not good. In 16 miles the road passes a slough which is difficult to cross; water not good, but can be given to cattle in small quantities. In five miles from this the road passes Black Rock, mentioned by Colonel Frémont in his trip from Columbia River in 1843-4. Three miles farther pass boiling springs, very hot, but good cooled. Grass pretty good.
20-1/4. Mountain Rill.—Water good; bunch-grass in the vicinity. In eight miles' travel the road passes a beautiful creek of pure water, with good grass.
5-3/4. Lake (Marshy).
10-1/2. High Rock Cañon.—This cañon is 25 miles long, with wild and curious scenery. Road crosses the creek frequently, and the mud is bad. In the autumn the road is good.
14-3/4. High Rock Cañon.
  Small Creek.—Beautiful country, with the greatest abundance of water and grass; also fuel.
25-1/4. Pine Grove Creek.—Road passes over an interesting country, well supplied with wood, water, and grass, and passes around the south end of a salt lake.
18-1/2. West Slope of Sierra.—Road passes over the mountain, which is steep but not rocky, then descends to a small creek of good water which runs into Goose Lake. Good grass and fuel. Look out for the Indians, as they are warlike and treacherous here.
7-3/4. East shore of Goose Lake.—Excellent camp.
16-1/4. West shore of Goose Lake.—This is a beautiful sheet of fresh water; great quantities of water-fowl resort to this lake.
16-1/4. Slough Springs.—The road passes over a very rocky divide, covered with loose volcanic debris, very hard for animals, and wearing to their feet. They should be well shod before attempting the passage.
18-1/2. Marshy Lake.—Road difficult for wagons.
15. Clear Lake.—Beautiful lake of pure water, with good grass around its shore.
25-1/4. East shore of Rhett's Lake.—Road tolerable over a rolling, rocky country, between lakes. The road crosses Lost River over a natural bridge, on a solid, smooth ledge of rock.
19. West shore of Rhett's Lake.—Plenty of wood, water, and grass along this road.
21. Klamath River.—Road leaves Rhett's Lake, and enters the forest and mountains; tolerably good. Good camp.
15-1/4. Cascade Mountains.—The road passes over high mountains, through lofty pine-trees. Camp is at Summit Meadows. Good water and grass, also fuel.
14-1/4. Western slope of Cascade Mountains.—Rough roads.
19-1/4. Rogue River Valley.—Road descends into the settlements in six miles, where there is a lovely fertile valley, well settled with farmers.
23-3/4. Fort Lane.—Near "Table Rock," on Rogue River, eight miles from Jacksonville. Dragoon post.
22-3/4. Rogue River Valley.—Good camp.
18. Siskiyou Mountains.—Road crosses the Siskiyou Mountains, and is difficult for wagons.
18. Yreka.—Flourishing mining city.
18. Fort Jones.—Infantry post, in Scott's Valley.
20. Scott's Mountain.—Good camp at the foot of the mountain. Road passes over the mountains, but is impassable for wagons.
90. Shasta City.—Good grass, wood, and water.
180. Sacramento City.

XI.—From Soda Springs to Fort Wallah Wallah and Oregon City, Oregon, via Fort Hall.

XI.—From Soda Springs to Fort Walla Walla and Oregon City, Oregon, via Fort Hall.

Miles. Soda Springs to
25. Portner Creek.—Good camp. Take the right-hand road.
10. Ross's Creek.—Good camp.
10. Fort Hall Valley.—Good camp. Road runs down the creek.
8. Snake River.—Good camp. Road crosses the river bottom.
5. Fort Hall.
15. Small Branch.—Camp is three miles below the crossing of Port Neuf River, which is fordable. Good wood, water, and grass.
10. American Falls.—Good camp.
13. Raft River.—Road rough and rocky. Sage for fuel; grass scarce.
17. Bend of Swamp Creek.—Grass scarce.
20. On Snake River.—Road crosses Swamp and Goose Creeks. Wood on the hills; grass short.
25. Rock Creek.—Road crosses one small creek, and is very rough and rocky for several miles, when it enters a sandy region, where the grass is scarce; sage plenty, and willows on the creek.
24. Snake River.—Road crosses several small branches. There is but little grass except in narrow patches along the river bottom.
26. Fishing Falls.—Road very crooked and rough, crossing two small streams.
29. Snake River.—Road crosses several small creeks, but leaves the main river to the north, and runs upon an elevated plateau. Good grass at camp.
16. Snake River (ford).—Road tortuous; ford good in low water.
19. Small Branch.—Road crosses Snake River, and follows up a small branch, leaving the river to the left. Good grass. Road ascends to a high plateau, which it keeps during the whole distance.
26. River "Aux Rochers."—Road passes Hot Springs, and is rough. Wood, water, and grass plenty.
22. Small Creek.—Road crosses two small branches, and is very rocky, but at camp grass, wood, and water are abundant.
23. Rio Boisè.—Road crosses one small creek, and follows along the Boisè River. Good wood, water, and grass.
26. Fort Boisè.—Road follows the south bank of Boisè River to the fort.
2. Fort Boisè.—Road crosses Boisè River. Good ford at ordinary stages. Grass good in the river bottom.
20. River "Aux Matthews."—Good road. Grass abundant, but coarse; wood and water plenty.
27. Snake River.—Road passes over a rough country. Grass scarce and of a poor quality.
20. Burnt River.—Road leaves Snake River, and takes across Burnt River, following up the north side of this to the camp. It is mountainous and rough, but the grass is good, and there is wood along the river.
22. Burnt River.—Road continues up the river, and is still rough and mountainous. Grass and wood plenty.
26. Small Branch.—Road passes over a divide to "Powder River." It is still rough, but getting better. The grass is good.
13. Powder River.—Good road; grass plenty.
21. Creek.—Road passes a divide, crossing several small streams, and is smooth, with plenty of grass and fuel.
20. Creek.—Road crosses one small branch, and is rather rough. The grass and fuel are good and abundant.
21. Creek.—Road follows down the creek for ten miles, then turns up a small branch, and is good. There is plenty of grass and fuel.
12. Branch.—Road crosses a divide and strikes another branch.
5. Small branch of the Umatilah River.—Good road, with plenty of wood and grass.
16. Branch of Wallah Wallah River.—Wood, water, and grass.
18. Wallah Wallah River.—Wood, water, and grass. Columbia River at Fort Wallah Wallah.—Wood, water, and grass.
10. Butler Creek.—Good camp.
18. Wells's Spring.—Good camp.
12. Willow Creek.—Good camp.
13. Cedar Spring.—Good camp.
6. John Day's River.—Good camp.
5. Forks of Road.—No camping. Left-hand road for wagons, and right-hand for pack trains. This itinerary takes the left.
10. Ouley's Camp.—Good camp.
19. Soot's River.—Good camp.
6. Fall River.—Good camp.
10. Utah's River.—Good camp.
18. Soot's River.—Good camp.
6. Soot's River.—Good camp. Road follows up the river, crossing it several times.
16. Sand River Fork.—Good grass a mile and a half to the left of the road.
8. Good Camp.
15. Royal Hill Camp.—Good camp.
7. Sandy River.—But little grass.
45. Down the River.—Good camps all the distance.
25. Oregon City.—Good camps all the distance.
75. Salem.—Good camps all the distance.

XII.—Route for pack trains from John Day's River to Oregon City.

XII.—Path for pack trains from John Day's River to Oregon City.

Miles. John Day's River to
17. Columbia River.—From John Day's River to the forks of the road, and thence by the right-hand fork to the Columbia. Good camp.
2-1/2. Soot's River Ferry.—Good camp.
15. Dalles.—Good camp.
25. Dog River.—Good camp.
15. Cascade Mountains.—One bad place.
9. Ouley's Rock.—Good camp.
20. Image Plain Ferry.—Good camp.
15. Portland.—Good camp.
12. Oregon City.—Good camp.

XIII.—From Indianola and Powder-horn to San Antonio, Texas.

XIII.—From Indianola and Powder-horn to San Antonio, Texas.

Miles. Powder-horn to
4. Indianola, Texas.—Steamers run from New Orleans five times a week to Powder-horn.
14. Chocolate Creek.—Good grass and water; fuel scarce. Road passes over a low, flat country, which in wet weather is heavy and muddy.
12. Grove.—Grove of oak; good water and grass. The road passes over a hog-wallow prairie, which is very muddy, and almost impassable for loaded teams after rains. The grass is abundant every where in this section.
12-1/2. Victoria.—The road is good, passing along near the east bank of the Guadalupe River. The country is thickly settled with farmers, who sell grain at reasonable rates. Grass abundant, also fuel.
34. Yorktown.—Road crosses the Guadalupe River on a bridge; toll one dollar for a six-mule team. It then crosses a low bottom for three miles; from thence the road is good, over a rolling country, with plenty of wood, water, and grass.
33. Cibello River.—Good road; wood, water, and grass plenty.
35. San Antonio.—Good road, with plenty of wood, water, and grass along the road. The Cibello is fordable at ordinary stages. The traveler can procure any thing he may need at Victoria and at San Antonio.

XIV.—Wagon-road from San Antonio, Texas, to El Paso, N.M., and Fort Yuma, Cal.

XIV.—Wagon road from San Antonio, Texas, to El Paso, New Mexico, and Fort Yuma, California.

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

Miles. San Antonio to
6.41. Leona.
18.12. Castroville.
11.00. Hondo.
14.28. Rio Seco.
12.50. Sabinal.
13.46. Rio Frio.
15.12. Nueces.
10.27. Turkey Creek.
15.33. Elm Creek.—All good camps, with abundance of wood, water, and grass. Country mostly settled, and the road very good, except in wet weather, from San Antonio to Elm Creek.
7.00. Fort Clarke.—Good grass, wood, and water. Road level and good.
7.00. Piedra Pinta,—Good grass, wood, and water.
8.86. Maverick's Creek.—Good grass, wood, and water.
12.61. San Felipé.—Good grass, wood, and water.
10.22. Devil's River.—First crossing. Good wood, water, and grass.
18.27. California Springs.—Grass and water poor.
18.39. Devil's River.—Second crossing. Grass poor.
19.50. Devil's River.—Good camp. The only water between Devil's River and Live Oak Creek is at Howard's Springs. The road is very rough in places.
44.00. Howard's Springs.—Grass scarce; water plenty in winter; wood plenty.
30.44. Live Oak Creek.—Good water and grass. The road passes within 1-1/2 miles of Fort Lancaster.
7.29. Crossing of Pecos River.—Bad water and bad camp. The water of the Pecos can be used.
5.47. Las Moras.—Good water, grass, and wood. The road is rough on the Pecos.
32.85. Camp on the Pecos River.—Wood and grass scarce.
16.26. Escondido Creek.—At the crossing. Water good; little grass or wood.
8.76. Escondido Spring.—Grass and water good; little grass.
19.40. Comanche Creek.—Grass and water good; little grass.
8.88. Leon Springs.—Grass and water good; no wood.
33.86. Barela Spring.—Grass and water good; wood plenty.
28.00. Fort Davis.—Good camp. From Fort Davis to Eagle Springs there is an ascent, and one of the very best of roads.
18.42. Barrel Springs.—Water good; grass and wood fair.
13.58. Dead Man's Hole.—Good wood and water; grass scarce.
32.83. Van Horne's Wells.—No grass or wood, but they will be found two miles back.
19.74. Eagle Springs.—Grass and wood poor; water about half a mile from camp, in a narrow cañon.
32.03. Mouth of Cañon "de los Camenos."—The road is rather rough. From here to Fort Bliss, opposite El Paso, the road runs near the river, and camps may be made any where. The wood, water, and grass are good at all points.
61.13. San Eluzario.—Mexican town.
9.25. Socorro.—Mexican town.
15.00. Fort Bliss, at El Paso.—United States military post and Mexican town.

Total distance from San Antonio to El Paso, 654.27 miles.

Total distance from San Antonio to El Paso: 654.27 miles.


Miles. El Paso to
22. Cottonwood.—From El Paso to Messilla Valley, in the Gadsden Purchase, the road runs up the east bank of the Rio Grande to Fort Fillmore (N.M.), where it crosses the river into the Messilla Valley.
22. Fort Fillmore.
6. La Messilla.
65. Cook's Spring.—From Messilla Valley to Tucson the road is remarkably good, with good grass and water. The streams on this section are the Mimbres and San Pedro, both fordable, and crossed with little trouble. The Apache Indians are generally met with in this country. There is a flouring-mill two miles below El Paso, where flour can be purchased at very reasonable prices.
18. Rio Mimbres.
17. Ojo la Vaca.
10. Ojo de Ynez.
34. Peloncilla.
18. San Domingo.
23. Apache Springs.
9. Cabesas Springs.
26. Dragon Springs.
18. Quercos Cañon.—Bunch-grass will be found sufficient for traveling purposes along this section of the road between El Paso and Tucson.
6. San Pedro Crossing.
20. Cienega.
13. Cienega Creek.
20. Mission of San Navier.
8. Tucson.—Total distance from El Paso to Tucson, 305 miles.
5. Pico Chico Mountain.
35. First Camp on Gila River.
29. Maricopa Wells.—The Maricopa Wells are at the western extremity of a fertile valley occupied by Pincos Indians, who cultivate corn and other grain.
40. Tezotal.—Across Jornada. There is but little grass here, but in the season the mesquite leaves are a good substitute.
10. Ten Mile Camp.
15. Oatman's Flat.—First crossing of the Gila River.
25. Second Crossing of the Gila.—The traveler can generally find sufficient grass in the hills along the valley of the Gila.
32. Peterman's Station.
20. Antelope Peak.
24. Little Corral.
16. Fort Yuma.

The distance from El Paso to Fort Yuma is 644 miles.

The distance from El Paso to Fort Yuma is 644 miles.

WELL IN THE DESERT.—ALAMO MOCHO.

WELL IN THE DESERT.—ALAMO MOCHO.


XV.—From Fort Yuma to San Diego, California.

XV.—From Fort Yuma to San Diego, California.

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

Miles. Fort Yuma to
10.00. Los Algodones.—Along the Colorado.
10.00. Cook's Wells.—Here commences the great desert; water nowhere good or reliable until arriving at Carizo Creek. The points named are where deep wells have been dug. "New River," though usually set down, is a dry arroyo. The surface of the desert for seven miles on the eastern side is drifting sand and heavy for wagons. Then comes a section in the centre of the desert that is hard and level. On the west side there is about three miles of a mud flat.
21.90. Alamo Rancho.
16.40. Little Laguna.
4.50. New River.
5.80. Big Laguna.
26.40. Carizo Creek.—Water good; cane and brush for fuel, and they afford some forage for the animals; no grass.
16.60. Vallecito.—Grass poor; wood and water sufficient.
17.80. San Felipe.—Grass poor; wood scarce; water good.
15.80. Warner's Ranch.—The road passes through a beautiful oak grove, where there is an abundance of grass and water. This is the summit of the mountain. At the Ranch the grass is poor, and no wood. The water is good. The oak grove terminates six miles from Warner's.
10.30. Santa Isabel.—Good grass, wood, and water. This was an old Spanish mission, but is now occupied by some Americans and Indians.
11.40. Laguna.—Two miles from last camp is a good camping-place. The road passes over some steep hills, not high. This is the best camp on the road.
12.00. San Pasquel.—For the first nine miles the road is level and good to the top of the mountain, where there is a good camping-place, with wood, water, and grass; thence the road descends a very steep hill. The camp is on the east side of the brook, near Soto's house.
18.80. Parrasquitas.—The road passes a good camp three miles from San Pasqual. Wood, Water, and grass at Parrasquitas.
8.00. Fisher's House.—The road passes over several hills, and at four miles is a good camping-place. Wood, water, and grass at camp.
  San Diego, California.—When animals are to be kept a considerable time at San Diego, they should be taken four or five miles up the river, as the grass is poor near the town.

Total distance from Fort Yuma to San Diego, 217 miles.

Total distance from Fort Yuma to San Diego is 217 miles.


XVI.—From El Paso, New Mexico, to Fort Yuma, California, via Santa Cruz.

XVI.—From El Paso, New Mexico, to Fort Yuma, California, via Santa Cruz.

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

Miles. From El Paso to
26.10. Samalayuca.—Spring, with grass and wood.
38.00. Salado.—Bad water, with little grass and wood.
24.75. Santa Maria.—Good grass, wood, and water.
27.50. Mines of San Pedro.—Bad water; little grass or water.
19.20. Correlitos.—Good water, grass, and wood.
20.00. Janos.—Good water, grass, and wood.
12.00. Pelatudo.—Good water, grass, and wood.
30.00. San Francisco.—Water half a mile south of the road.
18.00. San Louis.—Good water, grass, and wood.
35.00. San Bernardino.—Good water, grass, and wood.
30.00. Ash Creek.—Grass, wood, and water.
37.00. Head of San Pedro.—Grass and water.
24.00. Santa Cruz.—Good grass, wood, and water.
31.00. Cocospe.—Much grass; 10 or 12 miles without water. Leave Santa Cruz River at old Rancho San Lazaro. No water till reaching the head of San Ignacio, except at nine miles, a spring one mile west of the road.
26.00. Hemores.—From Cocospe to Santa Anna follow down the San Ignacio, and in many places there is wood and grass. Grass is much better at three miles from the river. At the foot of the hills there is an abundance of grama-grass.
5.00. Terrenati.
4.00. San Ignacio.
5.20. Madina.
5.20. San Lorenzo.
2.60. Santa Marta.
5.20. Santa Anna.
26.00. Alamita.—Plenty of grass. Leave the river 10 or 12 miles from Santa Anna, and no water thence to Alamita, which is a small rancho.
31.20. Altar.—No water; grass abundant.
13.00. Laguna.—Small water-hole; grass scanty and poor.
52.00. Sonia.—Sometimes water is found 25 miles from the Laguna, south of the road. There is a well at Sonia in the town, and sometimes water in a hole 300 yards south of the town, 100 yards west of the road.
10.40. El Paso.—Well at El Paso supplying 100 animals; water muddy and brackish; grass poor.
52.00. Sonorita.—No water on the road; at Sonorita are several brackish springs. Grass poor; bad camping-place; saltpetre at the springs.
  Quita Oaquita.—No water on the road. Saline spring at camp, better than at Sonorita, but the grass is not so good.
10.40. Agua Salado.—Water uncertain; grass poor.
23.40. Los Pleyes.—Water only in the rainy season, one mile west of the road, hidden by bushes and difficult to find. Grass pretty good.
28.60. Cabeza Prieta.—Natural tenajas in a ravine two miles from the road; follow a wagon-track up this ravine between a black and a red mountain. The water is good and abundant; grass tolerable.
31.00. Poso.—No water on the road until reaching Poso. Here it is abundant on the east side of the road; grass good one mile west.
13.00. Rio Gila.—But little good grass.
26.00. Fort Yuma, at the crossing of the Colorado River.—But little good grass for several miles.

Total distance from El Paso to Fort Yuma, 756 miles.

Total distance from El Paso to Fort Yuma is 756 miles.


XVII.—From Westport, Missouri, to the gold diggings at Pike's Peak and "Cherry Creek" N.T., via the Arkansas River.

XVII.—From Westport, Missouri, to the gold mining sites at Pike's Peak and "Cherry Creek" N.T., via the Arkansas River.

Miles. Westport to
4-3/4. Indian Creek.—The road runs over a beautiful country. Indian Creek is a small wooded stream, with abundance of grass and water.
8-3/4. Cedar Creek.—The road passes over a fine country, and there is a good camping-place at Cedar Creek.
8-1/2. Bull Creek.—The road is smooth and level, with less wood than before. Camping good.

Sketch of the country in the vicinity of the Gold Region near Pike's Peak and Cherry Creek.

Sketch of the area around the Gold Region close to Pike's Peak and Cherry Creek.

9-1/2. Willow Springs.—At nine miles the road passes "Black Jack Creek," where there is a good camping-place. The road has but little wood upon it at first, but it increases toward the end of the march. The road is level for some distance, but becomes more rolling, and the country is covered with the finest grass. Good camp at one mile from the main road.
20-1/4. 110-Mile Creek.—The road traverses the same character of country as yesterday, but with less woodland, is very smooth, and at 9 and 12 miles passes "Rock Creeks," which have no running water in a dry season. Good camp.
22-1/2. Prairie Chicken Creek.—At eight miles the road crosses Dwissler Creek, which is a fine little stream; four miles farther First Dragoon Creek, and at one mile farther the Second Dragoon Creek, both fine streams, well wooded, and good camping-places. Good camp.
20. "Big Rock Creek."—At one mile the road crosses a small wooded branch. Three miles beyond it crosses "Elm Creek," where a good camping-place may be found. At 7 miles it crosses 142-Mile Creek, and at 13 miles it crosses Bluff Creek, where there is a good camping-place. Good camp.
20. "Council Grove," on Elm Creek.—Road passes "Big John Spring" at 13 miles, and is smooth and good. A fine camp is found three fourths of a mile beyond the "Grove," on Elm Creek, with abundance of wood, water, and grass.
16. Diamond Spring.—At-eight miles the road crosses Elm Creek, and passes over a section similar to that east of Council Grove. It is fine in dry weather, but muddy after heavy rains. Good camp at Diamond Spring.
16. Lost Spring.—One mile from camp the road passes a wooded creek. From thence there is no more wood or permanent water until arriving at camp. Take wood here for cooking, as there is not a tree or bush in sight from Lost Spring. The country becomes more level, with grass every where. The road is muddy in wet weather.
15-3/4. Cottonwood Creek.—Road continues over a prairie country, sensibly rising and improving. Wood, water, and grass at camp.
22. Turkey Creek.—The road is good, and at 18 miles passes Little Turkey Creek. No wood, and the water poor at camp; grass good.
23. Little Arkansas River.—The road runs over a level prairie, and at 3-1/2 miles passes "Big Turkey Creek," with the Arkansas River Valley in sight all day. After rains there are frequent pools of water along the road. Good camp.
20. "Big Cow" Creek.—The road passes for ten miles over a level prairie, to Charez Creek, which is a bushy gully; thence six miles to Little Cow Creek, which is a brushy stream, with here and there a tree. Good camp here to the left of the road, near a clump of trees. "Prairie-dog towns" commence to be seen. Road very level. Buffalo-grass here.
20. Big Bend of the Arkansas.—The road at 12 miles strikes the sand-hills of the Arkansas River. They are soon passed, however, and the level river bottom is reached. The river has a rapid current flowing over a quicksand bed. The road is generally good from the last camp. Wood, water, and grass at camp.
7. Walnut Creek.—The road is good. Cool springs at this camp; good grass and wood.
21. Head of Coon Creek.—At five miles the road forks, one following the river, the other a "short cut" "dry route" to Fort Atkinson, where they unite on the river. The country rises for ten miles on the dry route, then descends to the river, and is covered with the short buffalo-grass. No wood at camp.
18. Arkansas River.—The road passes over an undulating and uninteresting prairie, with but little vegetation. The water in dry weather is in pools.
19. Arkansas River, at Fort Atkinson.—The road runs over a similar country to that of yesterday, with no wood near; plenty of buffalo-chips for cooking, and good grass.
18-3/4. Arkansas River.—At 4-1/2 miles the road ascends a bluff covered with thick buffalo-grass. On the river is heavy bottom-grass. At 17 miles pass a ford. Grass good at camp.
19-1/4. Arkansas River.—The road is sandy for 14 miles, but not deep except in places; thence to camp it is good. Good camp.
22. Arkansas River.—Country prairie, covered with short buffalo-grass. Good camp.
22. Arkansas River.—The road is fine, crossing several dry-beds of creeks, along which are seen a few scattering trees. Good camp on a dry creek near the river.
24. Arkansas River.—The road runs over a barren plain at the foot of the main plateau, and crosses two dry creeks near the camp, on which are cottonwood-trees. Plenty of wood at camp.
21. Arkansas River.—The road follows the base of the hills at from one to three miles from the river. Good camp.
20. Arkansas River.—At seven miles the road strikes the "Big Timbers," where there is a large body of cottonwood; thence for three miles the road is heavy sand. Good camps along here.
13. Arkansas River.—At one mile the road passes some old houses formerly used as a trading-post. Here terminates the "Big Timbers." Coarse grass at the camp.
15. Arkansas River.—At three miles the road passes the mouth of Purgatoire Creek. Camp is below Bent's Fort. Good grass here.
24. Arkansas River.—Pass Bent's Fort. The grass is excellent in the vicinity of the fort, but after this it is not so good. The road runs over a high and considerably broken country. Good camp.
11. Arkansas River.—Opposite the mouth of the Apishpa Creek; good camp. The Huerfano Mountains and Spanish Peaks are in sight from the camp. The "Cherokee Trail" comes in from Arkansas near Bent's Fort, and leads to the gold diggings at Cherry Creek.
9. Arkansas River.—Opposite the mouth of the Huerfano Creek. Good camp, and a ford opposite Charles Audebee's house.
12. Arkansas River.—At this point the Cherokee trail bears to the right and leaves the river. The left-hand, or river road, runs up to the old pueblo at the mouth of the Fontaine qui Bouille Creek. The right-hand road leads to the gold diggings.

SANGRE DE CRISTO PASS.

Sangre de Cristo Pass.

15-3/4. Fontaine qui Bouille.—The road strikes in a northwest course over the rolling country, and comes upon the creek at a most beautiful camp, where there is a great abundance of good wood, water, and grass. The wood, water, and grass are good at all points on the Fontaine qui Bouille, and travelers can camp any where upon this stream.
17-1/2. Fontaine qui Bouille.—Here the road forks, one running up the river, and the other striking directly across to the divide of the Arkansas and Platte. I prefer the left-hand road, as it has more water and better grass upon it.
6-1/2. Forks of the "Fontaine qui Bouille."—The road to Cherry Creek here leaves the "Fontaine qui Bouille" and bears to the right. There is a large Indian trail which crosses the main creek, and takes a northwest course toward "Pike's Peak." By going up this trail about two miles a mineral spring will be found, which gives the stream its name of "The Fountain that Boils." This spring, or, rather, these springs, as there are two, both of which boil up out of solid rock, are among the greatest natural curiosities that I have ever seen. The water is strongly impregnated with salts, but is delightful to the taste, and somewhat similar to the Congress-water. It will well compensate any one for the trouble of visiting it.
17-1/2. Black Squirrel Creek.—This creek is near the crest of the high divide between the Arkansas and Platte Rivers. It is a small running branch, but always affords good water. There is pine timber here, and the grass is good on the prairies to the east. This is a locality which is very subject to severe storms, and it was here that I encountered the most severe snow-storm that I have ever known, on the first day of May, 1858. I would advise travelers to hasten past this spot as rapidly as possible during the winter and spring months, as a storm might prove very serious here.
14. Near the head of Cherry Creek.—The road crosses one small branch at four miles from Black Squirrel Creek; it then takes up to an elevated plateau, which in a rainy season is very muddy. The camp is at the first timber that is found, near the road, to the left. There is plenty of wood, water, and grass here. There is also a good camping-place at the small branch that is mentioned.
10. On Cherry Creek.—There is good grass, wood, and water throughout the valley of Cherry Creek. The mountains are from five to ten miles distant, on the left or west of the road, and when I passed there was a great abundance of elk, deer, antelope, bear, and turkeys throughout this section.
7. On Cherry Creek.—Good camp.
11. On Cherry Creek.—Good camp.
17. Mouth of Cherry Creek, at the South Platte.—Good camp, and a town built up since I passed, called "Denver City."

Total distance from Westport to the gold diggings, 685-1/4 miles.

Total distance from Westport to the gold diggings is 685.25 miles.


XVIII.—From St. Paul's, Min., to Fort Wallah Wallah, Oregon.

XVIII.—From St. Paul's, Min., to Fort Wallah Wallah, Oregon.

Miles. St. Paul's to
17-1/4. Small Brook.—The wood, water, and grass are abundant as far as the "Bois des Sioux" River.
20-1/4. Cow Creek.—This stream is crossed on a bridge.
23-1/4. Small Lake.—North of the road. The road passes over a rolling prairie, and crosses Elk River on a bridge.
17. Near Sauk Rapids.—The road crosses Elk River twice on bridges; Mississippi River near.
18. Russel's.—Ferry across the Mississippi River, then follow the Red River trail. Camp is on a cold spring brook.
6. Cold Spring Brook.—Cross Sauk River, 300 feet wide, 4-1/2 feet deep.
19-1/2. Lake Henry.—Road good.
18-3/4. Lightning Lake.—Cross Cow River in a ferry-boat; water 4-1/2 feet deep.
17-1/2. Lake.—One mile from Red River trail. Pass White Bean Lake.
9-1/2. Pike Lake.—Pass the South Branch of the Chippeway River. Road runs over rolling prairie, and crosses a small branch.
19-1/4. Small Lake.—Cross Chippeway River in a boat. Road passes numerous lakes and the best grass.
9-3/4. Small Lake.—Road passes rolling prairies, and crosses Rabbit River.
27. "Bois des Sioux" River.—Cross Bois des Sioux Prairie; rolling ground.
11. Wild Rice River.—Cross "Bois des Sioux" River, 70 feet wide and 4 to 7 feet deep, muddy bottom and banks. Wood, water, and grass at all camps between this and Maple River.
4-1/2. Small Creek.—Cross Wild Rice River on a bridge.
26-1/2. Sheyene River.—Smooth prairie road.
16-1/2. Maple River.—Cross Sheyene River on a bridge, and several small branches.
20. Small Creek.—Smooth road; no wood.
20. Pond.—Wet and marshy; numerous ponds in sight; no wood.
15. Pond.—No wood; approaching Sheyene River.
13-1/2. Sheyene River.—Prairie more rolling; camp in the river bottom. Wood, water, and grass abundant.
7. Slough.—Cross Sheyene River, 50 feet wide, 3-1/2 feet deep. No wood.
10. Lake.—Rolling prairie, with many marshes. Wood, water, and grass.
10-1/2. Pond.—Low, wet prairie; no wood; plenty of grass and water.
18-1/4. Marsh.—Smooth prairie, generally dry.
20. "Rivière à Jaques."—Smooth prairie, with marshes. Road crosses the river several times. Wood, water, and grass.
21-1/2. Pond.—Hilly and marshy prairie, with small ponds, and no wood.
12. Small Branch.—Marshy prairie, filled with ponds, with a thin, short grass, and no wood.
19-3/4. Lake.—On a high knoll. Road crosses the South Fork of Sheyene River; good crossing; thence rolling prairie, passing "Balto de Morale," also a narrow lake 4-1/2 miles long.
16-1/2. Pond.—Marshy prairie, ponds, and knolls; cross a small branch at 7-3/4 miles. No wood.
17-3/4. Pond.—Rolling prairie. Cross Wintering River, a deep, muddy stream 100 feet wide, also marshy prairies and ponds. No wood.
16. Small Branch.—Tributary of Mouse River. Road skirts the valley of Mouse River, crossing the ravines near their heads.
15-1/4. Pond.—Undulating prairie with occasional marshes; the road then turns up the high ridge called "Grand Coteau." No wood.
20-1/4. Lake.—Hilly road approaching Grand Coteau. No wood.
20. Lake.—Rolling prairie; smooth, good road; no wood.
15-1/2. Pond.—Road passes Grand Coteau at 11 miles, and runs between two lakes. No wood, but plenty of "bois de vache" for fuel.
19-1/4. Branch of White Earth River.—Country rolling and hilly. Road passes wood at eight miles from camp.
23-1/4. Pond.—For two miles the road passes over a low, flat country, after which the country is hilly. No wood.
23-1/2. Pond.—Rolling and hilly country, with rocky knobs. At 18 miles cross branch of Muddy Creek 15 feet wide. Wood in ravines near this stream. No wood at camp.
20. Pond.—Rolling country. At 11 miles there is water in a ravine. To the left there is more water, but the country is rough. No wood.
16-1/4. Fort Union.—Road descends a hill to the fort; before this it passes over high, firm prairie. Good grass near in the hills.
6-1/2. Pond.—No wood; good grass.
6. Little Muddy River.—Good camp.
15-1/2. Creek.—Two good camps between this and the last. Wood, water, and grass.
10. Big Muddy River.—Drift-wood for fuel.
11. Marsh near Missouri.—Good camp.
18. Poplar River.—Good camp. One or two good camps between this and the last camp.
23-1/2. Creek near Missouri.—Good camp.
15. Slough near Missouri.—Good camp.
17-1/2. Milk River.—One good camp between this and the last camp.
13-1/2. Milk River.—Several good camps passed.
17-1/2. Milk River.—Good camp.
19-1/2. Milk River.—Several good camps passed.
17-3/4. Milk River.—At the crossing. The road follows a trail on the bluffs, and descends again to the river.
7-1/2. Lake.—No wood; grass and water plenty.
12-1/2. Milk River.—Second crossing. Good camp.
12. Milk River.—Good camp.
15-1/2. Milk River.—Good camps between this and the last camp.
10-3/4. Milk River.—Good camp.
20. Milk River.—Good camp.
16. Milk River.—Good camp.
18. Milk River.—At the third crossing.—Good camp.
7-1/2. Branch of Milk River.—Good camp.
17-1/2. Branch of Milk River.—Several good camps between this and the last camp.
6. Branch of Milk River.—Good camp.
19-1/4. Prairie Spring.—No wood; water and grass plenty.
13-3/4. Teton River.—Road crosses "Marias River."
8-3/4. Teton River, at Fort Benton.—A trading-post.
2-1/2. Small Creek.—Good wood, water, and grass.
18-3/4. Missouri River.—Good camp.
20-1/2. Missouri River.—Above the falls. Road much broken into ravines. Wood, water, and grass.
16-3/4. Missouri River.—Road crosses first tributary above Fort Benton at ten miles.
17. Missouri River.—The road becomes very bad after fourteen miles, but is better on the north side of the Missouri.
6. Missouri River.—The road is exceedingly rough and broken; crosses the river.—Good wood, water, and grass.
11. Tributary of the Missouri.—The most difficult part of the road is passed, but the country is still hilly.
18-1/2. Tributary of the Missouri.—The road follows up the last-mentioned stream to near its head. Good camps.
15. Near the summit of Little Blackfoot Pass, on a broad Indian trail; excellent road.
14-3/4. Little Blackfoot River.—Road crosses the summit of the Rocky Mountains. Good road for wagons, with many camping-places.
17-1/2. Little Blackfoot River.—Road good, descending along the river. Near the camp a large fork comes in.
28-1/2. Little Blackfoot River.—Good road, which follows the broad, open valley for 14 miles. Good camps.
19-1/2. Little Blackfoot River.—The valley contracts so that wagons will be forced to take the bed of the river in some places. The river is fordable, and the trail crosses it five times during the day.
22-1/2. Blackfoot River.—Sixteen miles from the last camp "Blackfoot" and "Hell Gate" River's enter, and about one mile of this distance is impassable for wagons; they would have to cross the river, which is fordable. Good camps.
27-1/2. Fort Owen.—Road runs up the St. Mary's River to Fort Owen over a broad, good trail in the valley.
40. St. Mary's River.—The south Nez Percés trail leaves the main trail, which ascends the St. Mary's Valley to the Forks, and follows the southwest fork to its source. To the Forks the valley of the St. Mary's is open, and admits wagons.
24. Southwest Fork of St. Mary's River.—The road follows a narrow trail, crossing the river frequently, and is not passable for wagons. The valley is narrow, and shut in by hills.
5-1/2. Kooskooskia River.—Road leaves the St. Mary's River, passing over a high ridge to the Kooskooskia River.
10. Branch.—Road runs over wooded hills.
14. Creek.—Road runs over wooded hills.
9. Small Creek.—This is the best camp between the St. Mary's River and the Nez Percés country.
15. Small Creek.—Road passes over wooded hills.
9. Small Branch.—Road passes over wooded hills, is very rough and difficult. Poor camp.
14. Small Creek.—Ten miles from last camp the road passes a high divide, ascending rapidly, though not difficult. Good grass on the summit, but no water.
13. Small Creek.—Good camp where the trail emerges from the woods on to the high plateau.
7. Clear Water River.—Large tributary. Road runs over high table-land, and descends to the valley of the river.
43. Lapwai River.—The road follows a broad trail down the river six miles, when it leaves the river bottom and ascends the plateau, which extends to Craig's house, on the Lapwai, fifteen miles from the river.
23. Tributary Snake River.—The trail runs over high ground from Craig's to Lapwai River, 15 miles. This river is 450 feet wide. No wood. Indians are generally found here, who ferry over travelers. The trail follows Snake River for several miles.
26-1/4. Tchannon River.—The trail passes 5-1/2 miles up the bottom of a small creek; then runs over a steep hill to another small creek, 8 miles; then along the valley of this stream 10-1/2 miles; thence over a high hill to camp on Tchannon River, 3 miles.
11-1/2. Touchet River.—The trail crosses the Tchannon River, and ascends to a high plain, which continues to camp.
32-1/2. Touchet River.—Road follows a good trail along the valley, where good camps are found any where, with wood, water, and grass.
19-1/2. Fort Wallah Wallah.—Leaving Touchet River, the trail passes over again to the plains, when there is neither wood, water, or grass to Fort Wallah Wallah.

Total distance from St. Paul's to Fort Union,   712-1/2 miles.
Total distance from Fort Union to Fort Benton,   377-1/2    "
Total distance from Fort Benton to Fort Owen,   255          "
Total distance from Fort Owen to Fort Wallah Wallah,   340-3/4    "    
Total distance from St. Paul's, Min., to Fort Wallah Wallah, Oregon, 1685-3/4 miles.

XIX.—Lieutenant E. F. Beale's route from Albuquerque to the Colorado River.

XIX.—Lieutenant E. F. Beale's route from Albuquerque to the Colorado River.

[Distances is miles and hundredths of a mile.]

[Distances are in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

Miles. Albuquerque to
2.10. Atrisco.—Wood, water, and grass.
20.63. Rio Puerco.—Water in pools; wood and grass.
19.41. Near Puta.—Abundance of wood, water, and grass.
13.12. Covera.—Water and grass abundant; wood scarce.
13.06. Hay Camp.—Wood, water, and grass plenty.
25.37. Agua Frio.—Wood, water, and grass plenty.
16.28. Inscription Rock.—Small spring; grass and wood plenty.
16.32. Ojo del Pescado.—Water and grass plenty; wood for camp.
15.13. Zuñi.—Grass and water plenty; wood scarce.
6.19. Indian Well.—Wood, water, and grass.
14.43. No. 1.—Wood and grass; no water.
11.93. Jacob's Well.—Wood, water, and grass.
6.57. No. 2, Navajo Spring.—Wood, water, and grass.
13.62. Noon Halt.—Water by digging; grass and wood scarce.
6.13. No. 3.—Grass abundant.
7.75. Noon Halt.—Wood, water, and grass abundant.
7.25. No. 4.—Water in holes; grass and fuel plenty.
3.60. Three Lakes.—Wood, water, and grass.
1.75. Crossing Puerco.—Wood, water, and grass abundant as far as Leroux Spring.
11.25. No. 5.
18.50. No. 6.
10.17. No. 7.
13.25. No. 8.
19.35. Cañon Diablo.
14.75. No. 10.
13.50. Near Cosnino Caves.
17.32. San Francisco Spring.
9.06. Leroux Spring.
8.48. No. 13.—Wood and grass, but no water.
11.13. Breckenridge Spring.—Wood, water, and grass abundant.
8.07. No. 14.—Wood, water, and grass abundant.
6.50. Cedar Spring.—Wood, water, and grass abundant.
10.50. No. 15.—Wood, water, and grass abundant.
19.75. Alexander's Cañon.—Wood and grass plenty; not much water.
8.05. Smith's Spring.—Wood, water, and grass abundant.
8.75. Pass Dornin.—Wood and grass abundant; no water.
13.50. No. 19.—Wood and grass abundant; no water.
16.35. No. 20.—Water two miles from camp; wood and grass plenty.
4.06. Hemphill's Spring.—Wood, water, and grass abundant.
21.25. No. 21.—Wood, water, and grass abundant.
9.75. No. 22.—Wood and grass; spring one mile distant.
5.50. No. 23.—Wood and grass plenty; no water.
8.45. No. 24.—Wood and grass; spring three miles off.
16.75. No. 25.—Wood and grass; no water.
7.25. Sabadras Spring.—Wood, water, and grass.
13.25. No. 26.—Wood; no grass or water.
8.75. Spring.—Wood, water, and grass.
1.25. No. 27.—Wood, water, and grass.
3.17. No. 28.—Wood, water, and grass.
1.25. No. 29.—Wood, water, and grass.
3.11. No. 30.—Wood, water, and grass.
3.25. No. 31.—East bank of Colorado River; wood.
  No. 32.—West bank; water and grass abundant.

XX.—Captain Whipple's Route from Albuquerque, New Mexico, to San Pedro, California.

XX.—Captain Whipple's Route from Albuquerque, New Mexico, to San Pedro, California.

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

Miles. Albuquerque to
0.88. Atrisco.—Permanent running water.
12.16. Isleta.—Permanent running water.
22.78. Rio Puerco.—Water in holes.
18.30. Rio Rita.—Permanent running water.
13.77. Covera.—Permanent running water.
14.66. Hay Camp.—Permanent running water.
17.71. Sierra Madre.—No water.
8.06. Agua Frio.—Permanent running water.
17.49. Inscription Rock.—El Moro. Permanent springs.
14.23. Ojo del Pescado.—Permanent springs.
11.74. Zuñi.—Permanent running water.

SAN FRANCISCO MOUNTAIN. Upon Captain Whipple's trail from Albuquerque to the Colorado River.

SAN FRANCISCO MOUNTAIN. Following Captain Whipple's route from Albuquerque to the Colorado River.

8.83. Arch Spring.—Permanent spring.
10.77. ..........—No water.
19.69. Jacob's Well.—Permanent water-hole.
7.04. Navajo Spring.—Permanent springs.
12.13. Willow Creek.—Rio de la Jara. Water in holes.
10.87. Rio Puerco of the West.—Water in holes.
11.59. Lithodendron Creek.—Permanent running water.
11.99. Colorado Chiquito.—Permanent running water.
14.42. Colorado Chiquito.—Permanent running water.
8.63. Colorado Chiquito.—Permanent running water.
4.94. Colorado Chiquito.—Permanent running water.
1.35. Colorado Chiquito.—Permanent running water.
4.90. Colorado Chiquito.—Permanent running water.
10.99. Colorado Chiquito.—Permanent running water.
15.88. Colorado Chiquito.—Permanent running water.
4.44. Colorado Chiquito.—Permanent running water.
1.51. Colorado Chiquito.—Permanent running water.
29.72. Colinino Caves.—Permanent water-holes.
11.81. Near San Francisco Spring.—No water; water 4 miles from camp.
10.46. Leroux's Spring.—Permanent water.
8.23. ..........—No water.
6.17. ..........—No water.
8.54. New Year's Spring.—Permanent spring.
9.77. Lava Creek.—Water in hole.
9.89. Cedar Creek.—Water in holes.
13.26. Partridge Creek.—Water in holes.
3.89. Partridge Creek.—Water in holes.
13.52. Partridge Creek.—Water in holes.
0.87. Picacho Creek.—Water in holes.
7.45. ..........—No water.
8.69. Turkey Creek.—Permanent running water.
5.71. Pueblo Creek.—Permanent running water.
6.67. Pueblo Creek.—Permanent water in holes.
5.98. Pueblo Creek.—Permanent water in holes.
5.80. Cañon Creek.—Permanent water in holes.
12.16. Cañon Creek.—Permanent water in holes.
0.30. Cañon Creek.—Water in holes.
11.29. Cañon Creek.—Water in holes.
9.64. Cactus Pass.—Permanent running water.
7.97. White Cliff Creek.—Permanent running water.
11.60. Big Horn Springs.—Permanent spring.

CAÑON ON BILL WILLIAMS'S FORK.

Canyon on Bill Williams Fork.

12.83. Mouth of Cañon Creek.—Permanent running water.
9.21. "Big Sandy" Creek.—Permanent running water.
4.35. "Big Sandy" Creek.—Permanent running water.
6.21. "Big Sandy" Creek.—Permanent running water.
4.08. "Big Sandy" Creek.—Permanent running water.
6.10. "Big Sandy" Creek.—Permanent running water.
5.56. "Big Sandy" Creek.—Permanent running water.
6.44. Mouth of Big Sandy Creek.—Permanent running water as far as the Colorado River.
6.52. Rio Santa Maria.
8.97. Rio Santa Maria.
6.85. Rio Santa Maria.
7.22. Rio Santa Maria.
3.90. Rio Santa Maria.
8.69. Rio Santa Maria.
4.33. Mouth of Rio Santa Maria.
4.74. On Colorado River.
5.02. On Colorado River.
9.06. On Colorado River.
11.39. On Colorado River.
29.87. On Colorado River.

ARTILLERY PEAK.

Artillery Peak.

1.02. Mojave Villages.
9.46. Crossing of the Colorado River.
0.33. On Colorado River.
2.78. On Colorado River.
20.71. ..........—The road, on leaving the Colorado, runs up over a gravelly ridge to a barren niesa, and descends the bed of the Mojave 4 or 5 miles above its mouth, and at 9-1/2 miles it passes springs near the point where the road turns around the western base of a mountain. There is no water at the camp, but grass in an arroya.
9.00. Pai-Uté Creek.—This is a fine stream, with good water and grass.
13.00. Arroyo.—Grass and wood; water is found by digging.
7.00. Fine Spring.—Good water and grass. The wagon-road passes around the hills, but an Indian trail leads through the ravine where the spring is.
19.00. Marl Spring.—This is a small but constant spring; excellent grass, and greasewood for fuel.
30.00. Lake.—The road follows a ridge for some distance, then descends to an arroyo, and in a few miles emerges into a sandy plain, where there is the dry bed of a lake, which is firm, and makes a smooth, good road. The camp is at some marshy pools of water. Good grass, and greasewood for fuel.
12.00. Mojave River.—Road passes through a valley of drifted sand, and at the camp strikes the river, which is here a beautiful stream of fresh water, 10 to 12 feet wide and a foot deep, with a hard, gravelly bottom. Grass in the hills near.
13.00. Mojave River.—The road ascends the river, the banks of which are covered with fine grass and mesquite wood. Good camps along here.
20.00. Mojave River.—The road leads up the river for a short distance, when it turns into an arroyo, and ascends to a low mésa, and continues along the border of a level prairie covered with fine bunch-grass. It then enters the river bottom again, which is here several miles wide, and well wooded. Grass good.
20.00. Mojave River.—Six miles from camp the road strikes the Mormon road, and crosses the stream near a Mormon camping-place. The trail runs along the river, which gets larger and has more timber on its banks as it is ascended. Good grass, wood, and water.
22.00. Mojave River.—A short distance from camp the valley contracts, but the road is good. It leaves the valley and crosses a gravelly ridge, but enters it again. Good grass, wood, and water.
15.00. Mojave River.—Road continues along the right bank of the river, in a southwest course, and crosses the river at camp. Good wood, water, and grass.
29.50. Cajou Creek.—The road leaves the river at the crossing, and runs toward a break in the San Bernadino Mountains; it ascends a sharp hill and enters a cedar thicket; it then ascends to the summit of the Cajou Pass; thence over a spur of the mountains into an arroyo or creek in a ravine; thence along the dry channel of the Cajou Creek for two miles, where the water begins to run, and from thence the road is rough to camp.
7.00. Cajou Creek.—Road continues along the creek to camp, and is rough. Wood, water, and grass at camp.
20.00. Cocomouga's Ranch.—On a pretty stream of running water. The road runs for six miles down the Cajou Creek, along its steep and rocky bed. It is here a good-sized stream. Captain Whipple's road here leaves the San Bernadino road, and turns to the west along the base of the mountains toward Los Angeles; it then crosses a prairie and strikes the ranch of Cocomouga. Wood, water, and grass.
24.00. Town of El Monté.—The road runs upon the northern border of a basin which is watered by many small streams, and is settled. The camp is on the pretty stream of San Gabriel, where there is a good camping-place.
14.25. City of Los Angeles.—The road passes the Mission of San Gabriel, then enters a ravine among hills and broken ground; it then descends and crosses the river which waters the valley, and enters the city. There is a good camp upon the point of a ridge on the left bank of the river.
23.00. San Pedro.—Good camp.

XXI.—From Fort Yuma to Benicia, California. From Lieutenant R. S. Williamson's Report.

XXI.—From Fort Yuma to Benicia, California. From Lieutenant R. S. Williamson's Report.

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

Miles. Fort Yuma, on Rio Colorado, to
6.51. Pilot Knob.
5.06. Algodones.
11.18. Cook's Wells.
21.11. Alamo Mocho.
14.16. Little Laguna.
10.29. Big Laguna.
12.92. Forks of Road.—The left-hand road leads to San Diego, 139.94 miles, the right-hand to San Francisco.
17.62. Salt Creek.
28.94. Water in the Desert.—Below point of rocks.
12.60. Cohuilla Village.
15.82. Deep Well.
10.62. Hot Spring.
7.36. East base of San Gorgonio Pass.
18.29. Summit of Pass.
27.10. San Bernadino.—Mormon town.
17.60. Sycamore Grove.
14.00. Qui-qual-mun-go Ranch.
26.60. San Gabriel River.—At crossing.
6.70. Mission of San Gabriel.
9.00. Los Angeles.
10.20. Cahuengo Ranch.—At the crossing of a branch of Los Angeles River.
10.70. Mission of San Fernando.
5.90. Summit of San Fernando Pass.
7.15. Santa Clara River, southeast fork.
15.80. Summit of Coast Range.—In San Francisquito Pass.
18.00. Eastern base of Sierra Nevada.
6.70. Summit of Tejon Pass.
13.10. Dépôt Camp in the Tejon.
31.00. Kern River.—At the crossing.
10.80. Dépôt Camp on Pose Creek, or "O-co-ya."
24.30. White Creek.
14.90. More's Creek.
5.10. Tulé River.
22.00. Deep Creek.—Deep Creek is the first of four creeks, crossed by the wagon-road, into which the "Pi-pi-yu-na" divides itself after emerging from the Sierra. These streams are commonly known as the "Four Creeks."
0.29. Cameron Creek.—The second of the "Four Creeks."
3.30. Kah-wee-ya River.—The third and principal one of the "Four Creeks."
0.89. St. John's Creek.—The last of the "Four Creeks." At the crossing.
28.13. Pool's Ferry.—On King's River.
12.32. Slough of King's River.
25.73. Fort Miller.—On San Joaquin River, in the foot-hills of the Sierra Nevada.
9.40. Cottonwood Creek.
7.72. Fresno River.
12.15. Chowchilla River.—Sometimes known as "Big Mariposa."
10.39. Mariposa River.
6.03. Bear Creek.
18.33. Merced River.
18.87. Davis's Ferry.—Tuolumne River.
28.85. Grayson.—A ferry on the San Joaquin River.
27.54. Elk Horn.—The distance is by the wagon-road, and is circuitous.
6.90. Summit of Livermore Pass.
7.20. Egress from Livermore Pass.
40.42. Martinez.—On the Straits of Carquives, opposite Benicia, California.

Total distance from Fort Yuma to Benicia, 800.45 miles.

Total distance from Fort Yuma to Benicia is 800.45 miles.


XXII.—A new route from Fort Bridger to Camp Floyd, opened by Captain J. H. Simpson, U.S.A., in 1858.

XXII.—A new route from Fort Bridger to Camp Floyd, opened by Captain J. H. Simpson, U.S.A., in 1858.

Miles. Fort Bridger to
6. Branch of Black's Fork.—Wood, water, and grass.
7-1/4. Cedar on Bluffs of Muddy.—Grass and wood all the way up the ravine from the Muddy, and water at intervals.
5-1/2. Last water in ravine after leaving the Muddy.—Wood, water, and grass.
5-3/4. East Branch of Sulphur Creek.—Wood, water, and grass. Junction of Fort Supply road.
1/2. Middle Branch of Sulphur Creek.—Sage, Water, and grass.
3. West Branch of Sulphur Creek.—Willow, water, and grass; spring a mile below.
5-1/4. East Branch of Bear River.—Wood, water, and grass.
1/4. Middle Branch of Bear River.—Wood, water, and grass.
2-3/4. Main Branch of Bear River.—Wood, water, and grass.
9-3/4. First Camp on White Clay Creek.—Wood, water, and grass.
5-1/4. White Clay Creek.—Wood, water, and grass.
15. White Clay Creek.—Good camps all along the valley of White Clay Creek.
3/4. Commencement of Cañon.—Wood, water, and grass.
1/2. White Clay Creek.—Good camps all along the valley of White Clay Creek to the end of the lower cañon.
12. Weber River.—Wood, water, and grass.
6. Parley's Park Road.—Wood, water, and grass. Pass over the divide.
3-3/4. Silver Creek.—Willows, water, and grass.
6. Timpanogos Creek.—Wood, water, and grass. Cross over the divide.
1. Commencement of Cañon.—Wood, water, and grass.
24-1/2. Cascade in Cañon.—Good camps at short intervals all along Timpanogos Cañon.
4-1/4. Mouth of Cañon.—Wood and water.
6-1/4. Battle Creek Settlement.—Purchase forage.
3-1/4. American Fork Settlement.—Purchase forage.
3. Lehi (town).—Purchase forage. Grass near.
2-3/4. Bridge over Jordan.—Grass and water; wood in the hills 1-1/2 miles distant.
14. Camp Floyd.—Wood, water, and grass.

Total distance from Fort Bridger to Camp Floyd, 155 miles.

Total distance from Fort Bridger to Camp Floyd is 155 miles.

Note.—Captain Simpson says this wagon-route is far superior to the old one in respect to grade, wood, water, and grass, and in distance about the same.

Note.—Captain Simpson says this wagon route is much better than the old one in terms of steepness, wood availability, water, and grass, and the distance is about the same.


XXIII.—From Fort Thorne, New Mexico, to Fort Yuma, California.

XXIII.—From Fort Thorne, New Mexico, to Fort Yuma, California.

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

[Distances in miles and hundredths of a mile.]

Miles. Fort Thorne, N.M., to
14.30. Water Holes.—One mile west of hole in rock. Water uncertain; no wood.
9.19. Mule Creek.—-Water at all seasons a little up the creek; wood plenty.
12.00. Cook's Spring.—Water sufficient for camping; mesquite bushes on the hills.
19.50. Rio Mimbres.—Water and wood abundant.
16.30. Ojo de la Vaca.—Water and wood.
12.00. Spring.—Constant small streams two miles up the cañon; water at the road uncertain.
44.40. Rancho.—Pond of brackish water one mile to the right, four miles before reaching here.
13.90. Rio St. Simon.—Constant water a few miles up, and mesquite wood.
18.40. Pass in the Mountains.—Water on the left about two miles after entering the Pass.
6.40. Arroya.—Wood one mile up; water uncertain; small stream crossing the road 1-1/2 miles from last camp.
26.30. Nugent's Spring.—Large spring.—Excellent water one mile south, at Playa St. Domingo.
17.20. Cañon.—To the left of the road. Water 1-1/2 miles up the canon, two miles from the road.
17.00. Rio San Pedro.—Water and wood abundant.
16.30. San Pedro.—Water abundant; wood distant.
20.80. Cienequilla.—Water and wood abundant.
7.30. Along Cienequilla.—Water and wood abundant; road rough.
21.80. Mission of San Xavier.—Large mesquite, and water plenty in Santa Cruz River.
8.00. Tucson.—Village on Santa Cruz River. Tucson is the last green spot on the Santa Cruz River. The best camping-ground is two miles beyond the village, where the valley widens, and good grass and water are abundant.
7.20. Mud Holes.—The road passes over arroyas, but is rather level.
65.00. Agua Hermal.—Road passes over a desert section, and is hard and level. Water is found in most seasons, except in early summer, in natural reservoirs on an isolated mountain about midway, called "Picapo;" poor water and tall, coarse grass at the mud-holes. Road here strikes the Rio Gila.
15.10. Los Pimos.—Road follows the river bottom. Lagoon of bad water near camp. Grass good; plenty of cottonwood and mesquite.
13.20. Los Maricopas.—Road takes the river bottom, and passes through cultivated fields; soil and grass good. The Indian village is on a gravelly hill. The road is good.
40.00. El Tegotal.—The road leaves the river and crosses the desert. No water between this and the last camp at the Maricopas' village. Road is good. The calita abounds here, and the mules are fond of it.
10.50. Pega del Rio.—Road runs in the river bottom, and is level.
  Rincon de Vega.—Road runs in the river bottom, and is level. Good grass.
10.50. Mal Pais.—Road continues near the river, but over low gravel-hills and through a short cañon of deep sand.
9.50. Mil Flores.—Pass over a very steep precipice to an elevated plateau, thence over gravel-hills 4-1/2 miles to camp, where there is excellent grass and wood.
13.70. Santado.—Road keeps the river bottom until within four miles of camp, when it turns over the plateau. Good grass.
16.70. Las Lonas.—Road follows the river bottom. Scattered bunch-grass on the hills.
11.40. Vegas.—Road follows along the river bottom. Grass poor.
16.80. Metate.—Road runs along at the foot of a rugged mountain. Excellent grass at the camp.
14.70. El Horral.—Road ascends to the plateau, which it follows for seven miles over a level country, then descends over gravelly hills to the river. Camp on the river bank near the desert. Wood plenty.
20.80. Los Algodones.—Road runs along at the foot of the hills or spurs of the desert; small rugged hills, vegetation dwarf mesquit, cacti, etc. Good grass at camp.
7.40. Fort Yuma, on the Rio Colorado.

Total distance from Fort Thorne, N.M., to Fort Yuma, 571 miles.

Total distance from Fort Thorne, N.M., to Fort Yuma is 571 miles.


XXIV.—Lieutenant Bryan's Route from the Laramie Crossing of the South Platte to Fort Bridger, via Bridger's Pass.

XXIV.—Lieutenant Bryan's Route from the Laramie Crossing of the South Platte to Fort Bridger, via Bridger's Pass.

Miles. Laramie Crossing to
14. Bryan's Crossing.—Road runs on the south side of the Platte. Good grass and water.
12. First Crossing of Pole Creek.—Pole Creek is a rapid stream, sandy bed, 15 feet wide, and two feet deep. Good grass on the creek, and wood three miles off on the bluffs.
37. Second Crossing of Pole Creek.—Road runs along the creek. Good grass and good camps at any point. Good road.
17-1/4. Third Crossing of Pole Creek.—Good camp. Wood on the bluffs.
20-1/2. Fourth Crossing of Pole Creek.—Creek dry for three miles. Good grass.
20-1/4. Bluffs covered with dead pines.—Creek is crossed several times. Road runs over a rough, broken country. Good grass.
14-1/2. Road from Fort Laramie to New Mexico.—Road rather rough. The valley opens out into a wide plain. Plenty of grass.
10-1/2. On Pole Creek.—Good road; good camp.
20. On Pole Creek.—Road crosses several ravines, most of which can be avoided by keeping on the bluffs; the valley is narrow. Grass not very good.
17-1/2. Cheyenne Pass.—Road passes over a rolling country. Good grass; willows for fuel. Military post established here.
14-1/2. Summit of Black Hills.—Source of Pole Creek. Grass poor.
10-1/4. East Fork of Laramie River.—Good camp.
16. West Fork of Laramie River.—Good camp. Cherokee trail comes in here.
14. Cooper's Creek.—Wood and grass.
10-1/2. East Fork of Medicine Bow Creek.—Wood and grass as far as Pass Creek.
2-1/2. Small Creek.
6. Birch Creek.
5-1/4. West Fork of Medicine Bow Creek.
2. Flint's Creek.
3. Elm Creek.
7. Rattlesnake Creek.
5. Pass Creek.
14-1/2. North Fork of the Platte.—Good road over high prairie. Five miles before reaching the river the Cherokee trail turns to the left, and crosses three miles above. Good camps on the river.
3-1/2. First Crossing of Sage Creek.—Good road. Grass not plenty.
10-1/2. Second Crossing of Sage Creek.—Road runs through Sage Creek Valley; hilly, broken, and sterile country, covered with sage-brush. Grass not abundant. Cherokee trail leaves three miles back.
4. Third Crossing of Sage Creek.—Road continues through sage-brush. Grass gets better.
3. Fourth Crossing of Sage Creek.—Good grass, wood, and water.
9. Bridger's Pass.—Road runs over a hilly country, crossing several small branches, with a little grass upon their banks; country covered with sage.
3-1/2. Muddy Creek.—The valley of the "Muddy" is deep and narrow at first, and afterward opens out. The crossings of this creek were either bridged or paved by the troops in 1858. But little grass in this valley.
20-1/2. Near Muddy Creek.—Very little grass; poor camp.
16-1/2. Bridger's Fork of the Muddy Creek.—The road for thirteen miles runs over a rolling country, then over a rough, broken country, with deep ravines. No water in this fork in a dry season; small springs of brackish water near the crossing. Grass poor.
4. Small Spring.—Water bad; grass poor.
2-1/2. Small Spring.—In the bluff. Water bad; grass poor.
1. Haystack.—Clay butte. Spring in the dry bed of the creek. Bunch-grass.
5-1/2. Small Springs.—In bluffs on the right of the road. Grass poor and water bad.
7-1/2. Springs.—There is a fine spring at the foot of a steep hill on the south side of the road. Very little grass; rushes on the creek.
3-1/2. South Fork of Bitter Creek.—Good grass and water.
14-3/4. On Bitter Creek.—Country hilly, and intersected with deep ravines. South Fork is a fine stream of good water.
16. Sulphur Springs.—Road very hilly, crossing many deep ravines. Grass and sage plenty.
9. Bitter Creek Crossing.—No grass at the crossing. Water bitter when the creek is down, but tolerable in high water. Road rough, with numerous ravines.
18-1/2. North Fork of Bitter Creek.—Cherokee trail enters near the crossing. Road good, but little grass except in spots. Sage for fuel.
4. Bluffs.—Springs of good water in the elevated bluffs on the right of the road in the cottonwood groves. Grass good and abundant at the base of the bluffs.
11-3/4. Green River.—Road is very rough and hilly, and winds along the valley of the creek. Good camp on the river, with plenty of wood and grass.
15-3/4. Crossing of Black's Fork.—Road runs up through Rabbit Hollow, which is steep and sandy; it then passes over rolling prairie to Black's Fork. Bunch-grass on the hills, and good camp at the crossing.
11-1/4. Fort Laramie Road.—Rolling country; good road through sage bushes. Good camps along the creek.
5-3/4. Ham's Fork.—Good camp on either side of the creek. United States bridge here; good road.
3/4. Black's Fork Crossing.—Good ford except in high water, when the right-hand road on the north bank of the creek is generally traveled.
14-1/2. Fourth Crossing of Black's Fork.—Good road; fine camp; plenty of wood, water, and grass.
2-3/4. Fifth Crossing of Black's Fork.—Good camp; good road.
2-3/4. Smith's Fork.—Good camp; good road.
11-3/4. Fort Bridger.—Good camp near; good road.

Total distance from the Laramie Crossing of the South Platte to Fort Bridger, 520-1/2 miles. By the Fort Laramie road the distance is 569 miles.

Total distance from the Laramie Crossing of the South Platte to Fort Bridger is 520.5 miles. By the Fort Laramie road, the distance is 569 miles.


XXV.—Wagon-route from Denver City, at the Mouth of Cherry Creek, to Fort Bridger, Utah.

XXV.—Wagon route from Denver City, at the mouth of Cherry Creek, to Fort Bridger, Utah.

Miles. Denver City to
5. Vasquez Fork.—Good road and fine camp.
19-1/2. Thompson's Fork.—Road crosses three creeks about five miles apart, is good, and the camp is well supplied with water and grass, but wood is scarce.
16-1/2. Bent's Fork.—Road crosses two streams about five miles apart; no wood on the first. Good camp.
26. Cashe la Poudre River.—Excellent road crossing two streams at ten and twenty-three miles from the last camp; good camps on both. Cashe la Poudre is a fine large stream which issues from the mountains near the road, and is difficult to cross in high water. It has a firm bottom. Good camps along this stream, with plenty of wood and grass.
16. Beaver Creek.—Road turns to the left and enters the hills, ascending very gradually between two lines of bluffs, and is good except in wet weather. Good camp.
19. Small Branch.—Road crosses Beaver Creek three times, affording good camps. Road is hilly, but not very rough, passing for a portion of the distance through a timbered region. Elk and mountain sheep are abundant in this section. The camp is near the summit of the divide. Grass short.
17-1/2. Tributary of Laramie River.—Good road on the divide. Grass and water plenty, but wood not abundant.
18-1/2. Tributary of Laramie River.—Road passes Laramie Fork three miles from the last camp. Good camp.
21. Tributary of Laramie River.—Road crosses a small creek at 14 miles from last camp. Fine camp.
17. Medicine Bow Creek.—At twelve miles the road crosses Sulphur Spring Creek, and at the West Fork of the Laramie Lieutenant Bryan's road enters. At ten miles from the last camp there are two roads—one, Bryan's, leading north of the Medicine Bow Butte, and the other to the south of it. The former is the best. Good camp.
17-1/2. Prairie Creek.—Fine camp. A portion of the road is very rough. It crosses several small branches upon which good camps may be had. Fine game section, with bear, elk, etc., in great abundance.
12-1/2. North Fork of the Platte.—Excellent camp. Leave Bryan's road four miles back, taking the left, which is altogether the best of the two. The crossing of the Platte is good except in high water, when it is very rapid. A flat-boat was left here by Colonel Loring's command in 1858.
12-1/2. Clear Creek.—Sage for fuel; grass short.
23. Dry Creek.—Road leaves Bryan's trail to Bridger's Pass, and bears to the right, passing over a smooth country covered with sage and poorly watered; passes a pond of milky water at thirteen miles. There is water in Dry Creek except in a very dry season. Two miles from the creek, on the old trail, there is a fine spring on the left of the road, which runs down into the road, and here is the best grass after leaving the Platte, with plenty of fuel.
10-1/2. Muddy Creek.—Road leaves the old Cherokee trail at Dry Creek, and bears to the left. Good camp for a limited number of animals; fine grass along near the bank of the creek. Bad crossing. Buffalo seen here.
19-1/2. Lake.—Old trail enters near this camp. Road passes a brackish spring four miles back. The road may be shortened by bearing to the left and skirting the hills for about six miles before reaching the lake. The water in the lake is not good, but drinkable, and will be abundant except in the very dryest part of the summer. Grass is good on the hills. The road from Dry Creek is shorter than the old road by 30 miles.
24-1/2. Red Lakes.—Road is good, but traverses a very dry and sterile region. The water is not good in the lakes, but drinkable, and may go dry in midsummer. Grass tolerable.
22. Seminoes Spring.—After passing the flats at the Red Lakes the road is smooth and good, and there is a good camp at Seminoes Spring.
12-1/2. Bitter Creek.—New road to the left, cutting off ten or twelve miles. Good camp; water a little saline, but drinkable.
25. Sulphur Spring.—Road runs along the valley of Bitter Creek, where there is but little grass until reaching camp. Animals should be driven across the creek into the hills, where the best grass is found.
17. Green River.—Road leaves Bitter Creek at Sulphur Spring, and passes near, some high bluffs, where there are small springs and good grass. Excellent camp at Green River. From here the road runs over the same track as Bryan's road to Fort Bridger. From all the information I have been able to obtain regarding Lieutenant Bryan's road from Sage Creek through Bridger's Pass, and thence down the Muddy Creek, I am inclined to believe that the road we traveled is much the best. It is said that Lieutenant Bryan's route from Bridger's Pass to Green River has a scarcity of grass. The water is brackish, and the supply limited, and may fail altogether in a dry season. The road passes through deep valleys and cañons, crossing muddy creeks and deep ravines. The creeks have been bridged and the ravines cut down so as to form a practicable road; but freshets will probably occur in the spring, which will destroy a great deal of the work, and may render the road impassable.—Lieutenant Duane's Notes.
  The other road is for the greater part of the distance smooth, and has a sufficiency of grass in places, but the water may become scarce in a very dry season.

XXVI.—From Nebraska City, on the Missouri, to Fort Kearney.

XXVI.—From Nebraska City, on the Missouri, to Fort Kearney.

Nebraska City, on the Missouri River, is a point from whence a large amount of the supplies for the army in Utah are sent, and one of the contractors, Mr. Alexander Majors, speaks of this route in the following terms: "The military road from Fort Leavenworth crosses very many tributaries of the Kansas River, the Soldier, the Grasshopper, etc., etc., which are at all times difficult of passage. There are no bridges, or but few, and those of but little service. From Nebraska City to Fort Kearney, which is a fixed point for the junction of all roads passing up the Platte, we have but one stream of any moment to cross. That one is Salt Creek, a stream which is now paved at a shallow ford with solid rock.

Nebraska City, located on the Missouri River, is a major hub for sending supplies to the army in Utah. One of the contractors, Mr. Alexander Majors, talks about this route like this: "The military road from Fort Leavenworth crosses many tributaries of the Kansas River, including the Soldier, the Grasshopper, and others, which are always tough to get through. There are hardly any bridges, and the few that exist aren't very helpful. From Nebraska City to Fort Kearney, a key point where all roads leading up the Platte meet, we only have one significant stream to cross. That stream is Salt Creek, which now has a shallow ford made of solid rock."

"There is no other stream which, even in a high freshet, would stop a train a single day. Again, upon this route we have an abundance of good grazing every foot of the way to Fort Kearney. The route from Nebraska City is about 100 miles shorter to Fort Kearney than that from Fort Leavenworth, the former being less than 200 miles and the latter about 300 miles."

"There isn’t another stream that, even during a major flood, would halt a train for even a day. Also, along this route, we have plenty of great grazing land every step of the way to Fort Kearney. The route from Nebraska City is about 100 miles shorter to Fort Kearney compared to the one from Fort Leavenworth, with the former being less than 200 miles and the latter around 300 miles."

From Nebraska City to Salt Creek is   40 miles.
From Salt Creek to Elm Creek is   60    "
From Elm Creek to Fort Kearney is 100    "

Upon the entire route there is an abundance of wood, water, and grass, and camping-places frequent.

Along the whole route, there are plenty of trees, water, and grass, and camping spots are common.


XXVII.—From Camp Floyd, Utah, to Fort Union, New Mexico. By Colonel W. W. Loring, U.S.A.

XXVII.—From Camp Floyd, Utah, to Fort Union, New Mexico. By Colonel W. W. Loring, U.S.A.

Miles. Camp Floyd to
23. Goshen.—The road runs through Cedar Valley; is level and good for 11 miles, to where the road forks. The left runs near the lake, and has good camps upon it. Thence to a fine spring, where there is a good camp, is 3 miles. Grass continues good to the camp near Goshen. Wood, water, and grass abundant.
14. Salt Creek.—Road runs over a mountain in a direct course to a fine spring branch, which runs into Salt Creek at 3-1/2 miles, where is a good camp; thence through a meadow to a small branch 3 miles, striking the old Mormon road again opposite a mud fort, where there is a fine spring and good camp; thence into the valley of Salt Creek, where there are good camps.
18. Pleasant Creek.—Near the last camp the road forks, one running to Nephi, a small Mormon village, the other to Salt Creek Cañon, which is the one to be taken. The road runs up the cañon 5 miles; thence up its small right-hand fork to a spring, 3 miles; thence to camp. Good camps can be found any where after crossing Salt Creek, with abundance of wood, water, and grass.
19-1/2. Willow Creek.—Road at 6-1/2 miles passes a fine spring; half a mile farther is another spring, where the road forks. Take the right through a meadow; it is 3 or 4 miles shorter. To the crossing is 3 miles; thence to the main road again 3 miles; to the village of Ephraim 5 miles. Good camp.
12. Lediniquint Creek.—At 6 miles pass Manti; thence to Salt and Sulphur Springs is 3 miles. Good camp, with a fine spring, wood, and grass.
15. Lediniquint Creek.—Road passes over a rugged country for 4 miles, to a creek; thence one mile it crosses another creek; thence 2-1/2 miles up the creek, where there is a good camp. The road improves, and for 8 or 9 miles camps can be found by leaving the creek a short distance. The creek on which the camp is muddy, with narrow channel.
18. Onapah Creek, or Salt Creek.—Road is good over a barren country to the pointed red hills near the entrance to Wasatch Pass, 7 miles. From the red hills cross Salt Creek 3 times in 4 miles; grass fair at 2d crossing; very good at 3d crossing, and a good camp. Road rough for 3 miles after leaving the creek. The road then enters a fine valley, with plenty of blue and bunch grass. Road is level to within a mile of the camp. Wood, water, and grass abundant at camp.
7-1/2. Head of Branch of Salt Creek.—Road runs over a ridge at 2 miles, thence one mile to a small branch. Grass abundant. Road runs along the branch 3 miles; in places very rough, with some sand; ascends the entire distance, and the camp is very elevated. Good spring at camp.
5-3/4. Salt Creek.—Road passes over a ridge 2-1/2 miles to a spring. Good camp at this spring. Colonel Loring worked the road at this place. It crosses the creek 6 times within the 5-3/4 miles. Good camp, with abundance of wood, water, and grass.
6-1/2. Silver Creek.—Road traverses a rolling section, is good, passes several springs where there are good camps, and crosses several trails which lead from California to New Mexico.
17-1/2 Media Creek.—At two miles the road passes the dividing ridge between the waters of Salt Lake and Green River; thence two miles' descent to Shipley Creek, where is a good camp. For about a mile the road is rough, but then descends into an open plain where the road is good. The ground is rough about the camp, and covered with sage and greasewood. Two miles up the creek, near the cañon, is some grass, but it is not abundant here.
19-3/4. St. Raphael Creek.—Road passes a rolling section for 5 miles; thence 1-1/2 mile to Garamboyer Creek, where there is a good camp; thence, with the exception of a short distance, the road is good to the Knobs, 9 miles, when it is broken for 4-1/2 miles. Good camp.
11-3/4. San Matio Creek.—For 3 miles the road is over a rolling section, with steep hills, to a creek, where is a good camp; thence, for 3 miles along the creek, soft soil and heavy road; thence 5 miles to another creek, some grass, but not plenty; thence to camp the road is rough in places. Good camp.
14-1/4. In the Hills.—Road runs over a rolling country 2-1/2 miles to San Marcos, or Tanoje Creek, where there is good grass and water, with sage. Two miles farther over a gravelly road, then a good plain road for 9-3/4 miles to camp. Good wood, water, and grass.
23. Spring.—Road for the first ten miles is rocky, when it strikes a spring, where there is a good camp; thence 2 miles to water in a tank, not permanent; thence the road is on a ridge for 6 miles, and is good; thence 3 miles the road is sandy. The spring at camp is large, with plenty of wood, but the grass is scarce. Down the creek it is more abundant.
18. Green River.—For 5 miles the road is sandy; thence the road is good for the remainder of the distance to camp, where there is plenty of wood, water, and grass.
13. 13-Mile Spring.—Green River can be forded at ordinary stages. Road runs among several arroyas for a few miles, and is then straight and good to camp. Good grass a mile to the east of camp.
  An Arroya.—Road runs between two rocky buttes, and strikes the Mormon trail, which leaves Green River at the same place, but is very tortuous. Water not permanent here; good grass three fourths of a mile from camp.
20-1/4. Cottonwood Creek.—Road passes over a broken country to a water-hole, 9 miles; grass abundant; thence there is sand in places: crosses several arroyas. Camp is between two mountains. Wood, water, and grass abundant.
12. Grand River.—Road is over a rolling country; in places light sand and heavy for wagons. Good camp.
13. Grand River.—Road is rolling and sandy. The Mormon road runs nearer the mountains, and Colonel Loring thinks it is better than the one he traveled. Good camp.
16-3/4. 1-1/2 mile from Grand River.—The first 3 miles is level, then the road passes over a very elevated ridge, and descends into the valley. Grand River runs through a cañon, and can not be reached with the animals. Road in places sandy. Good camp.
9-1/2. Grand River.—At two miles strike Salt Creek, where the Mormon road passes up a dry creek toward Gray Mountain. Road skirts the mountains along Grand River, and is rough in places, passing over abrupt hills. Good camp.
16-3/4. Grand River.—Road runs over a level and firm section, with good camps at any point along the river. Cross the Mormon and other trails. Good ford at the crossing except in high water. Good camp.
18-1/2. On an Arroya.—Road runs over an undulating surface, crossing several small streams issuing from Elk Mountain, affording good camps at almost any place, and strikes Marcy's and Gunnison's trails. Good camp.
15-1/4. Grand River.—Rolling country; high ridges with abrupt slopes for 6-1/4 miles; thence into a plain for 7-1/4 miles to Double Creek. Good camps.
12. Oncompagre River.—Good ford except in high water. At 6 miles cross a dry creek; thence 3 miles over a high, level, and firm road; strike a large trail; descend a hill with gentle slope into the Valley of Oncompagre, where there are fine camps. Winter resort for Uté Indians.
14-1/2. Oncompagre River.—Road runs along the valley of the Oncompagre, is good, and camps may be found at any point, with plenty of wood, water, and grass.
13. Cedar Creek.—Road leaves the Oncompagre, and bears to the east up Cedar Creek to the gap in the mountains, 6 miles; thence up the valley of Cedar Creek to camp, where are wood, water, and grass. The Gap is the first opening in the mountains above the mouth of the Oncompagre.
8-3/4. Devil's Creek.—Road runs to the head of Cedar Creek, over the divide, into the valley of Devil's Creek, and is rough, with a steep descent. Camp is near a narrow cañon called Devil's Gate, with high perpendicular bluffs. Good camp.
3. North Fork of Devil's Creek.—Road very rocky, and worked by Colonel Loring. Marcy's and Gunnison's trails pass here. Good camp.
7-3/4. Cebola Creek.—Road passes over abrupt hills covered with pine. Good camp.
5-1/2. Ruidos Creek.—Road rough, with abrupt ascents and descents. Fine creek 5 feet wide, and good camp.
13. Grand River.—Road rather smooth for the first 3 miles, then rough and rocky, crossing several creeks, and descending into the valley of the Grand or Eagle-tail River, where is a good camp. Plenty of brook trout in all the streams in this section.
14-1/2. Grand River.—Road crosses the river three times; bottom wide; grass and wood abundant. Cross several beautiful streams, upon which are good camps. Some sand and rough places, but generally good road. Game and brook trout abundant in this region. Indians resort to this section a great deal.
18. Cutebetope Creek.—At about 5 miles the Cutebetope Creek enters, forming at the confluence a beautiful valley, which the road crosses, and strikes the creek near the Point of Rocks, where the valley is only 40 yards wide, but after passing the Point it opens again. The course of the creek is nearly north. Good camps.
20. Spring near Beaver Creek.—Road crosses several small creeks, where are good camping-places. Good camp.
16-3/4. Sawatch Creek.—Road runs over a very rough and mountainous section for 14 miles to the summit of the Rocky Mountains; thence it descends to camp, where grass, wood, and water are abundant.
21-1/2. Sawatch Creek.—Road rough and rocky in places; strikes the main Sawatch Creek at 9-1/2 miles; crosses numerous small branches, where are grass, wood, and good water in abundance.
25-1/2. Camero Creek.—Road for 7 miles, to Sawatch Buttes, is good; thence 1-1/2 mile to the last crossing of the Sawatch, where is a good camping-place. Good camp at Camero Creek.
3-1/2. Garita Creek.—Good road and good camp.
16-1/2. Rio Grande.—Road level and good. Good camps along the river at almost any point.
6. Rio Grande.—Good road and camp.
17-1/2. Fort Garland, Hay Camp.—Road continues down the river, and is good. For six miles there is timber, but after this willow is the only wood to camp. Good road. Hay is cut at this place for Forts Massachusetts and Garland.
16. Culebra Creek.—At 4-3/4 miles cross Trinchera Creek, where is a good camp. Road rather sandy. Good camps any where on Culebra Creek.
24-3/4. Latos Creek.—Road tolerable to Costilla Creek, 10-3/4 miles. Good camp.
14. Ascequia, near Lama Creek.—Road crosses several small branches. At 9-1/2 miles strike Red River. Grass at camp good, but not abundant.
19-3/4. Meadow near Indian Puebla.—At 6 miles the road crosses the San Christobal; thence over another ridge into the valley of the Rio Hondo. Camp 2 miles from Taos.
2. Taos, New Mexico.—Good road. At Taos are several stores, where goods of all descriptions can be had at fair prices.
13. Taos Creek Cañon.—Road passes through the settlement, where grain and vegetables can be obtained. It then enters the Taos Cañon at 3 miles, and crosses the Cañon Creek frequently to camp. Good camp.
29. Gaudelapepita.—At 5 miles the road ascends to the dividing ridge, and is tolerable; thence in 4 miles cross the mountain, and reach a fine spring branch, where is a fine camp. Thence the road passes short ridges for 9 miles to Black Lake. Good camp.
  Fort Union.—Road follows Coyote Cañon 3 miles; thence one mile to Mexican settlement; thence 19-1/2 miles over the prairie to the fort.

Colonel Loring came over the route from Camp Floyd to Fort Union with a large train of wagons. He, however, found the road in many places upon the mountains very rough, and it will require working before it will be suitable for general travel with loaded wagons. It is an excellent route for summer travel with pack trains, and is well supplied with the requisites for encamping.

Colonel Loring traveled the route from Camp Floyd to Fort Union with a long line of wagons. However, he found that the road was very rough in many places in the mountains, and it will need some work before it’s suitable for general travel with loaded wagons. It's a great route for summer travel with pack trains and has plenty of resources for camping.

From Fort Union to Fort Garland the road passes through a settled country, where supplies of grain and vegetables can at all times be purchased at reasonable prices, and there are small towns met with during almost every day's march where small shops supply such articles of merchandise as the traveler needs.

From Fort Union to Fort Garland, the road goes through a developed area where you can always buy grain and vegetables at reasonable prices. You'll find small towns almost every day along the way, and these towns have small shops that provide the essentials travelers need.


XXVIII.—Wagon-route from Guaymas, New Mexico, to Tubac, Arizona. From Captain Stone's Journal.

XXVIII.—Wagon route from Guaymas, New Mexico, to Tubac, Arizona. From Captain Stone's Journal.

Miles. Guaymas to
10-1/4. Rancho del Cavallo.—Good wood, water, and grass.
9. Rancho de la Noche Buena.—Good wood and grass, but no water for animals in May and June.
19-5/8. Rancho de la Cuneguinta.—Good wood, water, and grass the year round; water in tanks and wells.
15-3/4. Rancho del Posito.—Good wood and grass the year round; water for men at all times, and for animals except in the months of May and June.
8. Rancho de la Palma.—Wood, water, and grass at all times.
16-3/8. Rancho de la Paza.—Good wood, water, and grass at all seasons.
16. Hermosillo.—This is a town of 10,000 inhabitants, on Sonora River, where all supplies may be procured.
13. Hacienda de Alamito.—Plenty of running water, wood, grass, and grain.
8. Hacienda de la Labor.—Plenty of running water, grass, and grain.
28. Rancho de Tabique.—Roughest part of the road, but not difficult for wagons. Wood, water, and grass. From Hermosillo to this place there is water at short intervals along the road.
36. Rancho Querebabi.—Wood and grass; water in tanks.
12. Barajita.—Small mining village. Bad water; good wood and grass.
13. Santa Aña.—Village on the River San Ignacio. Plenty of wood, water, and grass.
12. La Magdalena.—Thriving town, where all supplies can be procured.
5. San Ignacio.—Village on the river. Good wood, water, and grass.
6-3/4. Imuris.—Village on the river. Wood, water, and grass.
11-1/2. Los Alisos Rancho.—Wood, water, and grass.
3-1/2. La Casita.—Wood, water, and grass.
3-1/2. Cíbuta.—Wood, water, and grass.
11-1/4. Agua Zarca.—Wood, water, and grass.
23-1/4. Rancho de las Calabasas.—Wood, water, and grass.
13. Tubac.—Silver mines at this place.

Total distance from Guaymas to Tubac, 295 miles.

Total distance from Guaymas to Tubac, 295 miles.

Note.—During the months of July, August, and September, water will be found at almost any part of the road from La Casita to Hermosillo. There is no lack of wood or grass on any part of the road from Guaymas to the frontier. The only difficulty in encamping at almost any point upon the road is that of obtaining water in the dry season, i.e., from February to the first of July. The remarks for each place apply to the most unfavorable seasons.

Notice.—In July, August, and September, you can find water almost anywhere along the road from La Casita to Hermosillo. There’s plenty of wood and grass along the road from Guaymas to the border. The only challenge when camping at nearly any spot on the road is finding water during the dry season, i.e., from February to the beginning of July. The comments for each location apply to the worst conditions.

APPENDIX.

APPENDIX.

A. Portable Boat.

Portable Boat.

A boat has been invented by Colonel R. C. Buchanan, of the army, which has been used in several expeditions in Oregon and in Washington Territory, and has been highly commended by several experienced officers who have had the opportunity of giving its merits a practical service test.

A boat has been invented by Colonel R. C. Buchanan from the army, which has been used in several expeditions in Oregon and Washington Territory. It has received high praise from various experienced officers who have had the chance to test its effectiveness in real-world scenarios.

It consists of an exceedingly light framework of thin and narrow boards, in lengths suitable for packing, connected by hinges, the different sections folding into so small a compass as to be conveniently carried upon mules. The frame is covered with a sheet of stout cotton canvas, or duck, secured to the gunwales with a cord running diagonally back and forth through eyelet-holes in the upper edge.

It consists of a very lightweight framework made of thin, narrow boards that are the right lengths for packing. The sections are connected by hinges and can fold down to a compact size that can be easily carried on mules. The frame is covered with a sturdy cotton canvas, or duck, which is attached to the gunwales with a cord that runs diagonally back and forth through eyelet holes in the upper edge.

When first placed in the water the boat leaks a little, but the canvas soon swells so as to make it sufficiently tight for all practical purposes. The great advantage to be derived from the use of this boat is, that it is so compact and portable as to be admirably adapted to the requirements of campaigning in a country where the streams are liable to rise above a fording stage, and where the allowance of transportation is small.

When the boat is first put in the water, it leaks a bit, but the canvas quickly expands to make it tight enough for practical use. The biggest benefit of this boat is that it is compact and portable, making it perfect for campaigning in areas where rivers can rise above a fording level and where transportation options are limited.

It may be put together or taken apart and packed in a very few minutes, and one mule suffices to transport a boat, with all its appurtenances, capable of sustaining ten men.

It can be assembled or disassembled and packed in just a few minutes, and one mule is enough to carry a boat, along with all its equipment, that can support ten people.

Should the canvas become torn, it is easily repaired by putting on a patch, and it does not rot or crack like India-rubber or gutta-percha; moreover, it is not affected by changes of climate or temperature.

If the canvas gets torn, it can be easily fixed with a patch, and it won't rot or crack like rubber or gutta-percha; plus, it isn't impacted by shifts in climate or temperature.

B. Winter Traveling.

Winter Travel.

In traveling through deep snow, horses will be found much better than mules, as the latter soon become discouraged, lie down, and refuse to put forth the least exertion, while the former will work as long as their strength holds out.

In deep snow, horses are much better than mules because mules quickly get discouraged, lie down, and refuse to exert any effort, while horses will keep going as long as they have the strength.

When the snow is dry, and not deeper than 2-1/2 feet, horses in good condition, will walk through it without much difficulty, and throw aside the snow so as to open quite a track. If there are several horses they should be changed frequently, as the labor upon the leading one is very severe. When the snow is deeper than 2-1/2 feet, it becomes very difficult for animals to wade through it, and they soon weary and give out. The best plan, under such circumstances (and it is the one I adopted in crossing the Rocky Mountains, where the snow was from two to five feet upon the ground), is to place all the disposable men in advance of the animals to break the track, requiring them to alternate from front to rear at regular intervals of time. In this manner a track is beaten over which animals pass with comparative ease.

When the snow is dry and no deeper than 2.5 feet, healthy horses can walk through it without much trouble and can clear a decent path. If there are multiple horses, they should be switched out often, as the work is very hard on the lead horse. When the snow is deeper than 2.5 feet, it gets really tough for animals to get through, and they quickly tire out. The best approach in these situations (the one I used while crossing the Rocky Mountains, where the snow was between two and five feet deep) is to have all available men go ahead of the animals to break the trail, making sure they switch positions at regular intervals. This way, a path is created that animals can navigate more easily.

When the snow increases to about four feet, it is impossible for the leading men to walk erect through it, and two or three of them are compelled to crawl upon their hands and knees, all being careful to place their hands and feet in the same holes that have been made by those in advance. This packs the snow so that it will sustain the others walking erect, and after 20 or 30 have passed it becomes sufficiently firm to bear up the animals. This, of course, is an exceedingly laborious and slow process, but it is the only alternative when a party finds itself in the midst of very deep snows in a wilderness. Animals, in walking over such a track as has been mentioned, will soon acquire the habit of placing their feet in the holes that have been made by the men; and, indeed, if they lose the step or miss the holes, they will fall down or sink to their bellies.

When the snow reaches about four feet deep, the leaders can't walk upright in it, and two or three of them have to crawl on their hands and knees, making sure to place their hands and feet in the same holes created by those ahead. This packs the snow enough to support the others walking upright, and after 20 or 30 have passed, it becomes firm enough to hold the animals. This is, of course, a very labor-intensive and slow process, but it’s the only option when a group finds itself stuck in deep snow in the wilderness. Animals, when walking over such a path, quickly learn to step in the holes made by the men; in fact, if they lose the rhythm or miss the holes, they will fall or sink to their bellies.

Early in the winter, when the snow first falls in the Rocky Mountains, it is so light and dry that snow-shoes can not be used to advantage. We tried the experiment when we crossed the mountains in December and January, but found it impossible to walk upon them.

Early in the winter, when the snow first falls in the Rocky Mountains, it is so light and dry that snowshoes can't be used effectively. We attempted to use them when we crossed the mountains in December and January, but found it impossible to walk on the snow.

Should a party, in a country where the snow is deep, have the misfortune to lose its animals by freezing, the journey can not be continued for any great length of time without devising some method of transporting subsistence besides that of carrying it upon the backs of the men, as they are unable to break a track through deep snow when loaded down in this way.

Should a group in a country with heavy snowfall be unfortunate enough to lose their animals to the cold, they can't continue their journey for too long without finding a way to transport food other than just carrying it on their backs. It’s impossible to trudge through deep snow when weighed down like that.

The following plan has suggested itself to me as being the most feasible, and it is the one I resolved to adopt in the event of losing our mules faster than we required them for subsistence when we passed the Mountains.

The following plan has come to my mind as the most practical, and it's the one I decided to go with if we lost our mules faster than we needed them for survival while crossing the Mountains.

Take willow, or other flexible rods, and make long sleds, less in width than the track, securing the cross-pieces with rawhide thongs. Skin the animals, and cut the hides into pieces to fit the bottom of the sleds, and make them fast, with the hair on the upper side. Attach a raw-hide thong to the front for drawing it, and it is complete. In a very cold climate the hide soon freezes, becomes very solid, and slips easily over the snow. The meat and other articles to be transported are then placed upon the sled so as not to project over the sides, and lashed firmly. Lieutenant Cresswell, who was detached from Captain M'Clure's ship in the Arctic regions in 1853, says his men dragged 200 pounds each upon sledges over the ice. They could not, of course, pull as much over deep snow, but it is believed that they would have no difficulty in transporting half this amount, which would be sufficient to keep them from starvation at least fifty days.

Take willow or other flexible rods and make long sleds that are narrower than the track, securing the crosspieces with rawhide thongs. Skin the animals and cut the hides into pieces that fit the bottom of the sleds, making sure to attach them with the hair facing up. Fasten a rawhide thong to the front for pulling it, and you’re done. In very cold climates, the hide quickly freezes, becomes solid, and slides easily over the snow. Place the meat and other items to be transported on the sled so they don’t hang over the sides, and tie them down securely. Lieutenant Cresswell, who was assigned from Captain M'Clure's ship in the Arctic in 1853, reported that his men pulled 200 pounds each on sledges over the ice. They couldn’t pull as much over deep snow, but it’s believed they could still manage to transport half that amount, which would be enough to prevent starvation for at least fifty days.

I am quite confident that a party of men who find themselves involved in deep snows, dependent solely upon their own physical powers, and without beasts of burden, can prolong their lives for a greater time, travel farther, and perform more labor by adopting the foregoing suggestions than in any other way.

I am very confident that a group of men caught in deep snow, relying only on their physical strength and without any pack animals, can extend their survival, travel further, and accomplish more work by following the suggestions mentioned above than by any other means.

C. Indian Signals.

C. Indian Signals.

When Indians are pursued by a large force, and do not intend to make resistance, they generally scatter as much as possible, in order to perplex and throw off those who follow their trail, but they have an understanding where they are to rendezvous in advance. Sometimes, however, circumstances may arise during a rapid flight making it necessary for them to alter these plans, and turn their course in another direction. When this happens, they are in the habit of leaving behind them some well-understood signals to indicate to their friends in the rear the change in their-movements.

When Native Americans are chased by a large group and don't plan to fight back, they usually disperse as much as they can to confuse and mislead those tracking them. However, they have previously decided on a meeting point. Sometimes, though, during a quick escape, situations may arise that force them to change these plans and head in a different direction. When this occurs, they typically leave behind recognizable signals to notify their companions behind them about the change in their movements.

For instance, they will sometimes leave a stick or other object to attract attention, and under this bury an arrow pointing in the new direction they intend to take. They will then continue on for a time in the course they have been pursuing, until they get upon hard ground, where it is difficult to see their tracks, then gradually turn their course in the new direction.

For example, they might leave a stick or some other object to grab attention, and underneath it, they bury an arrow pointing in the new direction they plan to go. Then they continue on for a while in the direction they were heading, until they reach solid ground where it's hard to see their tracks, and then they gradually shift their path in the new direction.

 

THE END.

THE END.

SKETCH of the DIFFERENT ROADS.

Sketch of the Different Roads.



        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!